Wednesday, 28 August 2024

Namaz Course

 

💕•┄┅┅❂❀﷽❀❂┅┅┈•💕
الصلوۃ والسلام علیک یاسیدی یارسول الله ﷺ   

Namaz Course (Part-1)

Namaz Kis Par Farz Hai.!?

Har Aaqil, Balig, Musalman Mard o Aurat Par Namaz Farz Hai.

(1) Aaqil Hona :  Matlab Aqal Wala Ho Yani Pagal Na Ho, Agar Koi Kabhi Pagal Kabhi Thik Rahta Ho To Jab Thik Ho Us Waqt Ki Namaz Farz Hogi.

(2) Balig Hona :  Yani Shariat Ke Mutabiq Balig Hona Arabic Date Ke Hisab Se Isme Saal Ka Hisaab Lagayenge

Ladki 9-15 Saal Me Jab Bhi Haiz Aa Jaye Woh Us Waqt Se  Balig Ho Jayengi Aur 15 Saal Me Bhi Haiz Nahi Aaya To Tab Bhi Arabic Date Ke Hisab Se 15 Saal Se Balig Kahlayegi.

Aur Ladka 12-15 Saal Me Balig Ho Jata Hai Aur Is Par Namaz, Roza, Qurbani Sabke Rules Apply (Lagu) Ho Jayenge.

Agar 4-5 Saal Ke Nabalig Bachche Kaisa Bhi Wuzu Kare Namaz Padhne Isme Koi Harz Nahi Lekin Balig Bachche Bhale Hi Hame Chhote Lag Rahe Ho Inko Sabhi Rules Manne Padege Inko Achhe Se Hi Wuzu Karna Hoga Aur Sahi Tariqe Se Namaz Padhni Hogi Jab Hi Namaz Hogi Warna Gunahgar Honge.

(3) Musalman Hona : Yani Jo Musalman Nahi Us Par Namaze Farz Nahi Hogi Aur Musalman Mard O Aurat Sab Par Namaz Farz E Aayen Hai.

Jo Shakhs Namaz Ko Farz Na Mane Woh Islaam Se Kharij Ho Jayega Murtad Kahlayenga

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-2)

Kya Jo Shakhs Namaz Nahi Padhta Woh Kafir Ho Jata Hai.!?

Ha Aysi Hadeese Mubarka Maojood Hai Ki Jisme Likha Ho Ki Jo Namaz Nahi Padhta Woh Daira E Islaam Se Kharij Hai Aur Kuch Fuqha Kiram Kuch Ulma Kiraam Ne Isko Sahi Bhi Kaha Hai Ki Ha Aysa Shakhs Daira E Islaam Se Bahar Ho Jata Hai.

Lekin.!! Fiqah E Hanfi Ke Mutabiq Aysa Shakhs Daira E Islaam Se Nahi Nikalta Balki Woh Fashiq Hota Hai (Fashiq Yani Bahut Jada Gunahgar Shakhs) Agar Kisi Wajah Se Chhod Diya Jayse Need Na Khuli Alarm Rakhne Ke Baad Bhi To Moaf Hai Isko Hum Ye Nahi kahege Ki Jan-bujh Ke Chhoda Hai, Gunahgar Na Hoga Baad Me Qaza Padhle Ek Hota Hai Susti Laparwahi Gaflat Ya Apne Kamo Me Lage Rahna Namaz Ko Nazar Andaz Kar Dena Ayse Shakhs Ko Kaha Gaya Hai Ki Ye Fashiq Hai.

Ha Agar Koi Ye Kahta Hai Namaz Farz Hai Hi Nahi To Is Tarah Kahega To Kafir Ho Jayega, Lekin Kuch Log Ayse Hain Ki Jante Hain Ki Hamare Upar Namaz Farz Hai Lekin Woh Gaflat Ya Susti Ya Shaytan Ke Bahkane Ki Wajah Se Namaze Chod Dete Hai To Inko Hum Kafir Nahi Kahege Inhe Fashiq Zaroor Kahege
  
Is 👆🏻Hadees Ka Khulasa Next Post Me. اِنْ شَآءَ اللہ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-3)

To Jo Hadees Me Namaz Na Padhne Wale Ko Kafir Kaha Gaya Bai Uska Matlab Kya Hai.!?

Iska Matlab Ye Hai Ki Dekhiye Arabic Language Me Na Isliye Kahte Hain Ki Aap Khud Hi Jo Thodi Bahut Grammar Sikh Liye To Aap Khud Hi Hadeeso Ko Nahi Samjh Sakte Hain Quraan Ko Nahi Samakh Sakte Hain, Iske Liye Kahte Hain Na Ki Ek Aalim Hona Zaruri Hai Agar Quraan Ko Samjhna Hai To Usko Mufassir Hona Zaruri Hai, Yani Jo Quraan Ko Hadees Ko Samjhne Ke Qabil Ho, Har Koi Jo Hai Tarjuma Translate To Kar Payega Or Bahut Se Baz Log Galat Translation Bhi Karte Hain, Lekin Kar Bhi Liya Na To Woh Zaroor Idhar Udhar Bhatak Jayega Or Gumraah Kar Dega, Wahi Quraan Jo Kisi Ke Liye Hidayat Hai, To Agar Kisi Ne Usko Sahi Tariqe Se Nahi Padha To Woh Apne Kam Aqal Ki Wajah Se Woh Banda Gumrah Ho Jayega.

To Is Hadees Ka Matlab Kya Hai Ye Bhi Samajhen : Ye Jo Hadees Me Farmaya Gaya Hai Ki Aysa Banda Kafir Hai To, Kafir Ka Ek Meaning To Yahi Hai Ki Jo Islaam Ko Follow Nahi Karta Lekin, Kufr Word Ka Ek Or Meaning Arabic Me Ek Ye Bhi Hai Ki Bahut Jada Gunah Karne Wala Ya Bahut Jada Allah Ta'ala Ki Nafarmani Karne Wala, Bahut Jada Jo Allah Ta'ala Ke Nafarmani Karta Hai Usko Bhi Kafir Kaha Jata Hai To Yaha Par Kafir Ke Mayne Ye Hai Ki Ye Banda Bahut Jada Gunahgar Hai Bahut Jada Allah Ta'ala Ki Nafarmani Karne Wala Hai To Yaha Par Hum Hadees Ka Tarjuma Ayse Karege.

⚠️ Ha Jo Waqee Namaz Ko Nahi Manta To Woh Kafir Hai Hi, Lekin..!! Jo Manta Hai Ki Namaz Farz Hai Lekin Gaflat Ke Wajah Se Ada Nahi Karta Hai To Ayse Shakhs Ko Nafarman Kaha Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-4)

Hadeese Mubarka Me Hai Ki Bachcha Jab Saat (7) Saal ka Ho Jaye To Use Namaz Ka Hukm Den Aur Jab Das (10) Saal Ka Ho Jaye Or Namaz Na Padhe To Mar Kar Padhwae

Saat (7) Saal Ka Jab Bachcha Ho Jaye Iska Matlab Hai Saat Saal Me Bachhe Ko Aqal Aa Jati Hai Ki Woh Samajh Sake Namaz Kya Hai To Unko Pyar Se Namaz Ki Taraf Le Kar Aaye, Namaz Ke Arkaan Sikhayen Us Par Namaz Farz Nahi Huwi kyun Ki Abhi Baligh Nahi Hai, To Uska Wuzu Rah Jaye Ya Duaa E Yaad Nahi Surah Yaad Nahi Hai To Dhire Dhire Usko Sikhaye Ki Kaise Qiyam Karna Hai Kaise Ruku Me Jana Hai Kaise Sajda Karna Hai Kaise Sajde Me Paer Rakhenge Is Tarah Usko Pyar Se Samjhayen Daat Kar Nahii.

Hamare Yaha Kya Hota Hai Ki Kabhi Kabhar Maa e Samajhti Hain Ki Deen Ki Taraf Lana Hai To Unko Bahut Jada Sakhti Se Bhi Lati Hain Or Kabhi Kabhar Bachcha Bahut Jid Me Hota Hai Or Hum Bhi Jid Karne Lag Jate Hain To Aysa Ho Jata Hai Ki Bachche Ko Bachpan Se Hi Burden Feel Hone Lagta Hai Woh Hamesha Door Hi Hota Rahta Hai, Fir Ye Ho Jata Hai Ki Jab Un Par Farz Ho Jata Hai To Maa Cheekhti Rahti Hai Ki Namaz Padho Namaz Padho Woh Nahi Padhte Ya Padhege Bhi Na Bas Jaldi Jaldi,

To Isse Achcha Hai Bachche Ko Daant Kar Na Samjhaye Balki Pyar Muhabbat Se Is Tarah Trend Karen Ki Usko Namaz Se Muhabbat Ho Jaye, Or Aap Ko Bolna Na Pade Balki Woh Khud Kahe Ammi Namaz Ka Waqt Ho Gaya Aaye Namaz Padhen.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-5)

Jo Aap Learning Situation Rakhege Na Usko Is Tarah Banaye Ki Woh Bachcha Usse Muhabbat Karne Lage Aap Ko Ek Misaal Deti Ho'on : Hum Bachche Ko (A, B, C, D) Sikhate Hain Ya Jo Bhi Unke Schools Ka Hai Shuru Me Jab Sikhate Hain To Unko Maa E Alag Alag Boards La Kar Deti Hai, Ki Jisme Alphabet Hote Hain Or Maa Kahti Hai Is Tarah Rakho Aysa Unko Woh Game Sikhati Hai, Taki Mera Bachcha Padhai Se Door Na Bhage Usko Alag Alag Toys Bhi Dete Hai Jisme (A) Bhi Bol Raha (B) Bhi Bol Raha Alag Alag Sounds Hote Hai Ye Dekh Kar Bachcha Uski Taraf Attract Ho Raha Hai Or Kya Hota Hai Ki Woh Khushi Se Padhta Hai

Isi Tarah Bachchon Ko Namaz Sikhane Ke Liye Kuch Na Kuch Apnaya Jaye Aap Namaz Padh Rahi Hain To Bachho Ko Bulayen Apne Paas Bithayen Unse Pyar Karen Thodi Bahut Khelen To Ye Namaz Ka Waqt Unko Burden Feel Nahi Hoga Balki Isko Woh Sabse Achcha Samjhe Ga, Or Thodi Bahut Kuch Chocolate Wagaira Khane Ko De Den, To Woh Namaz Ko Positive Cheez Lege Burden Nahi Or Fir Next Time 2-4 Din Jab Yahi Hoga Na To Bachcha Khud Kahega Namaz Ka Waqt Hai Khele Ge Bhi Or Namaz Bhi Padh Lege Or Ye Karte Karte Bachcha Bade Hote Hote Khud Uski Habit Ban Jayengi Or Fir Kisi Maa Ko Force Karne Ki Bilkul Zarurat Nahi Banegi Ki Mujhe Bachche Ko Namaz Ki Taraf Le Kar Aana Hai.

Ha 10 Saal Ki Umar Me Jo Kaha Gaya Hai Maar Kar Namaz Padhao To Iska Matlab Ye Nahi Hai Ki Kisi Bhi Bachche Ko Maarna Hai Nahii, Balki..!! Jo Bachcha Nahi Sun Raha Usko Mare, Or Marne Ka Matlab Ye Nahi Hai Ki Belt Uthaya Mar Diya Lakdi Uthaee Or Sakhti Se Mar Di Nahiii... Halke Se Mare Thoda Daante, Kuch Bachche Daantne Se Hi Dar Jate Hain To Unko Daant Kar Namaz Ki Taraf Le Kar Aayen Ya Maa Se Nahi Sunte To Abbu Daant De Thoda Bahut Hi Sakhti Ye Nahiii Ki Bachcha Dar Jaye Thoda Bahut Ki Foran Woh Musalle Me Aa Kar Namaz Padhne Lag Jaye Is Tarah Karne Se Kya Hoga Ki Jab Bachcha Balig Ho Jayega Na To Fir Aadat Pad Jaye Gi Or Baligh Hone Ke Baad ان شاء الله Uski Kabhi Namaz Qaza Nahi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-6)

Ibadat Ki Do (2) Qisme Hoti Hain : Badni Ibadat & Mali Ibadat

(1) Badni Ibadat : Yani Jo Ibadat Aap Apne Body Ke Zariye Karte Hain Usko Badni Ibadat Kahte Hain, Namaz Ek Badni Ibadat Hai, Roza Bhi Badni Ibadat Hai, Salato Salam Padhne Ke Liye Aap Khade Hain To Ye Bhi Badni Ibadat Hai Bhale Farz Na Ho Lekin Hai To Ibadat.

(2) Mali Ibadat : Aap Paiso Ke Zariye Jo Ibadat Karte Hain Isko Mali Ibadat Kahte Hain, Misal Ke Taur Par Sadqa Khairat Karna, Qurbani Karna Mali Ibadat Hai

Mali + Badni : Hajj Me 2no Hain Mali + badni Ibadat, Waha Maal Kharch Kar Ke Pahuchte Hain + Fir Waha Ja Kar Umra Karte Hain Tawaf Karte Hain Arfa Mujdalifa Jate Hain To Isme Badni + Mali Dono Ibadat Aa Jati Hai To Kuch Ibadat Mali Hoti Hai, Kuch Badni Or Kuch Mali + Badni Dono Hoti Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-7)

To Yaad Rakhen Namaz Roza Badni Ibadat Hai Or Badni Ibadat Ka Rule Ye Hota Hai Ki Isme Banda Kisi Ko Apna Substitute (Ewaz/Badli) Nahi Bana Sakta Matlab Koi Bhi Badani Ibadat Hum Kisi Aur Se Ada Nahi Karwa Sakte Kuch Logo Ko Bada Shok Hota Hai Badi Badi Mannate Mangne Ka Ki Agar Mere Ye Kaam Ho Gaya To Hazaar Nawafil Padhungi Fir Jab Kaam Ho Jata Hai To Dusre Logo Ko Pakad Lete Hain 5 Log Mil Kar 200-200 Padh Lete Hain To Hazaar Ho Jaye Ga Nahii.... Mannat Aap Ne Mani Hai Na To Puri Aap Hi Ko Padhni Padegi Isi Tarah Roza Ka Mamla Hai.

Hatta Ki Jo Namaz Padhne Par Capable Na Ho Us Par Ye Bhi Nahi Ho Sakta Ki Aap Fidiya De Den Aaj Mere Sar Me Bahut Dard Hai Ya Bahut Bimaari Hu Nahi Uth Pa Rahi To Lete Lete Padhe Or Agar Aysi Koi Surat Aa Gai Jahan Par Aap Padh Hi Nahi Pa Rahe Or Shariat Ne Moaf Kar Diya To Moaf Hi Hoga Ye Nahi Ho Sakta Ki Ab Bahut Umr Ho Gai Hai Hum Kaha Namaz Padhe Hum Fidiya De Dete Hain Yaad Rakhen Namazon Ka Koi Fidiya Zindagi Me Nahi Hota Agar Chahe Hum Kitne Bhi Bimar Hon.

Banda Jab Tak Zinda Hai Us Par Lazim Hai Ki Namaz Hi Padhe Fidiya Kisi Surat Me Nahi De Sakta Agar Bahut Sari Qaza Namaze Hain Aur Aysa Lagta Hai Ab Mere Maut Ka Waqt Aa Gaya Hai To Woh Wasiyat Kar Ke Mare, Ki Meri Itni Namaze Qaza Hain Inka Fidiya De Dena Fir Woh Uske Marne Ke Baad Usi Ke Maal Se Ada Ki Jaye Gi Ha Jada Bimar Ho Aur Tandrust Na Hone Ke Andesa Hai To Aysi Surat Me Har Roze Ka Fidiya Apni Zindagi Me Bhi De Sakta Hai, Lekin Namaz Ka Nahii, Ek Roze Ka Fidiya Aik Sadqa E Fitr Hai Or Aik Namaz Ka Bhi Fidiya Aik Sadqa E Fitr Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-8)

Awqat E Namaz 

Fajar : Fajar Ka Waqt Subh Sadiq Se Lekar Suraj Ki Kiran Chamakne Tak Hai (Subhe Sadiq Matlab Woh Waqt Hai, Jab Hum Sahri Karna Band Kar Dete Hain & Isha Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Jata Hai), Subhe Sadiq Ka Pata Hum Kisi Pahad Me Chadh Kar Ya Khule Mayda Me Aa Kar Dekhenge To Nazar Ayega.

Subah Ke Waqt Aasman Ke Bicho-Beech Aik Safedi Nazar Aati Hai Aur Woh Thodi Der Tak Rahti Hai Iske Baad Left Aur Right Daid Se Aasman Me Aik Safedi Aati Hai Aur Woh Faylti Jati Hai Aur Pure Aasman Ko Cover Kar Leti Hai To Kinaro Se Jo Roshni Faylna Start Hoti Hai To Hum Kahte Hain Subhe Sadiq Ho Gai.

Aasman Ke Bicho-beech Jo Safedi Nikalti Hai Use Subh Kazib Yani Jhhuti Subah Kahte Hain, First Jo Bich Me Safedi Nazar Aati Hai Woh Asal Subah Nahi Hoti Lekin Samne Wale Ko Lagta Hai Sayed Subah Ho Gai, Aur Ab Bhi Isha Ka Waqt Chal Raha Hota Hai Hum Ye Nahi Kahenge Ke Aasman Me Darmiyan Se Light Nikal Aai To Subah Ho Gai.

Ham Par Lazim Hai Calendar Ya Jis Apps Me Location Dal Kar Us Jagah Ke Namaz Ka Waqt Batata Ho Usme Se Namaz Ka Waqt Dekh Kar Namaz Padhen Har Waqt Aasman Dekh Kar To Hum Namaz Ka Waqt Nahi Maloom Mar Sakte Ki Barish Wagaira Me.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



Namaz Course (Part-9)

Awqat E Namaz 

Fajr Ki Namaz Me Fajr Ka Waqt Khatm Hone Se Pahle Pahle Hame Salam Ferna Hai Sun Rise Hone Se Pahle-Pahle Agar Abhi Salam Nahi Fere Aur Sun Rise Ho Gaya To Woh Namaz Nahi Hogi

Jab Ki Baki 4 Waqt Ki Namaz Me Agar Kisi Ne Kisi Wajah Se Jaise Zohar Ka Waqt 4:45 Me Khatm Hota Hai Aur Usne 4:44 Me الله اکبر Kah Ke Namaz Shuru Ki To Uski Ye Namaz Ho Jaye Gi Bhale Hi Asr Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Gaya Tha Namaz Padhte Padhte, Yani Iski Namaz Qaza Nahi Hui Balki Ada Hi Hui Hai, Ha Agar Jan-bujh Kar Itna Let Kiya To Gunahgar Hoga, Isliye Ki Namaz Ko Pahle Padhen Dusre Kamon Ko Baad Me Karen.

Fajr Ka Mustahab Waqt : Waise To Fajr Ke Kisi Waqt Me Bhi Namaz Padh Le To Namaz Ada Ho Jaye Gi Aur Sawab Bhi Milega Lekin Mustahab Waqt Me Padhenge To Thoda Usse Jada Sawab Milega, Aurat Ke Liye Fajar Ka Mustahab Waqt Ye Hai Ki Jitna Jaldi Padh Sakti Ho Padh Le Awwal Waqt Me Jamat Se Pahle Isme Bahut Sari Fazilaten Bhi Hasil Hongi Aurat Ko,

Mustahab Us Amal Ko Kahte Hain Jisko Shariat Ne Pasand Kiya Hai Jiska Karna Sawab Aur Chhodne Par Koi Gunah Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-10)

Awqat E Namaz :

Fajar Ke Waqt Hum Kaun Si Ibadat Kar Sakte Hain Aur Kaun Si Nahi Kar Sakte Hain.!?

Fajar Ke Pure Waqt Me Siwa E 2 Sunnat Ke Jo Hum Padhte Hain Iske Alawa Koi Bhi Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte. (Na Tahyatul Wuzu, Na Salatu Tauba, Na Shukrane Ki Namaz, Na Mannat Ki Namaz) Yaha Tak Ki Agar Koi Fajar Ke Waqt Tawaf Karta Hai To Tawaf Ke Bad Jo 2 Raka'at Namaz Padhi Jati Hai Isko Bhi Fajar Ke Waqt Me Nahi Padh Sakten Wait Karna Padega Sun Rise Ke 20 Minute's Baad Padhnge Fir, 

Or Fajar Ki Farz Namaz Ke Baad Sajda E Shukr Bhi Nahi Kar Sakte, Han Qaza Namaz Padh Sakte Hain, Sajda e Tilawat Kar Sakte Hain, Quraan e Kareem Ki Tilawat Kar Sakte Hain, Ha Qaza Namaz Logo Ke Samne Na Padhen Ki Kisi Ke Samne Gunah Ka Izhar Karna Mana Hai Gunah Hai

Ulma Kiraam Se Bhi Jitna Gunah Chhupa Kar Sawal Puchh Sakte Hain Waise Puchhen Apna Naam Zahir Kar Ke Na Puchhen Ki Mere Se Ye Gunah Ho Gaya To Kya Karun Balki Aisa Puchhen Ki Fula Shakhs Ne Aysa Kiya To Shariat Iska Kya Hukm Deti Hai, Isiliye Zaid, Bakar, Hinda Ka Naam Le Ke Sawal Puchhe Jate Hain

Banda Jab Gunah Karta Hai To Akele Me Karta Hai Misal Ke Taur Par Namaz Qaza Kar Di To Ye Moamla Bande Aur Allah Ta'ala Ke Darmiyan Rahta Hai, Allah Ta'ala Ne Zahir To Nahi Kar Diya Aysa To Nahi Hai Aapne Fajar Ki Namaz Qaza Kar Di To Aap Ke Matthe Me Likh Diya Jaye Ki Aaj Iski Fajar Ki Qaza Ho Gai Nahii,

Allah Ta'ala Ne Apne Karam Se Hamare Gunahon Par Parda Dale Huwe Rakha Hai Aur Qayamat Ke Din Apne Fazlo Karam Se Moaf Bhi Kar Dega, Lekin Jab Hum Kisi Ke Samne Izhar Karte Hain Na To Samne Wala Qayamat Ke Din Gawahi Dega Isliye Gunah Ho Bhi Jaye To Khamoshi Ikhtiyar Karen Allah Ta'ala Se Tauba Karte Rahen

⚠️ Ha Kisi Ne Bachpan Se Hi Namaz Nahi Padhi Aur Uske Ghar Wale Jante Hain To Unke Samne Ab Qaza Namaze Padh Sakta Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-11)

Awqat E Namaz :

Fajar Ke Sunnaton Ke Aahkam : Iski Bahut Taqeed Aai Hai Hadees Me Yani Isko Padhna Zaruri Hai, Ye Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai Taqriban Wajib Ke Kareeb-Kareeb Hi Hai Kuch Ulma Ne Isko Wajib Bhi Kaha Hai, Sarkar ﷺ Nafil Namaz Sawari Me Hi Padh Lete They Lekin Agar Koi Farz Ya Wajib Namaz Padhte They To Niche Tashrif Le Aate They Fir Namaz Ada Karte They.

Lekin..!! Jab Bhi Fajar Ki 2 Sunnaten Ada Karna Hota To Sawari Se Niche Aa Ke Hi Ada Karte They, Isse Is Namaz Ki Important Samajh Aati Hai Sarkar ﷺ Ki Aik Hadees Ka Khulasa Ye Hai Ki Agar Ghhoda Raund रौंद Dale Fir Bhi Fajar Ki 2 Sunnate Na Chhodo, Yani Hum Namaz Padh Rahe Ho Aur Ghhode Raund Dale Tab Bhi Na Chhodo In Namazon ko.

Jo Bade Darze Ke Ulma Kiram Hote Hain Unko Ijazat Hoti Hai Ki Woh Sunnate Muaqqidah Namaz Chhod Sakte Hain Ki Unke Paas Line Lagi Hoti Hai Mas'ala Puchhne Walon Ki Kabhi Ye Aa Raha Kabhi Woh Aa Raha Aur Itne Dauran Me Woh Sunnate Padhenge To Jaise Zohar Me 6 Raka'at Hai To 10 Minutes Lagege Namaz padhne Me To Itne Me To Woh Kitno Ke Masail Hal Kar Denge, Logo Ko Unki Bahut Jada Zarurat Hoti Hai To Unko Sunnat E Muaqqidah Namaz Chhodne Ki Ijazat Hoti Hai Ki Woh Logo Ki Help Karen Logo Ke Masail Hal Karen 

Lekin..!! Inko Bhi Fajar Ki Sunnaten Chhodne Ki Ijazat Nahi Hai

Fajar Ki Sunnate Hamesha Farz Se Pahle Hi Padhenge Baad Me Nahi Padh Sakte Jaise Koi Fajar Me Let Utha Sirf 5 Minutes Bache They 2-3 Minutes Me Farz Ada Kar Liya Ab Soch Raha 2 Sunnat Bhi Padh Lun To Nahi Padh Sakta, Sunnat Ki Qaza Karni Hai To Usi Din Sun Rise Ke 20 Minutes Baad Hi Padh Sakta Hai Zawwal Se Pahle-pahle.

Fajar Ki Namaz Ke Baad Na-sona Mustahab Hai Ki Is Waqt Rizk Taqseem Hota Hai Lekin Agar Koi So Bhi Jaye To Gunah Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-12)

Awqat e Namaz :

Zohar Ka Waqt Kab Shuru Hota Hai.!? 

Jab Zawwal Ka Waqt Khatam Ho Jaye To Zohar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai, Zawwal Ke Waqt Suraj Bilkul Sar Ke Upar Aa Jata Hai, Suraj East Se Nikalte-nikalte Jab Bilkul Beech Me Aa Jata Hai To Ye Hota Hai Zawwal Ka Waqt Fir Yahan Se Nikal Kar West Ki Taraf Chala Jata Hai To Jaise Hi Sar Se Idhar Hat Gaya To Hum Kahege Zohar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Gaya.

Aur Zohar Ka Waqt Khatm Kab Hota Hai.!? 

Jab Say (Koi Bhi Cheez) Ka Shadow (Parchhai) 2 Misal (Double) Ho Jaye To Zohar Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Jata Hai Jaise Ek Fit Ki Lakdi Hai Aur Ek Fit Hi Shadow Hai To Hum Kahenge Ab Bhi Zohar Ka Waqt Hai, Jab Is Shadow Ki Lambai 2 Fit Ho Jaye To Hum Kahenge Zohar Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Gaya Aur Asar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Ye Fiqah E Hanfi Ka Masla Hai.

Zohar Ka Mustahab Waqt : Hadees Me Hai Zohar Ko Thanda Kar Ke Padho Iska Matlab Ulma Kiram Ne Bataya Hai Zohar Ke Waqt Jab Bahut Garmi Hoti Hai Us Waqt Na Padhen Jab Thoda Garmi Kam Ho Jaye Tab Padhen Yani Jab Zohar Ka Aadha Time Khatam Ho Jaye Ye Mustahab Waqt Hai Isme Jada Sawab Milta Hai...(jaise Zohar Ka Waqt 1-5 Baje Tak Hai To 3 Baje Ke Baad Hi Padh Le) Aur Thandiyo Me Jaldi Padh Le Ye Achha Hota Hai.

⚠️ Ye Zaruri Nahi Hai Ki Pahle Azaan Ho Fir Namaz Padhen Azaan To Jama'at Ke Liye Aylan Hai Time Agar Shuru Ho Gaya To Hum Namaz Padh Sakte Hain Aazan Ka Wait Karne Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-13)

Awqat E Namaz :

Zohar Ki Sunnaten : Zohar Me 4+2 Raka'at Namaz Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai Inko Waqt Par Ada Karna Chahiye Aur Inko Chhodna Jaiz Nahi Hai Ek-aat Bar Kabhi Chhod Diya To Ye Bhi Bura Hai Lekin Agar Koi Isko Chhodne Ki Aadat Bana Le To Zaroor Gunahgar Hoga 

Aur Bilkhushus Zohar Ki Sunnato Ko To Chhodna Hi Nahi Chahiye Ki Iski Sakht Waeed Aai Hai Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Jisne Zohar Ki 4 Raka'at Sunnaten Ada Nahi Ki Woh Meri Shafa'at Se Mahroom Rahega.. الله اکبر Usko Huzoor ﷺ Ki Shafa'at Naseeb Nahi Hogi To Hum Gunahgar To Isi Bharose Par Hain Sarkar ﷺ Ki Shafa'at Ki Badaolat Jannat Naseeb Ho Warna Aamaal To Ayse Hain Nahi Ki Hum Allah Ta'ala Ki Bargah Me Pesh Hon Aur Fir Hamare Aamal Ke Sabab Jannat Naseeb Ho.

Hum Kahin Se Aate Hain Aur Kabhi Kabhi Time Bahut Kam Hota Hai To Sabse Pahle Hum Farz Padhte Hain Aur Agar Fir Bhi 2-3 Minutes Baki Hon To Pahle 2 Raka'at Sunnat Padhenge 4 Raka'at Wali Nahi, Isliye Ki 4 Raka'at Sunnat Ko 4 Raka'at Farz Se Pahle Padhna Tha To Pahle 2 Sunnat Padh Len Aur Agar Fir Bhi Waqt Ho To 2 Raka'at Sunnat Ke Baad 4 Raka'at Sunnat Bhi Padh Len Kyun Ki 4 Raka'at Wali To Apni Jagah Se Hat Hi Gai To Kam Se Kam 2 Raka'at Wali To Apni Jagah Par Rahe.

Lekin..!! Agar 4 Farz Ke Baad 4 Sunnat Bhi Padh Le To Koi Harj Nahi.

Farz Aur Sunnat Namaz Ke Darmiyan Koi Kalam Na Karen Aur Farz Ke Baad Lambe - Lambe Wazife Nahi Karna Chahiye Gunah To Nahi Hai Lekin Sawab Kam Ho Jate Hai Chhota Zikr O Azkar Jar Sakte Hain Jaise Tasbih E Fatima, Ayatul Kursi Wagaira... Namaze Jab Padh Hi Rahe Hain Aur Time Bhi Utna Hi Lag Raha Hai To Is Tarah Padhen Ki Sawab Bhi Jada Mile Qayamat Ke Din To Ek-ek Neki Bahut Kaam Aayegi To Koshish Karen Is Tarah Padhen Ki Sawab Bhi Jada Mile.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-14)

Awqat E Namaz :

Asr Ka Waqt : Jab Zohar Ka Waqt Khatam Hota Hai To Asar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Yani Jab Kisi Cheez Ka Shadow Double Ho Jata Hai Ye Fiqah E Hanfi Ke Mutabiq Hai Aur Jab Suraj Doob Jata Hai To Asar Ka Waqt Khatam Ho Jata Hai, Asar Ki Namaz Padhna Bahut Important Hai Iska Zikr Quraan E Paak Me Bhi Aaya صَلاةُ الْوُسْطٰى Ke Lafz Se Yani Beech Wali Namaz.

Hadees Me Hai Jisne Asar Ki Namaz Chhod Di Uske Ahlo Ayal Uske Rizk Me Kami Kar Di Jati Hai To Agar Ghar Me Baar-baar Parshaniya Hain Bimariya Hain Taqlife Hain To Ek Nazar Is Pe Karna Chahiye Ki Namaz E Asr To Nahi Chhod Raha Koi Iski Wajah Se Bahut Jada Be-barkati Rahti Hai Aur Bahut Dino Tak Rahti Hai Isko Chhodne Ki Bahut Waeeden Hain

Asr Ka Mustahab Waqt : Asr Ka Mustahab Waqt Ye Hai Ki Thoda Let Kar Ke Padhe Aur Asar Ka Akhiri 20 Minutes Makrooh Waqt Hota Hai Isme Koi Bhi Namaz Padhna Jaiz Nahi Hai (Na Farz, Na Qaza, Na Nafil) Isme Namaz Padhna Makrooh E Tahrimi Yani Haram Ke Kareeb Hai, Isliye Makrooh Waqt Shuru Hone Se 10-15 Minutes Pahle Ada Kar Len Ye Mustahab Hai Isme Sawab Jada Milega.

⚠️⚠️ Ha Agar Kisi Wajah Se Us Din Ki Asar Ki Namaz Nahi Padh Pai Aur Makrooh Waqt Shuru Ho Gaya To Us Din Ki Asar Ki Namaz Makrooh Waqt Me Bhi Padh Sakta Hai, Lekin Agar Susti Ki Wajah Se Namaz Na Padhi Aur Makrooh Waqt Shuru Ho Gaya To Makrooh Waqt Me Hi Us Din Ki Asar Ki Namaz Padh Le Lekin Gunahgar Hoga Ki Usne Jan-bujh Kar Itna Let Kiya.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-15)

Awqat E Namaz :

Asar Ki 4 Sunnat Jo Hai Woh Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Hai Agar Isko Koi Padhega To Sawab Payega Aur Jan-Bujh Kar Koi Isko Chhod De, Naa Padhe To Gunahgar Na Hoga Asar Ki Jo Sunnat Hai Woh Huzoor ﷺ Se Kabhi 2 Kabhi 4 Aur Kabhi 2+4 Raka'at Bhi Sabit Hai To Hame Bhi Kabhi 2, Kabhi 4 Aur Kabhi 6 Raka'at Padh Len Ki Sabhi Sunnaton Par Amal Ho Jaye.

Agar Kisi Ki Bahut Sari Qaza E Umri Baki Hain To Woh Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Na Padhe Balki Is Waqt Qaza E Umri Kar Le Jo Uski Farz & Wajib Chhute Hain Ki Jo Namaze Chhuti Hain Unko Ada Karna Farz Hai To Pahle Hum Farz Ko Complete Kare Fir Sunnat E Gaire Muaqqidah Ko Ada Karen Ulma Kiram Bahut Peyari Iski Misal Dete Hain.

Misal : Maine 50 Lakh Qarza Liya Hai Kisi Se Aur Woh Bol Raha Hai Bhai Mera Qarza De Do Aap Ka Waqt Ho Gaya Hai Hum Usko Qarza Nahi Lauta Rahe Aur Woh Roz Aa Ke Bolta Hai Bhai Mera Qarza Do Mera Qarza Do Aur Uska Qarza Nahi De Rahe Hum Lekin Roz Usko Mahnga Tohfa De Rahi Hon, (I-phone, Wagaira) To Woh Hamare Tohfe Se Khush Nahi Hoga Woh To Kahega Mere Qarze Do Mujhe Ghar Banana Hai Yahan Lagana Hai.

Isi Tarah Jab Hum Par Farz O Wajib Baki Hai To Hum Kaise Allah Ki Bargah Me Sunnat Ko Pesh Kar Sakte Hain Aur Woh Humse Khush Ho Jaye To Jitna Hum Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Wa Nawafil Namaz Padhne Me Waqt Lagate Hain Utne Me Qaza E Umri Padh Len Aur Jo Dono Nahi Padhte To Unke Liye Lamha E Fikr Hai Ki Zindagi Ka To Bharosa Nahi Hai.

Aala Hazrat رحمتہ اللہ علیہ Farmate Hain Jiske Farz O Wajib Namazen Baki Hon Uski Nafil Namazen Qabool Nahi Hoti.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-16)

Awqat E Namaz :

Hum Asar Ke Waqt Kya Kar Sakte Hain Aur Kya Nahi.!?

Asar Ki Farz Namaz Padhne Ke Baad Koi Bhi Nawafil Namaz, Koi Sunnat Namaz Wagaira Nahi Padh Sakte Hain Matlab Asar Ki Farz Namaz Ke Pahle Koi Bhi Nafil O Sunnat Namaz Padh Sakte Hain Ha Asar Ke Farz Namaz Ke Baad Qaza Umri Padh Sakte Hain, Namaze Janaza Padh Sakte Hain, Quraan E Paak Padh Sakte Hain, Sajda E Tilawat Kar Sakte Hain, Ha Sajda E Shukr Nahii Kar Sakte Hain, Or Jab Makrooh Waqt Shuru Ho Jaye To Kisi Bhi Tarah Ki Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte Siway Us Din Ke Asar Ke.

Ha Wahabi Log Kahte Hain Ki Huzoor ﷺ Asar Ki Namaz Ke Baad 2 Rakat Nafil Namaz Padhte They To Aap Log Ye Kahan Se Masla Nikal Rahe Hain Ki Asar Ke Baad Koi Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte? Ye Kah Ke Sunniyo Ko Bahkate Hain Aur Kuch Sunni Bahek Bhi Jate Hain.

Yaad Rakhen.!!  Kuch Cheezen Huzoor ﷺ Ke Liye Khas Hoti Hain Unhi Me Se Ye Nafil Namaz Bhi Huzoor ﷺ Ki Khushusiyaat Me Se Hai Matlab Jiski Sirf Huzoor ﷺ Ko Hi Ijazat Hai Is Par Hum Amal Nahi Kar Sakte, Bahut Si Chhezen Huzoor ﷺ Ki Khushusiyaat Me Se Hain Jaise Kasrat Se Nikah Karna, Some Wisaal Ka Roza Yani Jisme Aap Kuch Khate Pite Nahi They Continue Roza Rakhte They, Tahajjud Ki Namaz Bhi Huzoor ﷺ Rozana Hi Ada Karte They Lekin Ye Hamare Liye Lazim Nahi Hai. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-17)

Awqat E Namaz : 

Shafaee Hazraat Me Ek Hi Misl Me Asar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Aur Badmazhab Bhi Ye Mante Hain Ek Misal Me Asar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai.

⚠️⚠️ Makka Or Madina Shareef Me Ek Misl Me Hi Azaan Ho Jati Hai Asar Ki, To Aap Hajj Ya Umra Me Ja Rahe Hain To Wahan Ki Azaano Par Ye Khayal Rakhen Ki Hume Us Waqt Namaz Nahi Padhna 2 Misal Me Hi Hame Padhna Hai Hum Fiqah Hanfi Ke Manne Wale Hain.

Aur Jo Masjide Nabbwi Ya Masjide Haram Me Ba-Jamat Namaz Padhte Hain Waha Ke Imam Ke Pichhe To Unki Namaz Nahi Hogi Waha Ke Saudi Arab Ke Jo Bhi Imam Hain Sab Bad-Mazhab Hain Woh Murtad Hain Daira E Islaam Se Kharij Hote Hain Woh, Han Waha Pe Alag Jama'at Khud Se Kar Sakte Hain.

Kuch Log Ko Waha Unke Pichhe Namaz Padhne Se Mana Karo To Woh Samajhte Nahi Hain Ya To Umr Ki Wajah Se Ya To La-ilmi Ki Wajah Se To Hame Khamosh Ho Jana Chahiye Ki Isse Pahle Ki Woh Kuch Kufriya Jumle Bol Den Ya Azeeb-Azeeb Baat Bolen.

Agar Koi Smajh Raha Hai To Usko Samjhayen Lekin Agar Koi Nahi Maan Raha To Usko Uske Haal Me Chhod Den Aur Aap Apne Masail Me Dheyan Den.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-18)

Awqat E Namaz :
   
Magrib Ki Namaz Ka Waqt : Jab Suraj Doob Jaye To Magrib Ki Namaz Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Or Jab Shafaq Doob Jaye To Magrib Ka Waqt Chala Jata Hai (Matlab Whait Light Chali Jaye Aur Asman Kala Ho Jaye) To Magrib Ki Namaz Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Jata Hai Magrib Me 2 Raka'at Sunnate Muaqqidah Bhi Hai Jinko Hum Nahi Chhod Sakte.

Magrib Ki Namaz Ka Mustahab Waqt : Shuru Waqt Me Hi Padh Len Yahi Mustahab Hai.

Shafaq Kya Hota Hai.!?

Isme Ulma Kiram Ka Ikhtilaf Hai Jo Sahibain رضی الله تعالی عنهم Hain Isi Tarah Imam Shafaee Wagaira Hain Woh Kahte Hain Ki Jab Magrib Ka Waqt End Hota Hai Aur Isha Ka Waqt Shuru Hone Wala Hota Hai To Aasman Me Ek Redness Aa Jati Hai Is Redness Ke Chale Jane Ke Baad Magrib Ka Waqt Khatam Aur Isha Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Ye Waqt Inka Hai...👆👆 Yahi Wajah Hai Ki Shafee Hazraat Ke Yahan Isha Ki Azaan Jaldi Hoti Hai Compare To Hamare, Unke Yaha Magrib Ka Waqt Jaldi Khatam Hota Hai Isliye Jaldi Isha Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai.

Lekin Hum Fiqah E Hanfi Me Kahte Hain Yani Hamare Imam, Imam E Aazam Abu Hanifa رضی الله تعالی عنه Kahte Hain Aur Isi Par Hum Amal Bhi Karte Hain Ki Is Redness Ke Baad Aik Aur Whitish Light Aasman Me Aati Hai Fir Woh Jab Chali Jati Hai To Pura Aasman Kala Hota Hai Tab Magrib Ka Waqt Khatam Ho Jata Hai Aur Isha Ka Waqt Lagta Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official




Namaz Course (Part-19)

Awqat E Namaz :

Hadeese Mubarka Me Aaya Hai Ki Agar Aasman Me Sitare Guth Jaye To Itni Der Nahi Karni Chahiye Magrib Me Is Waqt Namaz Nahi Padhna Chahiye Bahare Shariat Wagaira Me Bhi Hai Ki Is Waqt Magrib Ki Namaz Padhna Makrooh E Tahrimi Ke Darje Me Hai Kuch Or Kitaabon Me Bhi Likha Hai Ki Itna Let Nahi Karna Chahiye.

Is 👆Hadees Ka Khulasa Ye Hai Ki : Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ki Ulma Kiraam Ne Bayan Farmaya Ki Sarkar ﷺ Ne Kyun Farmaya Ki Itna Let Na Karo, Kyun Ki Us Waqt Timing Wagaira Un Logo Ke Paas Nahi Hote They Jaise Hum Long Aaj Calendar, Apps Wagaira Me Dekh Ke Padhte Hain, Lekin Woh Log Aasman Ki Taraf Hi Dekh Kar Apni Namazen Wagaira Ada Karte They To Unke Liye Mumkin Tha Ki Sitare Nazar Aane Lag Jaye Na To Fir Ho Sakta Hai Ki Woh Confuse Ho Jaye Ki Abhi Magrib Ka Waqt Hai Ya Isha Ka To Ek Confusion Paida Ho Jaye Ga Ki Namaz Waqt Par Ada Hui Ya Nahi Isliye Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Ki Itna Let Na Karo Ki Aysa Lage Ki Isha Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Gaya To Aap Pahle Hi Namaz Padh Lo Ye Hukm Tha.

⚠️ Lekin, Ab Kya Ho Gaya Hai Ki Calendar, Apps Wagaira Aa Gaye Hain Time Bilkul Wajeh Hota Hai To Ab Namaz Koi Let Bhi Padhta Hai Agar Chahe Asman Me Tare Bhi Nazar Aaye Fir Bhi Uski Namaz Ho Jaye Gi Aur Ab Hum Nahi Kahenge Ki Ye Makrooh E Tahrimi Hai Kyun Ki Jo Reason Ki Wajah Se Us Waqt Me Namaz Padhna Makrooh E Tahrimi Kaha Gaya Tha Woh Reason To Khatam Ho Gai.

Han Bahut Achhi Baat Ye Hai Ki Pahle Hi Padh Le Bahut Takheer Na Kare Kyun Ki Magrib Me Itna Let Nahi Karna Chahiye Ki Shuru Waqt Me Padh Len Ki Jada Sawab Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-20)

Awqat E Namaz :

Isha Ki Namaz Ka Waqt : Jab Shafaq Khatm Ho Jaye To Isha Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Aur Subhe Sadiq Ke Hote Hi Isha Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Jata Hai.

Isha Ka Mustahab Waqt : Isha Ke Pure Waqt Ko 3 Hissa Kar Len Fir Last Ka Jo Tihaai Hissa Hai Uske Shuru Waqt Me Isha Ki Namaz Padhna Mustahab Hai, Lekin Ye Uske Liye Hai Jo Is Waqt Uth Sakta Ho Ya Raat Jag Raha Ho.

Isha Ki Namaz Ke Baad Witar Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai Aur Subah Sadiq Ke Waqt Iska Waqt Khatm Ho Jata Hai.

Isha Me 4 Farz Ke Baad Jo 2 Raka'at Hai Woh Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai Isko Padhna Zaruri Hai Aur Witar Ko Bhi Padhna Zaruri Hai, Iske Alawa 4 Sunnat Wa Nawafil Bhi Chhod Sakta Hai Isko Agar Koi Nahi Padhta To Gunahgar Nahi Hoga Ha Agar Jiski Bahut Si Qaza Namazen Baqi Hain Woh 17-17 Raka'at Ki Bajay 9 Raka'at (4 Farz, 2 Sunnat, 3 Witar) Hi Padhe, *Baki Chhod De Aur Qaza E Umri Padh Le.⚠️*

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-21)

Awqat E Namaz :

Do (2) Namazon Ko Aik Waqt Me Jama Karna Kaisa.!? 

Aik Waqt Me 2 Waqt Ki Namaz Padhna (Jaise Safar Me Koi Hai Aur Bar-Bar Gadi Se Utarne Me Problem Ho To Zohar & Asar Aik Sath Ek Waqt Me Padhna, Aur Magrib & Isha Ki Namaz Aik Sath Aik Hi Waqt Me Padhna) Ye Fiqah E Hanfi Me Jaiz Nahii Hai Har Namaz Ko Usi Ke Waqt Me Padhna Hoga.

Nafil Namazon Ka Waqt : 

Namaz E Tahajjud Ka Waqt : Isha Ki Namaz Padhne Ke Baad Thodi Der Sone Se Tahajjud Ka Waqt Shuru Ho Jata Hai, Tahajjud 2-12 Raka'at Hai Kitna Bhi Padh Sakte Hain Agar Koi Jada Padhna Chahe To Jada Bhi Padh Sakta Hai Ki Nafil Namaz Hai, Agar Kisi Ko Kisi Wajah Se Need Nahi Aa Rahi To Jo Namaz Isha Ke Baad Padhega Woh Salatul-lail Kahlayegi Tahajjud Ke Liye 2 Condition Hai Isha Ki 4 Farz Padh Le Aur Is Ke Baad Thodi Der So Liya Jaye.

Ishraq Aur Chasht Ka Waqt : Suraj Nikalne Ke 20 Minute Baad Shuru Ho Jata Hai Aur Dono Ka Aik Hi Waqt Hai Han Behtar Hai Ki Pahle Ishraq Padh Le Fir Thodi Der Baad Chasht Padh Le, Ye Hamare Buzurgane Deen Ka Tariaqa Raha Hai Lekin Koi Aik Sath Bhi Padhna Chahe To Padh Sakta Hai Ishraq Ke Liye Fajar Ki Namaz Ke Baad Jagna Zaruri Nahi Hai Lekin Koi Jage To Fazilat Bhi Hai.

Awwabeen : Ki Namaz Ka Waqt Magrib Ki Namaz Padhne Ke Baad Ho Jata Hai Magrib Me Jo Hum 2 Raka'at Sunnat Padhte Hain Woh Bhi Awwabeen Me Shamil Hai Mazeed 4 Raka'at Aur Add Kar Le Ye 6 Raka'at Awwabeen Ke Ho Jayenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-22)

Makrooh Waqt Ka Bayan:

Din Me 3 Time Makrooh Waqt Aata Hai : Jab Fajar Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Jaye Uske Baad Ke 20 Minutes, Dahwa E Kubra Ka Waqt & Asar Ki Namaz Ke Last Waqt Ka 20 Minutes, Makrooh Waqt Me Kisi Bhi Tarah Ki Koi Namaz Jaiz Nahi Hoti Na Farz Na Qaza, Na Wajib Na Nafil, Na Shukrana, Is Waqt Me Koi Namaz Padhe To Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai.

Kyun Hum In Awqat Me Namaz Nahi Padhte.!? 

Kyunki Is Waqt Majusi Jo Hote Hain (Jo Aag Ki Suraj Ki Puja Karte Hain) Is Waqt Ye Log Khas Ibadat Kiya Karte They Aur Isi Waqt Suraj Ka Sajda Bhi Kiya Karte They معاذ الله Is Tarah Ka Shirkia Kaam Karte They To Allah Paak Ne Ye Pasand Na Farmaya Ki Musalman Is Waqt Namaz Padhen.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-23)

Makrooh Waqt Ka Bayan :

Makrooh Waqt Me Sajda Bhi Nahi Kar Sakte Hain.!

Na Sajda E Shukr, Yahan Tak Ki Sajda E Sahw Bhi Nahi Kar Sakte Hain (Matlab Kisi Ne Aakhri Waqt Me Fajr Ki Namaz Padhi Jaise 6 Baje Namaz Ka Time Khatm Hota Hai Aur Usne 05:57 Me Namaz Shuru Ki 05:59 Me Uski Namaz Ho Gai Aur Attahiyyat Padh Ke Isne Salam Fer Diya Aur Sajda E Sahw Karne Ka Isko Time Nahi Mila Itne Me Hi Fajr Ka Waqt Khatm Ho Gaya To Ab Kya Hukm Hoga Namaz Qaza Karegi Ya Nahi? To Is Surat Me Namazi Par Sajda E Sahw Moaf Ho Jata Hai Aur Namaz Aise Hi Ho Jayegi.

Han Sajda E Tilawat Hai To Iska Aur Hukm Hai.!

Ye Kiya Ja Sakta Hai Balki Khaas Makrooh Waqt Me Agar Kisi Ne Aayate Sajda Tilawat Ki Usi Waqt Ki Or Usi Waqt Sajda Karna Chahta Hai To Ye Sajda Kar Sakta Hai Behtar Ye Hai Ki Gaire Makrooh Waqt Me Sajda Kare.

Lekin..!! Agar Tilawat Kisi Or Waqt Me Ki Thi Aur Ab Sajda Makrooh Waqt Me Kar Raha Hai To Ab Iski Ijazat Nahi Hai, Ye Bhi Makrooh E Tahreemi Wala Muamla Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-24)

Makrooh Waqt Ka Bayan :

Makrooh Waqt Me Tilawat Karna Kaisa Hai.!?

Makrooh Waqt Me Tilawat Karna Makrooh E Tanjeehi Hai, Qura'an E Paak Ki Tilawat Hum Kisi Bhi Waqt Kar Sakte Hain Han Makrooh Waqt Me Tilawat Karne Se Bachna Chahiye, Ki Yahi Behtar Hai Lekin Koi Kar Le To Gunahgaar Nahi Hoga, Ulma Kiraam Is Waqt Me Mana Hi Farmate Hain Tilawat Karne Ko.

To Makrooh Waqt Me Kya Karna Chahiye.!?

Deeni Kutub Ka Mutalla Kar Sakte Hain, Durood E Paak Padh Sakte Hain, Tasbih Padh Sakte Hain Duaa Kar Sakte Hain.          

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-25)

Makrooh Waqt Ka Bayan :

Kis Waqt Me Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte.!?

12 Waqt Ayse Hain Jinme Nafl Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte Hain, Unme Se Kuch Mardo Ke Liye Hain : To Inme Se Hum Sirf 6 Bayan Karte Hain 

(1.)  Pure Fajar Ke Waqt Me Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte Hain.

(2.)  Asar Ke Waqt Me : Jab Hum Asar Ki Farz Namaz Padh Liye Hon To Uske Baad Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte.

(3.)  Namaze Magrib Ki Farz Namaz Padhne Ke Pahle Bhi Hum Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte.

(4.)  Khutbe Ke Waqt (Eid, Bakraeed, Jumuah, Nikah Ke Khutbe) Koi Bhi Namazen Nahi Padh Sakte Na Farz, Na Sunnat, Na Nafil, Na Qaza Khutbe Ke Waqt Wahi Pe Baith Jaye Aur Khamoshi Se Khutba Sunna Chahiye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-26)

Makrooh Waqt Ka Bayan :

Kis Waqt Me Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte.!?

(5.)  Eidain Ki Namaz Se Pahle Koi Bhi Nafil Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte (Na Mard, Na Aurate'n)

(6.)  Jis Cheez Se Dil Bate Us Waqt Nafil Namaz Padhna Mana Hai. Misal Ke Taur Par 

(¹) Jaise Qaza e Hazat : Jaise Kisi ko Washroom Jana Hai To Woh Ab Jaldi-Jaldi Namaz Padh Raha Hai Aur Baar-baar Usko Ye Khayal Aa Raha Hai Mujhe Washroom Jana Hai... Washroom Jana Hai, Hum Namaz Me AllaH Ta'ala Ki Muqaddas Bargah Me Khade Hain, Aur Us Waqt Baar-Baar Peshab-Pakhana Ye Napaak Cheez Ka Khayal La Rahe Hain, Aur AllaH Ta'ala Ki Yaad Ke Bajay Apne Dil Me Hum Gandgi Ka Khayal Laa Rahe Hain Ye Bahut Buri Baat Hai, AllaH Paak To Hamare Dilon Ka Haal Janta hai. Isse Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Ho Jati Hai Chahe Koi Bhi Namaz Ho (Farz, Wajib, Qaza, Nafil).

(²)  Jaise Ghar Me Kuch Khaas Cheez Bana Hai : Aur Hum Soche Pahle Namaz Padh Le Fir Khayenge To Namaz Padhte Me Khayal Usi Khane Ka Rahta Hai To Is Waqt Namaz Padhna Mana Hai Is liye Pahle Khana Kha Le fir Namaz Padhe

 👆🏻ISKI  IMPORTANT 👇🏻

Mard Ko Jamaat Se Namaz Padhna Lazim Hai 1-2 Baar Jamaat Chhodna Gunahe Sagira Hai Lekin Bar-Baar Jamaat Chhodna Gunahe Kabira Ka Murtaqib Hai, Agar Aysa Ho Ki Mard ko Jamaat Ke Liye Jana Hai Lekin Usko Sakht Bhook Lagi Ho Aur Ghar Me Khana Tayyar Hai Aur Usko Pata Hai Ki Main Khana Khane Lagunga To Jamaat Chhut Jayegi To Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Ki Pahle Woh Khana Kha Le Fir Tanha Namaz Padh Le Is Waqt Jamaat Bhi Moaf Ho Gai Kyun Ki Jamaat Me Hazir Hoga to Zahen Uska Ghar Par Khane Me Hoga AllaH Ki Taraf Nahi Isliye Har Us Cheez Ko Apne Se Dur Kar Den Jo Namaz Me Zahen Ko Bhatkaye

⚠️ Han...!! Kabhi Waqt Bahut Tang Ho Namaz Ke Liye Aur Ab Agar Woh Washroom Jayega To Namaz Qaza Ho Jayegi To ab Isi Halat Me Jaldi Se Wuzu Kar Ke Namaz Padh Le Kyun Ki Isi Halat Me Namaz Padhne Se Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi Lekin Qaza To Nahi Hogi.   

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-27)

Azaan :

Azaan Kise Kahte Hain.!?  

Azaan Aik Khaas Kism Ka Aylan Hai Jiske Alfaz Fix (Yani Muqarrar) Hain, 5 Waqt Ki Namaz Ke Liye Aazan Dena Lazim Hai Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai, Azaan Jamaat Ke Liye Khaas Hai Matlab Jamaat Hone Wali Hai Kaam Chhod Do Aur Jamaat Me Shamil Ho Jao.

⚠️ Aurat Ko Namaz Padhne Ke Liye Azaan Ka Wait Karna Zaruri Nahi Hai, Balki Namaz Ka Waqt Hote Hi Padh Sakti Hai Agar Padhna Chahe To...

Lekin..!! Fajar Ke Alawa 4 Waqt Ki Namaz Jamaat Ho Jane Ke Baad Hi Padhe To Ye Mustahab Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-28)

Azaan :

Panch (5) Waqt Ki Namaz Ke Alawa Kuch Waqton Me Azaan Dena Mustahab Hai,  Jaise Bachhe Ki Wiladat Ke Waqt Sabse Achha Tariqa Ye Hai Ki Sidhe Kaan Me 4 Baar Azaan Aur Ulte Kaan Me 3 Baar Iqamat Kahi Jaye, Gam Ke Waqt Aik Baar Hazrat Ali Radiallahu Ta'ala Anhu Gam Ki Halat Me Baithy Theyn To Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya ; Azan Do, Gusse Ke Waqt, Bad Ikhlak Bachhe Hon Us Waqt, Aag Lag Jaye, Tej Aandhi Ke Waqt, Chhote Bachhe Ko To Azaan Ke Alfaz Bar-Baar Sunate Rahna Chahiye, Mayyat Ko Dafnane Ke Baad, Jinnat Ka Daura Agar Padta Hai Tab Kyun Ki Azaan Ki Barkat Se Shaytan Door Chala Jata Hai.

⚠️ Jab In Mokon Par Azaan Di Jaye To Is Waqt Bhi Khamoshi Se Azaan Sun Kar Jawab Dena Chahiye Aur Duaa e Wagaira Bhi Padh Leni Chahiye,

Recorded Azaan Ka Jawab Dena Wajib Nahi Hai Lekin Koi De to Achhi Baat Hai ان شاء الله Sawab Milega.    

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-29)

Azaan :

Azaan Hote Waqt Washroom Jana Kaisa.!?

Agar Wait Kar Sakti Hai To Behtar Hai Us Waqt Ruk Jaye Iski Barkaten Bhi Milengi Aur ان شاء الله Khatima Bhi Imaan Par Hoga Azaan Ka Jawab Dene Par.

Azaan Ke Waqt Sar Khula Rakh Ke Azaan Ka Jawab Dena Kaisa Hai.!?
 
Azaan Ke Waqt Sar Khula Rahna Be-Adbi Hai, Azaan Ke Waqt Sar Khula Ho Aur Jawab Dena Ye Beadabi Hai Adab Yahi Hai Ki Sar Dhak Ke Jawab De, Ye Sar Dhak Kar Jawab Dena Farz o Wajib Nahi Balki Mustahab Hai, Agar Koi Ayse Hi Jawab De De To Banda Gunahgar Nahi Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-30)

Azaan :

Khana Khate Waqt Azaan Ho to.!? 

Agar Maloom Ho Ki Azaan Hone Hi Wali Hai To Wait Kar Le, Lekin Khate Khate Azaan Hone lage To Jawab Dena Zaruri Nahi Hai, Aise Hi Khate Waqt Me Salam Ka Jawab Dena Bhi Wajib Nahi Hai, De De To Achha Hai.

Agar Azaan Ki Aawaz Sahi Na Aati Ho Bahut Slow Aati Ho To Utne Waqt Ke Liye Kaam-Kaaz Ko Rok De Or Azaan Ki Taraf Hi Tawajjoh De. 

Azaan Ka Jawab Dene Ka Tariqa Kya Hai.!?

Muajjin Jaise Azaan Ke Alfaz Kahe Wahi Dohrae Lekin Jab حَیَّ عَلَی اصَّلوٰۃ or حَیَّ عَلَی الْفَلَاح Kahte To Us Waqt لَاحَوْلَ ولَا قُوَّۃَ اِلَّا بِاللّٰه Padhe Aur اَلصَّلٰوۃُ خَیْرُٗ مِّنَ النَّوْم Ke Jawab Me صَدَقْتَ وَبَرِرْتَ وَبِالْحَقِّ نَطَقْتَ Kahe, Matlab Tune Sach Kaha Tune Neki Ki Baat Ki, 

Live Azaan Ka Bhi Jawab Dene Ka Hukm Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-31)

Azaan :

Badmazhab Ki Azaan Ka Jawab Dena Kaisa..!?
 
Badmazhab Ki Azaan, Azaan Nahi Isliye Iska Jawab Nahi Denge, Na Hi Apna Kaam-Kaaz Rokenge, Han Jab AllaH Ka Ya Rasoolullah ﷺ Ka Naam Aa Jaye to عزوجل Wa ﷺ Bol Sakte Hain, Kyun Ki AllaH Aur Rasoolullah ﷺ Ka Naam Jo Bhi Le Hum Naam Ki Tajeem Karte Hain.

Bahut Sari Masjid Se Azaan Ki Aawaz Aa Rahi Ho To Kiska Jawab Dein.!?

To Jis Masjid Ki Sabse Pahle Azaan Ki Aawaz Aaye Uska Jawab Dein, Sab Ke Azaan Ka Jawab Dena Lazim Nahi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-32)

Azaan :

Qabr Par Azaan Dena Kaisa.!? Kuch Log Kahte Hain Sarkar ﷺ Se Qabr Par Azaan Dena Sabit Nahi Hai.!? 

Sarkar ﷺ Se Qabr Par Azaan Dena Bhale Hi Sabit Na Ho, Lekin Sarkar ﷺ Ka Qabr Ke Paas Khade Ho Kar Zikr Karna Sabit Hai, Aur Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Mere Zikr Karne Ki Wajah Se Qabr Kushada Ho Gai, To Azaan Me Bhi To Zikrullah Hai To Qabr Par Azaan Dene Me Koi Harz Nahi Ye Achha Amal Hai Aur Mayyat Ko Qabr Me Shaytan Parshan Karta Hai Munkar Nakeer Ke Jawab Dene Me Pareshan Karta Hai Taki Woh Sahi Jawab Na De, To Is Tarah Azaan Dene Se Shaytan Door Bhag Jayega Aur Azaan Ke Alfaz Sun Kar ummed Hai ki Mayyat Uska Durust Jawab Degi.

Azaan ki Duaa :

Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Jo Azaan Ka Jawab Dene Ke Baad Duaa Padhe To Us Par Meri Shafa'at Halaal Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-33)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

Shart Kise Kahte Hain.!?

Namaz Padhne Se Pahle Kuch Condition Hoti Hai Agar Woh Condition Puri Ho Jayegi To Aap Ki Namaz Shuru Ho Jayegi, Namaz Me 6 Cheeze Shart Hain Agar Inme Se Ek Shart Bhi Na Pai Gai To Namaz Shuru Hi Na Hogi. 

Misal :- Ke Taur Par Aik Aurat Be-wuzu Thi Aur Usko Yaad Na Tha Usne Socha Meri Puri Sharait Hai Usne الله اکبر Kah Ke Puri Namaz Padh li, Baad Me Usko Yaad Aaya Ki Are Mera Wuzu Hi Nahi Tha Yahan Pe 6 Sharait Me Se Aik Sharait Tha Hi Nahi Isliye Iski Ye Namaz Shuru Hi Na Hui.

Namaz Ki Kitni Shartein Hain.!?

Namaz Ki 6 Shartein Hain : (1) Taharat (2) Sitre Aurat (3) Istiqbal e Qibla (4) Waqt (5) Niyat (6) Takbeer e Tahrima

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-34)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

❶ Taharat :  Shart Me Se Sabse Pahli Shart "Taharat" Hai Yani Paaki, Isme Teen Cheezon Ki Paaki Aati Hai (1) Jism Ki Paaki, (2) Kapdon Ki Paaki, (3) Jagah Ki Paaki Jis Jagah Hum Namaz Padh Rahe hon.

Jism Ki Paaki : Matlab Janabat Ki Halat Me Bhi Na Ho & Be-wuzu Bhi Na Ho + Agar Jism Me Koi Nijasat Lagi Ho To Usko Door Kar Dena Ye Tahart Ke Shart Me Se Aik Hai, Isme Aap Ka Kapda Or Jism Bhi Aa Gaya Agar Ye Sharait Puri Nahi Huwi To Aap Ki Namaz Shuru Nahi Hogi.

Kapde Kitne Paak Hone Chahiye.!?

Agar Nijaste Khafifa Hai To Chauthai Se Jyada Ya Chauthai Tak Hai To Fir Isko Hum Paak Karenge, Or Agar Chauthai Se Kam Hai To Namaz Khilaafe Sunnat Hogi Lekin Namaz Ho Jayegi, Isi Tarah Jo Nijasate Galiza Hai Jaise Peshab, Khoon Wagaira Hai To Agar Ye Aik Dirham Hai Ya Ek Dirham Se Jyada Hai To Paak Karne Padege Or Agar Aik Dirham Se Kam Hai To Namaz Ho Jayegi Lekin Khilafe Sunnat Hogi.

Isi Tarah Jo Zameen Hoti Hai Jahan Par Hum Namaz Padh Rahe Hain Uska Bhi Paak Hona Zaruri Hai, Or Agar Zameen Paak Nahi Hai Aur Uske Upar Koi Jaaye-Namaz Wagaira Bichha Diya Or Us Par Aap Ne Namaz Padha To Namaz Ho Jayegi, Bhale Jaaye-Namaz Ke Niche Nijasat Ho, Kyun Ki Hum Jaaye-namaz Me Sajda Kar Rahe Hain To Iske Upar Hum Namaz Padh Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-35)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

❷ Sitre Aurat : Namaz Ki Dusri Shart Sitre Aurat Hai Yani Chhupane Ki Cheez Body Ke Un-un Hisse Ko Chhupana Jiska Shariat Ne Hukm Diya Hai Ki Aap Ye-ye Chhupayein, Aurton Ke Liye Kuch Aur Sitr Hai Mardon Ke Liye Kuch Aur Sitr Hai, Mahrim Ke Samne Kuch Aur Sitr Hai, Gair Mahram ke Samne Kuch Aur Sitr Hai, Kafir Aurton Ke Samne Kuch Aur Sitr Hai, To Namaz Me Hame Sitre Aurat Ka Khayal Rakhna Hi Hai, Lekin Namaz Ke Alawa Bhi Aap Ko Sitre Aurat Ka Khayal Rakhna Hai,

Namaz Ke Alawa Sitr Ka Bayan : Aik Aurat Ka Dusri Aurat Se Kitna Hissa Chhupana Lazim Hai Ek Dusre Se.!?

Do (2) Musalman Aurtein Hain Jaise Maa Beti Hai, Nanad-Bhawaz Hain To Aurat Ko Aurat Ke Samne Apne Naaf Se le Kar Ghutne Tak Chhupana Lazim Hai, Dusri Aurat Ye Hissa Nahi Dekh Sakti Guthna Bhi Dikhega To Gunahgar Hogi, Iske Alawa Agar Aik Aurat Dusri Aurat Ke Baal Dekh Le, Chahra Dekh Le Kalai, Gala Ya Guthne Ke Niche Wala Hissa Dekh Le To Gunah Nahi Hoga. 

Lekin...!! Agar Koi Kafira Aurat Hai To Musalman Aurat Kafira Aurat Se Pura Parda Karegi, Yani Siway Chahre, Hatheli & Panjo Ke Samne Wala Hissa Yani Jitna Namaz Me Chhupana Lazim Hai Itna Hi Hum Kafira Aurat Ke Samne Us Body Part's Zahir Nahi Kar Saktey.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-36)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

Namaz Ke Alawa Sitr Ka Bayan : Aik Mard Ka Dusre Mard Se Kitna Hissa Chhupana Lazim Hai Aik Dusre Se.!?

Aik Mard Dusre Mard Ka Naaf Se Lekar Ghuthne Tak Ka Hissa Nahi Dekh Sakta Baki Hissa Dekh Sakta Hai

⚠️ Chahe Aurat Ho Ya Mard Ho Ghutna Hum Kisi Ka Nahi Dekh Sakte Agar Chahe Video Ho, Licture Ho, Poster Ho Aksar Bajaar Me Khule Huwe Guthne Ki Tasweer Lagi Hoti Hai Us Par Bhi Nazar Karna Gunah Hai Aik Baar Galti Se Nazar Pad Gai to Foran Nazar Ko Hata Dein Pahli Nazar Muaaf Hai Lekin Dubara Nazar Karegi To Gunahgar Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-37)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

Namaz Ke Alawa Sitr Ka Bayan : Aurat Gair Mahram Ko Dekh Sakti Hai Kya.!?

Ji Dekh To Sakti Hai Aur Aurat Ke Liye Bhi Mard Ka Naaf Se Le Ke Guthne Tak Ka Hissa Dekhna Mana Hai Baki Hissa Dekh To Sakti Hai Ye Jayez Hai Aurat Aik Mard Ko Halate Zindagi Me Bhi Dekh Sakti Hai Yani Jab Woh Zinda Ho Aur Murda Ko Bhi Dekh Sakti Hai, Basharte Ki Dil Me Koi Bura Khayal Na Aaye Yani Bure Niyat Se Aurat Ka Mard Ko Dekhna Ye Mana Hota Hai 

Lekin..!! Mard Gair Mahram Aurat Ko Achhi Niyat Se Bhi Nahi Dekh Sakta Koi Kahe Main To Bahen Ki Niyat Se Dekh Raha Hun Maa Ki Niyat Se, Woh Na-mahram Ko Nahi Dekh Sakta, Aur Chahra Chhupana Bhi Gair Mahram Se Wajib Hai To Aurtein Apne Jism Ko Zahir Na Karein Or Mard Hazraat Unki Taraf Na Dekhein Dono Ko Hukm Hai Aur Aurat Burkha Bhi Aysa Pahne Ki Jisse Uska Asal Maqsad Pura Ho Jaye Aaj Kal To Hamare Burkhe Ko Bhi Burkhe Ki zarurat Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-38)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

Namaz Ke Alawa Sitr Ka Bayan : Mahram Kise Kahte Hain.!? 

Jinse Aap Ka Nikaah Hamesha Ke Liye Haram Ho, Jinse Aap Nikah Nahi kar Saktey Unko Kahte Hain Mahram Or Aurat Ko Mahrima

Mard Me Kaun Kaun Aate Hain Mahram Me.!?

Aap Ke Walid, Dada, Par Dada, Nana, Parnana, Upar Tak Jitne Bhi Hain Isi Tarah Aap Ke (Bhai Bahen, Inke Bachhe) Bete, Pote Par Pote, Nawase, Chacha, Mamu Ye Sab Mahram Hain, Inse Aap Ka Pura Parda Nahi Hai Naaf Se Kar Ghuthne Tak Hai Isi Tarah Peeth Hai Pet Hai Ye Sab Cover Karna Hai Iske Alawa Ye Chahra Dekh lein Ya Baal Dekh lein Ya Hath Dekh Lete Hain Ya Ghuthne Ke Nichhe Ke Hisse ki Taraf Nazar Pad Jaye To Harj Nahi Jabki Fitne Ka Andesha Na Ho Han Jahan Fitne Ka Andesa Ho To Apne Aap ko Cover Rakhiyega.

Inke 👆🏻Alawa Jo Bahar Wale Hote Hain Ye Sab Gair Mahram Hain, Jaise Khalu, Phupha, Aur Inke Bachhe, Chacha Ke Bachhe, Dewar Jeth, Sohar Ke Jitne Bhi Rishtedar Hain Inke Samne Mukammal Parda Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-39)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

Namaz Ke Alawa Sitr Ka Bayan : Mahram Mardo Ka Kya Hukm Hai.!?

Is Tarah Mahram Mardo Ka Hukm Hai Ye Apni Ammi Ki Taraf, Nani, Par Nani, Dadi Par Dadi Ki Taraf Upar Tak Aur Beti Ki Taraf, Poti, Nawasi Ki Taraf Dekh Sakte Hain, Apni Khala Or Phuphi Ki Taraf Bhi Dekh Sakte Hain, Or Inse Haath Bhi Mila Sakte Hain Jo Mahram Hain Jabki Fitne Ka Andesa Na Ho, Isi Tarah Doodh Pilane Wali Razai Maa Se Bhi Parda Nahi Hota Rajai Bhai Bahen Se Bhi Parda Nahi Hota.

⚠️ Chachi, Mami Wagaira Ki Taraf Nahi Dekh Sakte Hain Na Hi Inse Hanth Mila Sakte Hain Inse Bhi Parda Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-40)

Namaz Ke Sharait :

Namaz Ke Alawa Sitr Ka Bayan : Bahu Ka Sasur Se Aur Saas Ka Damad Se Parda.!?

Bahu Ke Liye Sasur Mahram Hai & Saas Ke Liye Damad Mahram Hai Saas Damad Ke Samne Sar Khula Rakhti Hai Ya Bahu Agar Sasur Ke Samne Sar Khula Rakhti Hai To Koi Harj Nahi Ya Bahu Ke Hath Ki Kalai Wagaira Bhi Dikhe to Koi Harj Nahi Jab Tak ki Fitne Ka Andesha Na Ho, 

Miya Biwi Ka Aik Dusre Se Sitr.!?

Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Koi Aysa Sitr Nahi Hai Miya Biwi Aik Dusre Ki Taraf Nazar Kar Sakte Hain.

To 👆🏻 Ye Sitr e Aurat Ka Mas'ala Tha Namaz Ke Alawa. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-41)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Namaz Ke Sitr Ka Bayan : To Namaz Me Bhi Sitr Ka Khayal Rakhna Hai Sar ke Pure Baal Cover Karna Hai, Mathe (Forehead) Ka Bhi Baal Nahi Dikhna Hai, Chahra Khula Rakhna Hai Forehead Se Chin (Thodee) Tak, Kaan Dupatte Ke Andar Rahege Aur Hatheli Khuli Rahegi Kalai Puri Cover Hona Hai, Aur Paer Ke Panje Ke upar ka Hissa Khula Rahega Aur Pichhe Said Ka Jo एडी wala Hissa Hota Hai usko Cover Karna Lazim Hai, isme Bahut jyada Be-Ahtiyati Sitre Aurat Me Payi Jati Hai Hamari islami Bahne Namazen to Padhti Hain Lekin Is Tarah Ke Kapde Hote Hain Ki Sitr hi Nazar Aa Raha Hota Hai Jisse inki Namazen hi Nahi Hotin,

Kyun Ki Designer Pent Aaj Kal Jo Aate Hain usme takhne ke upar Ka Hissa Dikhta Hai is Surat Me Namaz Nahi Hogi Kyunki Pura Sitr Cover Nahi Hota Aedi, Takhne Ye Sab Khule Hote Hain Agar isi me Aap Namazen Padh Rahi Hain to Namazen Bilkul Nahi Hongi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-42)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Namaz Ke Sitr Ka Bayan : Leggi & Chudidar Salwar Ka Masla :  Ye Ikhtelafi Masla Hai Kuch Ulma Kiram Ke Nazdeek Chudidaar Salwar & leggi Me Namaz Nahi Hoti Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai Isliye Ki Aisa Kapda Pahenne Se Body Structure Nazar Aata Hai Aur Aisa Kapda Aam Logo Ke Samne Pahen Ke Nahi Ja Sakte to AllaH Ki Bargah Me Kaise Ja Sakte Hain? Aur Aisa Kapda Pahenna Bhi Mana Hai, Isliye Un Ulma Kiraam Ke Nazdeek Leggies Pahen Ke Namaz Padhna Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai, Lekin..!! Agar Gown, Frock Wagaira Pura full ho Pairo Tak to Leggi Wagaira Pahenne Me Koi Harj Nahi Namaz ho Jayegi.

Aur Kuch Ulma Kiram Ne Farmaya Ki Namaz Ho Jati leggi & Chudidar Salwar Me Leggi Tight to Hoti Hai Lekin Agar Aisi Leggi Jisme Jism Ki Rangat Nazar Aaye to Namaz Nahi Hogi, Jo Safed Colour Ki Leggi Hoti Hai Usme Aksar Andar Ke Hism Ki Rangat Nazar Aati Hai Isme Namaz Nahi Hogi, Han Ye Hai Ki Aap Ke Gown wagaira itna Lamba Hai ki Usme Leggi Chhupi Hai to Iska Alag Mamla Hai Isme Namaz ho Jayegi Patle Dupatte Me Bhi Namaz Nahi Hogi Jisme Balon Ki Siyahi Nazar Aa Rahi ho.

Isi Tarah Kuch Bahne Chudidaar Salwar Bilkul Dhila Silwati Hain to isme Bhi Koi Problem Nahi Hai Namaz ho Jayegi, Aur Kuch Ulma Kiraam isliye Leggies Pahnne Se Mana Farmate Hain Ki isse Sitr Pura Cover Nahi Hota Hamare Takhne tak hi Rahti Hai, Halanki Sitr Pura Niche Aedi tak Hai Ye Cover Nahi Hota isliye Bhi Ulma Kiraam Mana Karte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-43)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Namaz Ke Sitr Ka Bayan : To Namaz Me Aurat Ke 5 Body Part's Khule Honge iske Alawa Tamam Jism ko Chhupana Lazim Hai :

① Chahra :  Jahan Se Baal Start Hote Hain Na Wahan Se Le Kar Chin Tak, Aur Aik Kaan Se Dusre Kaan tak Jo Face Hai Itna Khula Rahega, Kaan Bhi Sitr Me Dakhil Hai Baal Bhi Sitr Me Dakhil Hai Isi Tarah Chin Ke Niche Se Jo Hissa Shuru Hota Hai Woh Bhi Sitr Me Dakhil Hai to Iske Alawa itna Face Aap Khula Rakh Saktey Hain.

② & ③ Dono Haant ki Hatheli : Jahan Se Kalai Start Hoti Hai uski Jo Haddi Hai Uske thoda Sa Upar Tak Cover Karna Hai, kalai Bhi Ulma Kiraam Ne sitr Me Dakhil Kiya Hai to iske Haddi Ke Baad Jahan se Hatheliya Start Hoti Hain or Uske Back Said, Ye Khula Rakh Sakte Hain, or Bahut Behtar Hai ki Namaz me Apni Takbeer e Tahreema Bhi Chadar ke Andar se Hath Daal Kar hi Kahe Ye Achha Hai

④ & ⑤ Dono Paer Ke Panje Khule Rahenge Bas : Paer Kahan Se Kahan Tak Khula Rah Sakta Hai.!? Aage Ka Jo Takhne ka Hissa Hai, Wahan se le Kar Aage ka Jo Portion Hai Panjo ka Wahan tak Khula Rakh Sakte Hain, to Pichhe Said Takhne Aedi Tak Pura Cover Karna Hai Namaz Me Bhi or Gair Mahram se Bhi, itna sitr Ka Hame Hukm diya gaya Hai Namaz Me, Aur Gair Mahramo ke samne Chahra Bhi Dhakna Hai, Balki Jo Aurat Jawan Ho Khuoob Surat ho to woh Apne Hatho wagaira Ka Bhi Parda Kare'n Achhi Baat Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-44)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Namaz Ke Sitr Ka Bayan : Sitre Aurat Agar Nahi Hota Hai to Zahir Si Baat Hai Hamari Namaz Shuru Nahi Hoti Hai, Lekin.! Kabhi kabhar Thoda Sa Kapda Khich Jata Hai Thoda Sa Salwar Upar Ho Jati Hai To Kya isse Bhi Namaz Tuut Jayegi.!?

To isme Thoda Sa Aurto ke Liye difficulty Hai Kuch Hissa Rukhsat Shariat Ne Diya Hai Yaad Rakhen Ye Jo Hame Body Part's Chhupane Hote Hain Na, Hame Jaise Haath Chhupana Hai Paer Chhupana Hai, Baal Chhupana Hai, Kaan Chhupana Hai, isme se Kabhi Kabhar Kuch Body Part's zahir Ho Jata Hai Yani Namaz Ke Daoran Ya Namaz Ke Pahle Bhi Bekhayali Ki Wajah Se Woh Part's Khul Jate Hain to isme Agar us Body Part's Ka Namaz se Pahle Koi Bhi Chauthai (1/4) Hissa Ya 1/4 se Jada Hissa Khula Rah gaya To Namaz Shuru Nahi hoti, Lekin Agar Chauthai (1/4) Se Kam Hai To Namaz Shuru ho Jayegi Lekin Namaz Makrooh e Tanjeehi Hogi, Yani Namaz ho Jayegi Aap ki Lekin Sawab Me Kami Aa Jayegi Pure Sitr Ka Khayal Rakhna hi Hai Bil-Farz Agar thoda Bahut Kabhi Khula Rah Gaya Aur Woh Chauthai (1/4) Se Kam Khula Hai to Namaz Shuru ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-45)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Namaz Ke Sitr Ka Bayan : Kabhi Kabhaar Namaz Se Pahle Sitr Pura tha Namaz Ke Dauraan Agar Khul Gaya to Fir Kya Hukm Hoga.!?

To Namaz Ke Daoran Dekha Jayega Ki Agar Koi Body Part's Ka Hissa Khul gaya to Agar us Body Part's Ka Chauthai (1/4) se Kam Hissa Khula tha to Isme Bhi Namaz Makrooh e Tanjeehi Hogi Lekin Namaz Ho Jayegi, Lekin.! Agar Chauthai Ya Chauthsi (1/4) se Jada Khul gaya to foran ise cover Kar Lena Chahiye Kyunki Agar isi Halat Me Aap Ne Namaz Padhi Jisme Aap ke Body Part's Ka 1/4 Hissa Khula Rah Gaya tha Aur isi Tarah 3 Martaba سبحان الله Khane Ke Barar Khula Raha to Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Misal : Namaz Ke Dauran Aurat Ki Aasteen Hat Gai Aur Uska 1/4 Haanth Dikhne Laga Aur Usne Fauran Dhak Liya 3 Martaba سبحان الله Kahne Se Pahle Cover Kar Liya to Namaz ho Jayegi Lekin Agar itna waqt Guzar Gaya to Namaz Toot Jayegi. Yani.! Chauthai (1/4) Ya isse Jada Body Part's ka Hissa Namaz Ke Dauran Khul Gaya Aur 3 Martaba سبحان الله Kahne se Pahle Dhak liya To Namaz Ho Jayegi Aur Agar 3 Tasbih Se Jada Ka Waqt Guzar Gaya To Namaz Tuut Jayegi, Isko Dubara Padhna Padega.

⚠️ Ye 👆👆 Us Waqt Tha Jab Khud Ba Khud Khul Gaya Ho.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-46)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Namaz Ke Sitr Ka Bayan : Lekin, Agar Kisi Aurat Ne Kisi Body Part's Ka Chauthai (1/4) Ya isse Jada Hissa Janbujh Kar Hata Liya to Namaz Fauran Toot Jayegi Isme 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Bhi Nahi Dekhenge Ye Gaflat Me Kabhi kabhar ho Jata Hai, 

Misal :- Jaise Kisi Aurat Ne Sone Ka Bracelet Pahni thi, Aur Namaz Ke Dauran use Laga Ki Mera Bracelet Gir Gaya Aur Usne Janbujh Kar Asteen Hata Ke Dekha Ki Mera Bracelet Hai Ya Nahi, Aur is Tarah Hatane Me Agar Chauthai (1/4) Jissa Hanth Ka Khul Gaya Tha to Namaz Fauran Toot Jayegi, 

Kabhi Kabhar Hum Khud Bekhayali Me Kapda Hata Dete Hain Ya Kabhi Khujli ho Rahi thi to Kisi Ne Utna Hissa Khol Ke Khujaya to Namaz Toot Jayegi, To Agar Chauthai Ya isse Jada Hissa Aap Ne Khud Janbujh Kar Khola to Namaz Tuut Jayegi Lekin Agar Khud Ba-Khud Hata Hai To 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Dekha Jata Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-47)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Haath Ka Sitr : Niche image me Dekhein Ye Jo 2 Airo Lage Hain Naa Isko Shariat Kalai Manti Hai Is Pure Hisse Ko, Hum Sirf usi Ko Kalai Kahte Hain Jahan Pe Chudi Wagaira Pahnete Hain, Lekin Shariat Jisko Kalai Kah Rahi Hai Iski Had (हद) Batai Hai Yahan Se Jo Kalai Ki Haddi Shuru Hoti Hai Naa Iske Thoda Sa upar Se Le Kar Kohni Ke Niche Tak Kohni Count Nahi Hogi iske Niche se.

Ab Agar Kalai Se Kapde Ka 1/4 Hissa Hat Jaye Aur 3 Tasbih Tak Hata Rahe to Namaz Toot Jayegi, Aur Agar Namaz Se Pahle Itna Khula Rahe To Namaz Shuru hi Na Hogi, Ye 1 Airo Se Lekar Pahli Line Ho Hai woh Ek Chauthai (1/4) Hissa Hai. Ab Agar Kisi Ki Aasteen Chhoti Hai Aur Chhota Sa Dupatta Oodh Kar Namaz Padhegi Aur 1/4 Hath Ka Hissa Kkhula Raha To Namaz Shuru hi Na Hogi.

⚠️ Ye Ek Haanth Ka Masla Hai 👆🏻Ki Ek Haanth To Pura Dhaka (Cover) Hai Aur Ek Haanth Ka Itna Hissa Khul Gaya to Ye Hukm Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-48)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Haath Ka Sitr : Lekin.! Ab Kabhi Kabhar Dono Haanth Ka Chauthai Hissa Nahi Balki 1/4 Se Kam - Kam Hissa Khula Hota Hai To Uska Kya Hukm Hoga..?

Kabhi Kabhaar Dono Haath Ka Thoda-thoda Hissa Khul Jata Hai 1/4 Nahi Iska Aadha Hissa Ya Aasteen hi Halka Chhoti Hoti Hai thoda Ye Hath ka Thoda Woh Haath Ka Khula Hota Hai Lekin Dono Hath Ka 1/4 Se kam Khula Hota Hai tab Bhi Yaad Rakhen Dono Ko Add Kar Ke Dekhenge Ye Hath Me Thoda Khula Hai Woh Haath Me thoda Khula Hai Agar Ye Dono Hissa Ek hi Hath Me Khulta Aur 1/4 ho Jata to Aap Ki Namaz Nahi Hogi.

Misaal :- Misaal Ke Taur Par Niche Image ❶ Dekhein : Dekhein Isme 1/4 Ka Aadha Khula Huwa Hai Agar Itna-Itna Hissa Dono Hath Ka Khula Hai to Dono Ko Add Kar Ke Dekhenge to Dono ka Chauthai Ban Jata Hai Naa To Aap Ki Namaz Tab Bhi Nahi Hoti Hai,  Ek Hath thoda Sa Khul Gaya thik Hai Namaz Makrooh e Tanjeehi Hogi Lekin Agar Dono Hath Ka Itna Khula Hai Aur Dono Ko Milane Ke Baad Chauthai Ban Jata Hai fir to Namaz Nahi Hogi, Galti se Khula Fauran Cover Kar Liya to thik Hai Aur Agar 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khula Raha to Namaz Tuut Jayegi

Jaise Niche Image ❷ Dekhein : Ye Bahen ki Aasteen to Full thi Lekin Elastic Upar Khichne Ki Wajah Se Itni Aasteen upar Chadh Gai to isse Bhi Namaz Nahi Hogi Kyun Ki isme Chathai Hissa Zahir Ho Raha Hai.

Is Tarah Different Body Part's Khulne Ka Hai, Hath Ka Maine Bata Diya Ki Yahan Se Yahan tak Kalai Hai Aur itna Khul Jayega to Namaz Nahi Hogi, Ab Next Hai Paer ka...

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official





Namaz Course (Part-49)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Paer Ka Sitr : Guthne Ke Niche Se Lekar Takhne ke Niche Aedi Tak ka Hissa Ye Aap Ka Ek Body Part's Hai, image ❶ Me Dekhein : Agar Ek Paer to Pura Cover ho Lekin Aik Paer Ka iska Chauthai (1/4) Hissa Zahir ho Jaye Tab Agar Namaz se Pahle Itna Khula tha to Namaz Shuru hi Nahi Hogi Aur Namaz Ke Dauraan Galti Se Zahir ho Gaya to 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khula Raha to Namaz Na Hogi fir se Dohrana Hoga.

Image ❷ Me Dekhein : Agar Dono Paer Ka Thoda Thoda Hissa Khula Raha to Dono Ko Add Kar Ke Dekhenge Ki Agar Aik Paer Me itna Khula Hota to Chathai Hota Ya Nahi Agar Chathai Hissa Huwa Aur Namaz Se Pahle Itna Khula tha to Namaz Shuru hi Na Hogi, Or Agar Namaz Padhne Ke Dauran Galti Se Khul Gaya To 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khula Raha to Namaz Na Hogi Aur Fauran Hi Cover Kar Liya ho to Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official







Namaz Course (Part-50)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Paer Ka Sitr : Image ❸ Me Dekhein :- Jaise Ye Pants Hai Isme Dono Paer Khule Hain Dono Me Taqreeban Chauthai-Chauthai Khule hi Hain Agar isko Ek Paer Me le to Taqreeban Ek Paer ka Aadha Hissa hi Khul Gaya to Isme Namaz Shuru Nahi Hogi.

Image ❹ Me Dekhein :- Kabhi Namaz Padhne Se Pahle Sitr to Pura Hota Hai Lekin Namaz Me Is Tarah Baithte Waqt Kapda Agar Upar Ho Gaya Aur Itna Paer Dikhta Raha Jaise Inme Takriban Chauthai Hissa Khula hi Hai To Namaz Na Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official




Namaz Course (Part-51)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Paer Ka Sitr : Niche Image Dekhein :- Jaise Isme Net Laga Huwa Hai Bhale Ye Net Niche Aedi Tak Hota to Isme Kapda Bhale Naam Ka Laga Huwa Hai Isme Aap ki Namaz Nahi Hogi, Kyunki Itna Hissa Paer Ka Nazar Aa hi Raha Hai... To Ye Jo Net Wala Hissa Hai Isme Kuch Pahen Liya Jaye Taaki Cover ho Jaye iska Khayal Rakhein.

⚠️ Aur Gair Mahramo Ke Samne Ye to Bilkul Jaiz Nahi Hai Ki Itna Paer Nazar Aaye, Ha Ghar me Aap ke Shohar, Abbu Ya Bhai Hain Jo Bhi Mahram Hain Unke Samne thik Hai, Unse Bhi Hattal-imkaan Ye Parda Hona Chahiye Lekin Fir Bhi Agar Inke Samne Itna Hissa Hhula Hai to Fir Bhi thik Hai

Lekin..! Jahan Par Aap Joint Family Me Rah Rahe Hain Fufa Hain, Khalu Hain, Inke Bete Hain, Isi Tarah Jo Shohar Ke Jo Family Wale Hote Hain Dewar-Jeth Wagaira to Inse Bhi Parda Hai Ayse Kapde Pahen Ke Inke Samne Nahi Aa Sakte, Hum Musalman Hain Hamari Jeenat hi Parda Hai To Kapda Silwate Waqt hi sitr Ka Khayal Rakhein...❣️

Ye 👆🏻Paer Ka Sitr tha, Ab Next Baal Me Sitr Ka Bayan Ayega....

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



Namaz Course (Part-52)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Baal Ka Sitr :- Sar Ke Jo Baal Hain woh Alag Part Hain & Jo Baal Latak Rahe Hain woh Alag Part Hain. To Sar Jo Hai Jahan Se Baal ugte Hain Wahan Se Lekar Pichhe Gardan Tak Jahan Pe Baal Ugna Band Hote Hain woh Aik Sitr Hai, Kabhi Kabhi Sar Se Dupatta Pichhe Khisak Jata Hai Aur Sar Ka Kuch Hissa Khul Jata Hai Jahan Pe Hum Sar Ka Masa Karte Hain Woh Hissa thoda Sa Khul Jata Hai Aur Thode Baal Nazar Aane Lagte Hain Agar Thoda Sa Hissa Khula Hai To Namaz ho Jayegi, Lekin..! agar Sar Ka Chauthai Hissa Khul Gaya to Namaz Toot Jayegi Agar 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Mikdar Khula Raha To, Or Agar Namaz Shuru Karne Se Pahle hi Chauthai Hissa Khula tha To Namaz Shuru hi Na Hogi.

Image ❶ Dekhein : Jaise Isme Ye Bahen Ka Chauthai Hissa Khula Hai Sar Ka to Namaz Na hogi.

Kabhi Kabhi 1-2 Baal Dupatte Se Bahar Nikal Aate Hain to Namaz ho Jayegi.

Image ❷ Dekhein : Ye Jo 2 Airo Hain Ye Jo Latka Huwa Baal Hai Ye Alag Body Part's Hai, is Latke Huwe Baal Ka Chauthai Hissa Agar Pahle Se Khula tha to Namaz Shuru hi Nahi Hogi Aur Agar Namaz Me Khul Gaya Aur 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khula Raha to Namaz Bhi Tuut Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official





Namaz Course (Part-53)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

❸ Istiqbal e Qibla : Namaz Ki Teesri Shart Istiqbal e Qibla Hai, Yani Kabe Ki Taraf Apne Face Ko Kar Dena Seene Ko Kar Dena Ye Hota Hai Istiqbal e Qibla, Agar Aik Dam Qible Ke Samne Padh Rahe to thik Hai Aur Agar Thodi Bahut Idhar-Udhar ho to Usme Bhi Namaz ho Jati Hai Uski Aik Limit Hai Aur Thoda Idhar-Udhar Se Murad Hai 45° Ke Andar-Andar Agar Aap Ghhoom Jate Hain Left Ya Right Par to Namaz ho Jati Hai,

Aur Agar 45° Cross ho Raha Hai Bilkul Idhar-Udhar Kar Ke Namaz Padha to Namaz Nahi Hogi, Namaz Se Pahle Ustiqbal e Qibla Shart Hai, Namaz Shuru Karne Se Pahle Qibla Maloom Kar Ke Exact Qible ki taraf Face Karna Hum Par Lazim Hai Agar Hum Qible Ki Taraf Face Nahi Karenge to Kyun Ke Shart Hai to Jab Shart Puri Nahi Hogi to Namaz Shuru hi Nahi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official




Namaz Course (Part-54)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Istiqbal e Qibla : Jinke Samne Kaba Shareef Hai Unke Liye Lazim Hai Ki Woh Kabe Ki Taraf hi Face Karen, To Jo Makka Shareef Jate Hain to Agar Unke Samne Kaba Nazar Aa Raha Hai Na Fir Woh Direction Nahi Dekhenge, Misal Ke Taur Par Koi Upar Room Hai Aur Woh Room Se Dekh Raha Hai Usko Kaba Nazar Aa Raha Hai, Aur Room Me Qibla Thoda Idhar Ya Udhar Dikh Raha Hai Jo Markings Hote Hain to Usko Follow Nahi Karenge Jahan Par Kaba Nazar Aa Raha Jske Ayen Mein Humko Namaz Padhna Hai, Aur Haram Ke Andar Bhi Kaba Ko Dekh Kar Namaz Padhna Hai, 

Han..!! Jahan Par Kabe Ko Dekhna Mumkin Na ho to Fir Unke Liye 45° Wali Rukhsat Hai, to Qibla Jahan Par Hai Wahan Se Agar 45° Ke Andar Andar Turn ho Gaya Left Me Ya fir Right Me to Namaz ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-55)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Istiqbal e Qibla : Istiqbal e Qibla Kin-Kin Namazon Ke Liye Zaruri Hota Hai.!?

Farz Namaz, Wajib Namaz, Fajar Ki sunnat Inme Har Surat Me Istiqbal e Qibla Lazim Hai, Yani Kabe Ki Taraf Face Karna Lazim Hai Agar Nahi Kiya Aur Dusri Taraf Muh Kar Ke Padh Liya to Namaz Shuru hi Na Hogi.

Iske Alawa Jo Namazen Hain Sunnate Muaqqidah, Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah & Nafl Namaz Inme Safar Ke Daoran Istiqbale Qibla Zaruri Nahi, Aap Safar Me Nahi Hain to Qible Ki Taraf Face Kar Ke Namaz Padhen, Aur Agar Aap Safar Me Hain to Istiqbal e Qibla Zaruri Nahi Hai, Jis Bhi Direction Me Bus, Car Ya Train Wagaira Ja Rahi ho us Taraf hi Muh Kar Ke Apni Seat Me Baith Ke Sirf in Namazon Ko Padh Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-56)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Istiqbal e Qibla : Fajr Ke Alawa Baki Sunnate & Nafil Namaz Inme Khade Hona Bhi zaruri Nahi Hai Aur Istiqbale Qibla Bhi zaruri Nahi Hai Lamba Safar Hai Aur Koi Nawafil Wagaira Padhna Chahta Hai to Padh Sakta Hai Agar Wuzu ho to.

Kyun ki Aap ﷺ Jab Bhi Sawari Mein Hote to Aap ﷺ ki Sawari Oont Ya Khachhar Hoti thi to Jis Direction Me Sawari Ja Rahi hoti Na, Aap ﷺ Apni Sawari Par hi Nawafil Padh Lete they, to isse Hame Saboot Mila Ki Hum Safar Me Hain Bus car Ya Train Wagaira Me to Hum Ishare se Bhi Nawafil Padh Sakte Hain Chahe Jis Bhi Direction Me Sawari Ja Rahi ho.

Lekin..!! Jab Farz, Wajib & Fajar ki Sunnat Namaz Ka Waqt Aata to Sarkar ﷺ Baqaida Sawari se Niche Tashreef La Kar Fir Aap ﷺ Kabe Ki Taraf Face Kar Ke Namaz Padhte they, isliye In Namazon Ko Minus Kar Diya Gaya Hai Iske Alawa Jo Namazen Hain Hum Gadi Me Padh Sakte Hain Wuzu ho to Aur Agar Safar Me Nahi Hain to Nawafil Wagaira Bhi Qibla Rukh ho Kar Padhi Jaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-57)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Istiqbal e Qibla : Kabhi Kisi Aysi Jagah Hum Pahuch Kate Hain Ki Jahan Qibla Maloom Nahi Hota Fir Hamara Farz Banta Hai Ki Jaise Bhi ho Qible ka Direction Maloom Kar le Aas-Paas Musalman hoñ to Unse Maloom Kar Lein Ya Fir Aaj To Mobile Mein Qibla Direction Aata Hai Usse Maloom Kar Lein Ya Masjid Ke Mahrab Ko Dekh Kar is Tarah Hum Padh Sakte Hain, To Sabse Pahli Koshish Honi Chahiye Ki Jab Tak Hum Qibla Maloom Kar Saken Puri Koshish Kar Ke Usko Maloom Kar Lein Chahe Masjid Ka Mahraab Dekh Kar, Chahe Logo Se Puchh Kar Ya Chahe Mobile Application Ke Zariye.

Bilfarz..!! Agar Inme Se Humko Kisi Se Bhi Maloom Nahi Pad Raha Hai, Jaise Hum Kisi Aysi Jagah Pahunch Gaye Jahan Pe Koi Musalman Nahi Hai, Na hi Masjid Hai Aur Mobile Mein Net Bhi Nahi Hai Ki App Download Kar Ke Uske Zariye Maloom Kar Saken to Kuch Bhi ho Sakta Hai to Fir Banda Kya Kare..?? Is Surat Mein Fir Bande Ko Hukum Hota Hai Ki Woh Taharree Kare.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-58)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Istiqbal e Qibla :  Taharree Mein Ye Karna Hota Hai Ki Banda Apne Dil Mein Gaoro Fikr Kare Ki Qibla Kis Taraf Hoga Aur Jis Taraf Bhi Dil Jame Usi Taraf Muh Kar Ke Namaz Padh Lein Isko Kahte Hain Taharree *Lekin..!!* Taharree Ki ijazat Tabhi Hoti Hai Jab Dusre Zariye Se Maloom Na Pade, Agar Koi Bole Ki Ab Kisse Puchhenge, Kaon Jaye puchhne, Kaon Isme Laga Rahega Aur Taharree Kar Ke Namaz Padh Liya to Namaz Nahi Hogi, Taharree Last Option Hai, Jab Nahi Maloom Pad Raha to Fir Taharree Karenge, Aur Jahan Par Dil Jame Ki is Taraf Qibla Hai Us Surat Mein Banda Wahi Par Apna Face Kar Ke Namaz Padh Lega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-59)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Istiqbal e Qibla : Ab Ho Sakta Hai Ki Namaz Ke Daoraan Aik Raka'at Padh Liya North Side Ko Face Kar Ke Aur Dusri Raka'at Mein Usko Khayal Aaya Ki Nahi East Said Hoga To Fauran Us Said Ghhum Jaye Bhale 90° Ghhum Raha Hai Pura Ghhum Jaye Ab Dusri Raka'at Padhne Ke Baad, Laga Nahi Is Taraf Hoga to Us Said Ghhum Jaye Bilfarz Agar 4 Raka'at Padhte Padhte Gol Ghhum Kar Dubara Wapas Bhi Aa Gaya Tab Bhi Namaz Ho Jayegi, Lekin Taharree ka Rule Ye Hota Hai Ki Jahan Par Aap Ka Dil Bol Raha Hai Udhar Ghhum Jana Hai 4ro Raka'at Mein Aik hi Direcson Mein Dil tha Tab Usi Taraf Face Kar Ke Namaz Padh Le. Or is Taharree wali Namaz Ko Dohrane Ki Zarurat Nahi.

Ek Badne Ki Taharree Dusre Bande Ke Liye Kafi Nahi Hai Jaise Hum Apni Family Ke Sath Jate Hain to Maa Jis Taraf Padh Rahi Hai Usi Taraf Hum Bhi Padh Lein.?? Nahi Aap Ka Dil Bilkul Opposite Direction Ki Taraf Bol Raha Hai to Aap usi Taraf Padhengi, Yani Har Banda Apni Apni Taharee Karega Dusre Bande Ki Taraf Dekh Kar Usko Follow Nahi Karega Han Dono Ke Dil Mein Khayal Aaya Ki Isi Taraf Qibla Hoga to Fir us Taraf Padh Sakty Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-60)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : To Train ho, Bus ho, Gadi ho Ye Sab Aik hi Hukm Mein Aate Hain, Sunnat Aur Nafil Namaz Ke Liye Istiqbale Qibla zaruri Nahi Hai Ye Aap Ko Hum Pahle Bata Chuke Hain Jabki Aap Kisi Gadi Wagaira Par ho, Sawari Par ho, Safar Kar Rahen ho, to Aap Agar Ba-Wuzu Hain & Kapde Wagaira Sab Paak Hain to Fir Jis Direction Mein Sawari Ja Rahi ho Usi Direction Par Aap Sunnat & Nafil Namaz Padh Sakte Hain, Isme Zaruri Bhi Nahi Hai Ki Khade ho Kar hi Padhe, Ishare Se Bhi Padh Sakte Hain Aur Isme istiqbale Qibla Bhi Zaruri Nahi Hai Han Jab Sawari Se Utar Jayen to Qibla Rukh hi Padhen, To Sunnat & Nafl Namaz Ka Masla to Aap Jaan Gaye Chahe Gadi Mein Ja Rahe ho, Chahe Train Mein, Plane Mein Ship Mein in Sab Ka Masla Same Hai.

Lekin...!! Rahti Hai Baat Farz Ki Wajibaat Ki Aur Fajar Ke 2 Sunnat e Muaqqidah ki Inme Aap Jante Hain Ki Qiyaam Zaruri Hai Fir Istiqbale Qibla Bhi zaroori Hai To Farz Namaz Hum Padh Rahe ho Ya Wajib Isi Tarah Fajar Ki 2 Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai in Sab Mein Hame Puri Koshish Karni Hai Istiqbale Qibla Ki, Chalti Train, Chalti Gadi / Bus, Chalti Plane Main Jo Bhi ho Is Par Aap Ki (Farz, Wajib & Fajar ki 2 Sunnat) Namaz Nahi Hoti to Agar Hum Train Wagaira Mein Hain to Puri Koshish Karenge Ki Train Ruk Jaye Uske Baad Namaz Padhen.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-61)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Misal Ke Taur Par Hume Ek Jagah Se Dusre Jagah Par Jana Hai Aur Zohar Ke Waqt Mein Ja Rahe Hain Zohar Ka to Kafi Waqt Hota Hai Aur 1-2 Ghante ka Safar Hai to Fir Aysa Nahi Hai Ki Hum Train Par Namaz padhenge, Balki Waqt ho Gaya ho to Safar Karne Se Pahle Padh le Ya Safar Khatam Hone Ke Baad Padh Le, To Sabse Pahla Condition Yahi Hai Jab Tak Mumkin ho Hum Utar Kar Ya Jab Tarin Ruk Jaye to Uske Baad Padhen.

To Daoraan e Safar Aaj kal Bahut Aasan ho Gaya Hai Google Ke zariye Hum Ye Nikal Sakte Hain Ki Kahan Par Kitna Tarin Rukegi Kahan Nahi Rukegi Ya Fir T'T  Wagaira Se Puchh Sakte Hain Ki Kahan Rukegi Kahan Nahi Rukegi us Hisab se Maloom Kar Ken ki, Agar Lamba safar ho to 5 waqt Mein Kaunsa Waqt Namaz Ka Kaha Par Aa Raha Hai Aur Koi Platform Aa Raha Hai Ya Nahi, Agar Koi Platform Beech Mein Aata Hai to Fir Aap Chalti Train Me Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte, Agar Platform Aa gaya Aur Train Ruk gai to Train Rukne Ke Baad Ya to Utar Kar Padh len Ya Fir Tarin Par hi Qibla Wagaira Maloom Kar Ke Khade ho Kar Padh Sakte Hain, To Train Mein Bhi Padh sakte Hain Kyunki Train Ruki Huwi Hai, Aur Ruki Huwi Tarin Mein Aap Padh Sakte Hain, Isi Tarah Platform Par Utar Kar Padh Sakte Hain to Sabse Pahli Koshish Aap ko Yahi Karni Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-62)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : To Agar Pahle se Maloom Hoga Ki Ye Platform Me 5 minutes Milenge 10 Minutes Milenge To 10 Minute's Mine to Aap Aaraam Se Padh Sakte Hain Faraiz, Aur Agar 5 Ya 3 Minute's Milte Hain to Jaldi Jaldi Faraiz Padh Lein, Sunnate Chhod Dein us Waqt, Sunnate to Chalti Train Mein Bhi ho Jayegi Isi Tarah Nawafil Bhi ho Jayegi Aur Aap Lambe Safar Par Hain to Ye ujr Bhi Hai

Lekin..!! Jo faraiz, Wajibaat & Fajar ki Sunnat Hain Na Inke Liye Istiqbale Qibla Bhi Karna Hai Train Ruki Huwi Bhi Hona Zaruri Hai to Fir Platform Vagairah Mein Train Ruk Jaye to Utar Kar Padh Sakte ho to Utar Kar Padh Lein Ya Train Mein hi Padh lein, Aur Agar Train Mein Isteqbale Qibla Nahi ho Pa Raha to fir Mumkin ho to Platform Mein Utar Kar Apni Namaz Ko Sahi Tariqe Se Ada Kar lein.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-63)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Bil-Farz..!! Ayesa Hai ki Train Rukti hi Nahi Hai Continue Chalti Ja Rahi Hai, Koi Platform Aa hi Nahi Raha Ya Fir Aa Raha Hai to Bas 1-2 Minute Ke liye Ruk Rahi Hai Aur Itne Waqt Mein Aap Apne Faraiz Ada Nahi Kar Pa Rahe Hain Aur Agar Wait Karenge to Waqt Nikal Jayega, to Is Surat Mein Fir Yahi Hukm Hai Ki Fir Aap Chalti Train Mein Namaz Padh Lein Ab, Kyun.!? Kyunki Zarurat Aa Gai To Ab Namaz to Qaza Nahi Kar Sakte Hain Na.? Isliye Fir Hukum Hoga Ki Chalti Train Mein Namaz Padh Lein, To Fir Chalti Train Mein Jab Aap Faraiz Padh Rahe Hain to Fir Isteiqbale Qibla Bhi karna Hoga Aur Khade ho Kar Namaz Bhi Padhna Hoga, Lekin Jaise hi Train Move Hoti Hai, Jaise Aap Qible Ki Taraf Namaz Padh Rahe they Aur Train Ne Turn le liya to Fir Aap Ko Bhi Qible Ki Taraf Turn Lena Padega,

Lekin..!! Kabhi Train Ki Seat Ki Wajah Se Ya Fir Bheed Hone Ki Wajah Se Ayesa Hota Hai ki Banda Khade ho Kar Namaz Nahi Padh Sakta to Fir Ye Bhi Uske upar Aik Parshani Aa gai To Agar Wakaee Ayesa Hai Ki Khade ho Kar Nahi Padh Sakten Ya Kisi Kisi Ko Problem Hoti Hai Bimari Hoti Hai Ki Woh Train Mein Khade ho Kar Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte unko Bahut Tej Chakkar Aata Hai Ye Bhi Auk Ujr Hai Unke Paas to Fir Baith Kar Padh len, Baith kar Agar Aap Qible Ko Face Kar Sakte Hain to Bahut Achhi Baat Hai, nahii Hota to Fir Apne Seat Par Baith Kar Jis Tarah Bhi ho Sake Namaz Padh len Isharon Se Padh len Jaise Kursi Par Baith kar Padhte Hain us Tarah Padh len, Ye Dusri Surat hai..👆

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-64)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Achha Ab Ye Sawal Aata Hai Ki Humne Ye Jo Train Mein Namaz Padh li ab Kya in Namazo Ko Dohrana Padega Ya Nahi.!?

To Yaad Rakhen..!! Isme Ulma Kiraam Ka Ikhtelaf Hai Kuch Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Ki Chalti Train / Ya Bus Mein Jo Aap Ne Namazen Padhi Hain to Fir Isme Aap Ko Apni Namazen Dohrani Padegi, Farz, wajib & Fajar ki Sunnat Wagaira Iske Alawa Aap Ne Jo Padhi Hai Woh to Ho Jati Hai na.

Lekin..!!  Kuch Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai Ki Farz, Wajib & Fajar Ki Sunnat Bhi Dohrane Ki Zarurat Nahi, Jisme Mufti Akmal sahab Hain Aur Mufti Nizamuddeen Saheb Hain in Sab Ne Farmaya Hai Ki Dobara Repeat Na Karen Tab Bhi Chal Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-65)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Lekin..!! Digar Jagah Se Chahe Darul ifta Ahle sunnat Ka Fatwa ho, Bareilly Sharif Ka Fatwa ho Wahan Se Fatwa Yahi Aata Hai Ki Aap Chalti Train Ki Namaz Dubara Padhein

To Jin Ulma Kiraam Ko Zyada Follow Karte Hain us Hisaab Se Aap Amal Kar Sakte Hain Ye Nahi Hai Ki Jahan Par Hamare liye Aasani Hai Uspar Amal Karen, unhone Kaha Ki Repeat Karen Aur Inho Ne Kaha Hai Ki Repeat Na karen to Ye Nahi ki Hum ab Inko Follow Karen Ye Hota Nafs Ki Payrwi Karna Hai isko Shariat Ki Payrwi Karna Nahi Kahte Aap Apne Nafs Ko Follow Kar Rahe Hain Shariat Ko Nahi, To Jin Ulma Kiram Ko Follow Karte Hain Us Hisaab Se Amal Karen, 

Bahrhaal..!! Masla to Yahi Hai Ki Agar Train Se utar Sakte Hain to Fir Utar Kar Padhna Hai Ya Fir Ruki Huwi Train Par Padhna Hai Aur Agar Nahi Rukti Hai to Train Par hi Padhlen Aur Eyada (Dohnare) Wale Mein ikhtelaf Hai, Train Me Bhi Padhne Mein Puri Koshish Karna Hai Ki Khade ho Kar Padhen, Nahi ho raha to Baith Kar Padh len, Qible Ko Face Kar Sakte Hain to Kar Lijiye, Nahi ho Raha Hai to Woh Bhi Chhod Dijiye to Ab Aap Ke Situation Ke Hisab Se Shariat Aasani Deti Jati Hai Aysa fix Nahi Hai Ki Yahi Karna Hai, Jaise Aap par Mushkilaten Aati Jayengi Shariat utni Aasani deti Jayegi us Hisab Se Fir Aap Ko Apni Namazon Ko Padhna Hai, Kabhi Ayesa lag Jaye Ki Platform Mein utar Kar Padhenge to Safety Nahi Hai Jaan/Maal Ka Khatra Hai Is Surat Mein Train Par hi Padh len. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-66)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Hum Taharat Kaise Hansil Karenge Train Mein.!?

Train Mein Bhi Apni Puri Koshish Karna Hai Wuzu Karne Ki, Iske Liye Aap Safar Mein Wuzu Ke Liye Alag Se Bottles Mein Pani le Ja Saktey ho to Le Jayen Aur Iska Khayal Rakhen Ki Mustamal Na Hone Paye Aur Wuzu Ke Kabil Rahe, Ya Aap Ko Pata Hai Ki Platform Wagaira Mein Ja Kar Wuzu Kar Sakte hain To Bhi thik Hai Agar Nahi Hai to Pani wagaira Ka Ahtimaam Karen

Lekin.!! Kabhi Kabhar Ayesa ho Gaya Ki Pani Wagaira use Nahi Kar Pa Rahe Hain Ya Mustamal ho Gaya. to Is Surat Mein Apne Sath Tayammum Ka Ahtimam Kar Ke Jaye Tayammum Ke Liye Zaruri Nahi Ki Mitti hi ho, Chhota Sa Chikna Patthar Jo Hote Hain usko Aap Apne Handbag Mein Rakhne ki Adat Bana len, Taki Kahi Ayesi Surat Aa Jaye Ki Aap Ko Pani Nahi Mil Raha Hai Ya Hai to Napaak hai, Ya Mustamal Hai use Nahi Kar Sakte to fir Tayammum Aasani Se Kiya Ja Sakta Hai Us Chhote se Patthar Se Aap Tayammum Kar len.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



Is Tarah🖕🏻 Ke Chhote Chikne Pat'thar Apne Sath Rakh len Tayammum Ke Liye...

Namaz Course (Part-67)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : To Safar Mein Nikalne Se Pahle Aap Ne Hamesha Apne Namazon Ka Khayal Rakhna Hai Chahe Lamba Safar ho Ya Chhota to Namaz Ke Liye Tayyar ho kar Niklen, 

Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Aap Prepare Honge.!? 

Ki Aap Ke Jo 5chon Namaz Ke Waqt Hain Ye Waqt Mujhe Kis-Kis Citys Mein Mil Rahe Hain Aur Un City's Mein Different Namazon Ka Waqt Kya Hai Ye Aap Maloom Kar len Taki Aap Ready Rahen Ki Is City Mein Is waqt Ke Andar Anadr Mujhe Namaz Padhni Hai Ye Pura Schedule Maloom Kar len Taki Aap Ke Namazon Ka Ahtimaam ho Jaye Fir Wuzu Ka Ahtimaam Kar Len Fir iske Alawa Tayammum Ke Liye Chikna Patthar Rakh Le'n.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-68)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Train Wagaira Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Ab Hum Jaise Apni Gadi Se Safar Mein Ja Rahe Hain usko Aasani Se Rok Sakte Hain to Fir Farz Wagaira utar Kar hi Padhna Padega, Hum to Kisi Apno Ke Sath hi Jate Hain to Gadi Se To utar Kar Namaz Padhna Padega, Aur Agar Aysi Sakht Surat Aa Gai Ki Gadi se Utar Kar Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte Ya Kisi Kisi Ke Shohar Ayse zalim Hote Hain Ki Namaz Chhod do Lekin Gadi Nahi Rukaate Ki Aurat Niche Utar Kar Namaz Padh Sakte to Fir isme Mazboori Mein Gadi Mein Apne Faraiz Padh le Aur is Surat Me Baad Me Iska Iaadah zaroor Kar le, 

Lekin..!! Puri Koshish Karni Hai Ki Gadi Se Utar Kar Kam Se Kam Apne Faraiz to Padh le Chahe Road ho Ya Kuch Bhi ho, Bus Ka Bhi Yahi Mas'ala Hai Bus Bhai Station Mein Rukti Hai na to Wahan Par Padh Liya Karen Ship Aur Train Ka Bhi Mas'ala Same Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-69)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Plane Mein Namaz Ka Mas'ala : Plane Agar ud Rahi ho to Udti Huwi Plane Mein Aap Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte Ye Hai ki Plane utar Jaye to Utarne Ke Baad Aap Padhen, Ya Fir Best Hai Ki Airport Par Padh le'n utar Kar Agar Airport Mein Waqt tha Aur Aap Sochen Ki Rahne do Plane Mein Padh Lenge to Ye Jayez Nahi Hai Agar Mumkin Hai Ki Airport Me Padh Sakte Hain to Airport Mein hi Padh Lena Hai Aur Agar Plane Long Hai 15 Ghhante 20 Hhhante ka Hota Hai Kabhi 2 Din Ka Hota Hai to Agar Safar Lamba Hai to Safar Ke Dauran hi Agar Aap Ko Namaz Padhni Pad Rahi Hai to Fir Plane Par hi Padhenge.

Isme Bhi Wahi Hukm Hoga Agar Aap Khade ho Kar Padh Sakte Hain to Khade ho Kar Padh len Qibla Agar Maloom ho Sakta Hai to Qible Ki Taraf Muh Kar Ke Padhen, Jaise Saudi Wagaira Jate Hain to Unko Namaz Ka Agar Kahte Hain na to Wahan Par Crew Permission de Dete Hain Ki Aap Khade ho Kar Padh len, Aur Batate Bhi Hain Ki Is Waqt Qibla is Taraf Hai to Fir us Taraf Face Kar Ke Aap Namaz Padh Sakte Hain 

Aur Agar Khade ho Kar Namaz Padhne Ki ijazat Nahi de Rahe Hain Ya Bahut Zyada Badal Wagaira Ki Wajah Se Bolte Hain Ki Baithe Rahen Hilna Nahi to in Sab Surato Mein Fir Apni Seat Par Baith Kar Jis Taraf Bhi Face ho Raha Hai Usi Taraf Aap Namaz Padh len ho Jayegi in Namazo Ko Dohrane Ki Bhi Zarurat Nahi Hai Isme Tamaam Ulma Ittefaq Rakhte Hain, isme Kisi Bhi Ulma Ka Ikhhtelaf Nahi Hai, Aur Yahan Par Bhi Agar Wuzu Mumkin ho to Kar len, Aur Agar wuzu Nahi ho Pa Raha Hai to Fir Wahi Chikne Patthar Se Tayammum Kar len, Aur Checking Ke Waqt is Chhote Se Patthar Ko Mana Bhi Nahi Karte Hain Le Jane ko.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-70)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

❹ Waqt : Namaz Ki Chauthi Shart Waqt Hai. Har Namaz Ka Aik Waqt Hai Na to Jab Tak Waqt Shuru Nahi Hoga Aap Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte Padh Liye to Woh Nafil Count Hogi Aur Aap Ko Namaz Ka Waqt Shuru Hone Ke Baad Padhna Padega, Aur Agar Namaz Ka Waqt Khatam Hone Ke Baad Aap Padhenge to Ada to Nahi Kahlayegi Woh Qaza Hogi To Har Namaz Ke Liye Aik Fix Waqt Hai.

Shuru Mein Upar Hum Namaz Ke Waqt Ka Bayan Details Mein Padh Leiye Hain to Yahan Par Repeat Nahi Kar Rahe Hain Bas Ye Yaad Rakhen Ki Namaz Ke Waqt Ka Hona Bhi Shart Hai Agar Waqt Se Pahle Ya Waqt Ke Guzar Jane Ke Baad Padhe to Woh Ada Nahi Hogi, Waqt Se Pahle Padhne Par Woh Nafil Hogi Aur waqt Ke Guzar Jane Ke Baad Padhne Se Woh Qaza Hogi To Waqt Bhi Shart Hai Namaz ke liye.

Kis Waqt Kaun Si Ibadat Kar Sakte Hain.! Kaun Si Nahi.?? Niche Image 👇🏻Mein Dekhein.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official




Namaz Course (Part-71)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

❺ Niyyat : Namaz Ki Panchwi Shart Niyyat Karna Hai, Ki Kaun Si Namaz Aap Padh Rahe Hain.

Niyyat Kaise Kahte Hain.!?

DiL Ke Pakke Irade Ko Niyyat Kahte Hain, Jaise Abhi Asar Ka Waqt Aayega to Main Dil Mein Niyyat Kar Leti Hun ki Ab Mujhe Asar ki Namaz Padhni Hai to Ye ho Gai Niyyat. Isi Tarah Maine Dil Mein Niyyat Kee, Ki Kal Mujhe Roza Rakhna Hai, to Ye Dil Mein Humne Aik Decision Leliya Irada Kar Liya Ki is Waqt Ye Kaam Karungi To Isko Kahte Hain Niyyat.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-72)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat :  Ab Is Pure Definition Mein Maine Kahin Zuban Se Nahi Bola Nahi Kaha. Sirf Kaha Ki Dil Ka Irada Niyyat Hai Iska Matlab Hai Ki Jab Aap Namaz Ke Liye Khade Hote Hain Aur Dil Mein Aap Ke us Namaz Ki Niyyat Hoti Hai zaban Se Aap Ka Niyyat Bolna Zaruri Nahi Hai Koi Bhi Ibadat ho Agar Aap Ke Dil Mein Us Ibadat Ki Niyyat ho to Fir Zaban Se Bolna Ye Shart Nahi Hai,

Han.!! Zaban Se Bol Lena Afzal Hai Yani Bahut Behtar Hai Ki Aap Zuban Se Bhi Bol Len, Kyun Ki Hamara Dil Aik Jagah Tika Nahi Rahta Bilkhusoos Hum Jab Ibadat Karte Hain To Kai Jagah Pakka Laga Rahta Hai, To Kabhi Kabhar Sochte Sochte Dusri Cheezon Mein Bhi Hamara Zahen Lag Jata Hai Aur Hamari Niyyaten Durust Nahi Hoti, Isliye Fir Kaha Jata Hai Ki Aap Zuban Se Bhi Bol Le'n Banda Jab Zaban Se Bolta Hai Na Aur Uski Aawaz Uske Kaan Mein Jati Hai To Attention Wapas Ibadat ki Taraf Aa Jati Hai, Isliye Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Ki zaban Se Bhi Bol len to Behtar Hai, Lazim Nahi. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-73)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat : Jab Hum Namaz Ke Liye Khade Hote Hain To Niyyat Kaisi Honi Chahiye.!?

To Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Niyyat Matlab Dil Mein Ayesa Pakka Irada Hona Jisme Koi Doubt Na ho Dauran e Namaz Agar Puchha Jaye Aap Se Ki Aap Kaun Si Namaz Padh Rahe Hain To Fauran Aap Ke Muh Se Nikal Jana Hai Ki Main Is Waqt Ki Namaz Padh Rahi Hun, Itni Raka'at Padh Rahi Hun. Puchha Jaye To Fauran Nikal Jaye Socho Bichar Mein Agar Banda Lag Gaya To Uski Niyyat Sahi Nahi Hogi Ye Pakka Irada Nahi Huwa Itne Focus Maind Ke Sath Aap Ko Namaz Ke Liye Khada Hona Hai Niyyat Kar Ke To Ye Hoti Hai Niyyat.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-74)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat : Ab Alag Alag Namazon Ke Liye Hum Alag Alag Niyyaten Karte Hain Jaise Farz Namaz Ki Niyyat Is Tarah Karenge ; Niyyat Ki Maine 4 Raka'at Farz Namaz Aaj Ke Zohar Ki Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke. 

Is Tarah Aur Yahan Par Aik Addition Log Kar Dete Hain "Muh Mera Kabe Shareef Ki Taraf" Isko Bolne Mein To Koi Harz Nahi Hai, Lekin..!! Agar Na Bhi Bolen to Tab Bhi Koi Harz Nahi Hai.

Wajib Ki Niyyat Bhi Isi Tarah Karenge ; Niyyat ki Maine 3 Raka'at Wajib Namaz Aaj ke Witr Ki Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke Is Tarah.

Nafil Ki Niyyat Bhi Isi Tarah Karenge ; Niyyat Ki Maine 2 Raka'at Nafil Namaz Ki Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke Ya Fir Khaas Uska Naam Le Kar Bhi Bol Sakte Hain Jaise Tahajjud ke Namaz Ki.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-75)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat : Sunnat Ki Bhi Isi Tarah Karna Hai ; Niyyat Ki Maine 4 Raka'at Namaz Sunnat Ki Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke.

Tarawih Ki Bhi Isi Tarah Karenge ; Niyyat Ki Maine 2 Raka'at Sunnate Muaqqiah Aaj Ke Tarawih Ki Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke.

Isi Tarah Sajda e Tilawat Ki Niyyat Karenge Jo Ye Aayat Maine Padhi Hai Uski. isi Tarah Sajda e Shukr Ki Bhi Ki AllaH Ta'ala Ka Shukr Ada Karne Ke Liye Jo Mujhe Ye Nemat Mili Hai Ya Tamaam Nematen Jo Mili Hain Iska Shukr Ada Karne Ke Liye Sajda Kar Rahi Hun. 

Ye To Main Kah Rahi Hun Ki Zaban Se Kahen. Lekin..!! Agar Zaban Se Na Kaha Aur Dil Mein To Irada Hota hi Hai To Ada Ho Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-76)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat : Isi Se Us Mas'ale Ka Hal Nikal Aata Hai Ki Kuch Bahne Kahti Hain Zohar Ke Badle Maine Niyyat Ke Waqt Asar Bol Di Thi ho Jata Hai Na Idhar Ka Udhar Bol Dete Hain 4 Raka'at Zohar Ke Bajay Asar Bol Diya to Ab Namaz Ho Jayegi Ya Nahi.!?

Namaz Ho Jayegi Kyunki Zaban Se Slip Huwa Hai DiL Mein Agar Yahi Niyyat Thi Zohar Ki Namaz Padh Rahi Hun To Ho Gai, Han..!! Agar Dil Mein Bhi Yahi Tha Ki Asar Ki Namaz Padh Rahi Hun Aur Asar Ka Waqt Hai Ye Samajh Ke Padha Tha to Namaz Nahi Hogi, Lekin..!! Zaban Se Galti Se Kuch Aur Nikal Aaya Aur Dil Mein Zohar Ka Hi Irada Tha To Namaz Ho Jayegi Bhale Zaban Se Kuch Aur Kah Diya Ho, Kyunki Niyyat Mein Asal Aap Ke Dil Ka Irada Hota Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-77)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat : Qaza Namaz Ki Niyyat Kaise Karenge.!?

Jab Aap Ko Maloom Ho Ki Aap Kaun Se Din Ki Namaz Qaza Kar Rahi Hain Kuch Khush Naseeb Bahne Ayesi Hoti Hain Jinki Namaze Qaza Nahi Hoti Aur Woh Sahibe Tarteeb Hoti Hai, Yani Jin Khush-Naseeb Bahen Ya Bhai Ki 5 Se Zyada Yani 6 Ya 6 Se Zyada Namaze Qaza Na ho Unko Sahibe Tarteeb Kahte Hain, Inke Liye Hukm Ye Hota Hai Ki Order Mein hi Woh Namaz Padhen.

Misaal : Aik Koi Islami Bahen Bimar Thi Aur Galti Se Uski Fajar & Zohar Ki Namaz Qaza Ho gayi, ab Woh Asar ke Liye Khadi Hai Aur Woh Sahibe Tarteeb Hai Ab Ayesa Nahi Hai Ki Fauran Woh Khade ho Kar Asar Padh Sakti Hai Aur Baad Mein Fajar Aur Zohar Nahi. Unko Woh Order Maintain Karna Hoga Pahle Fajar Padhengi Fir Zohar Padhengi Fir Asar Padhengi Is Tarah Order Hota Hai To Jo Sahibe Tarteeb Hota Hai Uske Liye Fir Order Dekha Jata Hai, To Order Ka Lihaaz Sahibe Tarteeb Ko Rakhna Hota Hai Yani 6 Ya 6 se Zyada Jiski Namaz Qaza Na Ho.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-78)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat : Qaza Namaz Ki Niyyat Kaise Karenge.!?

Iske Alawa Jinki Bahut Sari Qaza Hai Woh Chahe To Pahle Us Waqt Ki Padh le Fir Qaza Padh le, To Agar Qaza Namazon Mein Agar Mumkin Ho Puri Detail Ke Sath Niyyat Karni Chahiye Misal Ke Taur Par Aaj Ki Kisi Ki Fajar Qaza Ho Gai Aur Woh Niyyat Kar Rahi Hai To Woh Is Tarah Niyyat Kare ; Niyyat Karti Hun Main 2 Raka'at Farz Namaz Aaj Ke Fajar Ki Jo Mujhse Qaza Huwi Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke. Agar 2 Din Pahle Ki Qaza Huwi Thi To Is Tarah Niyyat Kare 2 Din Pahle Jo Mujhse Jo Qaza Hui.

Lekin..!! Jinki Bahut Sari Qaza Namazen Hain Aur Unko Pata hi Nahi Kab Kab Qaza Huwi Thi To Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Woh Yun Niyyat Karen; Niyat Ki Maine 2 Raka'at Farz Namaz Fajr ki zindagi Mein Jo Meri Sabse Pahle Qaza Huwi Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke, Kyun Ki Jab Aik Qaza Ho Jayegi to Jo Next Wala Hai Woh First Ban Jayega, Ya fir Yun Bole Niyyat Ki Main Ne 2 Raka'at Farz Namaz Fajar Ki Zindagi Mein Jo Meri Sabse Aakhri Qaza Huwi Thi Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke, To Jab Bahut Sari Qaza Namazen Ho To Yun Niyyat Kar Leni Chahiye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-79)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Qaza Namaz Ka Tariqa : Agar Bahut Sari Qaza Namazen Ho To Is Tariqe Ko Follow Kiya Jaye Aur Agar Bahut Kam Hai To Fir Ye Tariqa Na Follow Karen Jo Aap Ka Normal Tariqa Hai Usi Tarah Padhen. Lekin..!! Jinke Jimme Bahut Sari Umriya Qaza Hai To Fir Woh Is Tarah Padhen Aur Yahi Tariqa Hai Us Waqt Ke Liye Bhi Hai Ki Jab Aap Ke Paas Bahut Time Short ho, Jaise Fajar Mein Let Need Khuli Aur 2-3 Minutes Hain Aur Isme Aap Ko Fajar Ki Namaz Ada Karni Hai To Is Tariqe Se Padh Sakte Hain, Isi Tarah Kahi Jana Hai Aur Jaldi Mein Ja Rahe Hain Aur Let Ho Raha Hai To Is Tarah Jaldi Padh Len Lekin Namaz Qaza Na Karein Uski Bajay Is Tarah Padh Len, Isi Tarah Safar Mein Bhi Padh Sakte Hain Agar Waqt Kam Ho To.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-80)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Qaza Namaz Ka Tariqa : Isi Tarah Agar Koi Sakht Bimar Hai, Ya Bahut Tez Bukhar Hai Ki Namaz Padhne Ke Liye Bistar Se Utha hi Nahi Ja Raha Hai To Ayesi Surat Me Short Tariqe Mein Padh Len Ya Kam Se Kam Farz, Wajib Wa Fajar Ki 2 Raka'at Sunnat Padh Len, Iske Alawa Baqi Sunnat & Nafil Bhale Aap Chhod Den Agar Bahut Bimar Hain To, Aur Agar Normal Bimari Hain To Na Chhoden Sakht Bimari Aati Hai Kabhi Kabhaar Ayesa Lagta Hai Ki Bistar Se Uthe hi Na To Uske Liye Is Tarah Padh Sakte Hain Aur Agar Khade ho kar Nahi Ho Raha To Baith Kar Padhen Aur Baith Ke Nahi Ho Raha To Kam Se Kam Kursi Par Padhen Aur Agar Woh Bhi Nahi ho Raha Hai To Itna Short Tariqa Se Apne Bistar Par Padh Len Aur Baad Mein iaadah Ki Bhi Zarurat Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-81)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Qaza Namaz Ka Tariqa Kya Hai.!? : الله اکبر Bol Kar Sana Chhod Sakte Hain Surah Fatiha Padh Le, Iske Baad Aik Chhoti Surah Ya Aik Badi Aayat Mila Le, Chhoti Surah Jaise Surah Nasr Hai, Surah Ikhlas Hai, Surah Kosar Hai Ye Sab Chhoti Chhoti Surah Hain Inme Se Koi Mila Le Iske Baad Ruku Wa Sajde Mein Aik-Aik Baar Tasbih kah Le Fir Isi Tarah 2sri Raka'at Padh Le Aur Qada Mein Jab Baithte Hain To Attahiyyat Padhni Padegi Kyun Ki Wajib Hai Iska Padhna, 

Iske Baad 2 Raka'at Hai To Thik Hai Jaise Fajar Ki Aur Iske Alawa Jo Hain Unme 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Mein Surah Fatiha Padhne Ki Bhi Hajat Nahi Hai Bas 3 Martaba سبحان الله Kah De Aur Qada e Aakhira Mein Sirf Attahiyyat Padhen Aur Durood e Ibraheem Wa Duaa e Mashura Ki Jageh Chhota Sa Durood Padh Le (صلى الله على محمد) Itna Bhi Kafi Hai Aur Duaa e Mashra Ki Jagah (رَّبِّ زِدْنِیْ عِلْمًا) Itna Padh Le Kafi Hai Aur Salaam Fer De Ye Hai Short Tariqa. Aur Witr Mein Duaa e Qunoot Ki Jagah (اَللّٰھُمَّ اغْفِرْلِىْ) Teen Baar Padhe Le Kafi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-82)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat :  2 Niyyat Mix Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.!?

Chahe Roze Mein Ho Ya Namaz Mein Ho Yani Jaise Tahajjud Ka Waqt Hai To Main Tahajjud Ki Bhi Niyyat Mix Kar Lun Aur Qaza Ki Bhi Niyyat Mix Kar Lun To Tahajjud Bhi Ho Jaye Aur Qaza Bhi Ho Jaye. To Is Tarah Aap Nahi Padh Sakte Koi Niyyat Kare To Aik hi Kare Fiqah e Hanfi Mein To Ye Jayez Nahi Hai Ya To Qaza Ki Kare Ya Fir Tahajjud Ki Niyyat Kare.

Isi Tarah Ashurah Ka Roza Aata Hai To Puchhte Hain Isme Ashurah & Qaza Dono Roze Ki Niyyat Kar len.!?

To Nahi Ayesa Nahi Kar Sakten, 2 Niyyat Aap Nahi Kar Sakte Koi Aik Niyyat Karen. Han..!! Ye Zaroor Hai Ki Pahle Aap Apne Faraiz Ada Karen Qaza Namaz Hai To Pahle Usko Important Den Aur Qaza Roza Hai To Pahle Rozon Ko Important Den.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-83)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Niyyat :  2 Niyyat Mix Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.!?

Isme Aap Duaa Zaroor Kar Sakte Hain Ki AllaH Ta'ala Din Wahi Hai Waqt Wahi Hai Aur Roze Se Bhi Hun Iske Ewaz Mein Is Din Ki Jo-Jo Fazilatein Isme Hain Maola Ta'ala Woh Mujhe Ata Kar De, AllaH Ta'ala Beniyaz Hai Uske Khazano Mein Koi Kami Nahi Hai Woh Chahe To Aap Ashure Ka Roza Na Rakhen Tab Bhi Woh Barkatein Ata Farma Sakta Hai.

To Fir Aap Apne Qaza Aur Faraiz Ko Rakhte Huwe Duaa Kar Len ان شاء الله تعالیٰ AllaH Paak Ki Rahmat Se Puri Ummeed Hai Woh Fazilatein, Woh Sawab Bhi zaroor Ata Hoga.  

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-84)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

❻ Takbeer e Tahreema :  Namaz Ki 6vi Shart Takbeer e Tahreema Hai. Yani Hum Namaz Se Pahle Jo الله اکبر Kahte Hain Isko Kahte Hain Takbeer e Tahreema. Takbeer Yani Badaee Bayan Karna Ki AllaH Ta'ala Sab se Bada Hai Aur Tahreema Yani Haraam Kar Dene Wali Kyun Ki Hum Jab Namaz Ki Halat Mein Dakhil Ho Jate Hain To Bahut Si Halaal Cheezen Bhi Hum Par Haraam Ho Jati Hain Jaise Khana Khaana, Baat Cheet Karna Wagairah Isliye Isko Takbeer e Tahreema Kaha Jata Hai.

To Jaise Hi Takbeer e Tahrrrma Kah Dete Hain Hamari Namaz Shuru Ho Jati Hai To Takbeer e Tahreema Kahte Waqt Chahra Aankhen Sina Wagairah Sab Qible Ki Taraf Hona Chahiye الله اکبر  Kahte Waqt Kuch Log Chahra Aur Aankh Wagairah Jhuka Lete Hain Ye Khilafe Sunnat Hai, Sunnat Ye Hai Ki Aap Apna Chahra Aankhen Sab Qible Ki Taraf Rakhen Aur Qible Ki Taraf Dekhte Huwe Hi الله اکبر Kahen Aur الله اکبر Kah Ke Haanth Bandh Len Aap Ki Namaz Shuru Ho Jayegi. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-85)

Namaz Kay Sharait :

Takbeer e Tahreema : Takbeer e Tahreema Kahte Waqt Aurat Apne Kandhe Tak Hath Uthaye Aur Hanth Chadar Ke Andar Se Hi Uthaye Ye Achha Hai Aur Dono Hanth Ki Hatheli Qible Ki Taraf Hogi, Ungliya Bahut Tight Se Bhi Mila Kar Na Rakhen Aur Na Hi Bahut Dhili Balki Normal Rakhen Aur الله اکبر Kahen Sahi Talaffuz Ke Sath.

Agar Koi الله اکبر Ki Jagah Allahu Akbaar Padhta Hai To Uski Namaz Shuru Hi Nahi Hogi Akbaar Ka Meaning Bahut Kharab Hai Kahi Dhool Hai Kahi Alag Alag Meaning Hai To M'ana Badal Jate Hain Jisse Aap Ki Namaz Shuru Hi Nahi Hogi Isliye Allahu Akbar Bolen Allahu Akbaar Nahi Yani Akbar Ki Ba Ko Kheenche Kar (Daraaz Kar ke) Na Padhen.

Yahan 👆🏻Par الحمد لله Namaz Ke Sharait Mukammal Huwe. Ab Hum Namaz Ke Faraiz Ki Taraf Aate Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-86)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Farz : Farz Woh Cheez Hota Hai Jisko Karna Lazim hi Hota Hai Agar Koi Jan-Bujh Kar Namaz Ke 7 Faraiz Mein Se Aik Farz Bhi Chhod Dega To Fauran Se Namaz Tuut Jayegi, Misaal Ke Taur Par Humne Qira'at Kiya Aur Jan-bujh Kar Ruku Nahi Liya Aur Sajde Me Chale Gaye To Fauran Namaz Tuut jayegi.
 
Namaz Mein Kitne Faraiz Hain.!?

Namaz Me 7 Cheezen Farz Hain :
1.  Takbeer e Tahreema
2.  Qiyam
3.  Qira'at
4.  Ruku
5.  Sajda
6.  Qada e Aakhirah
7.  Khuruz e Bisunehi (खुरूज़े बिसुन्इही).

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-87)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

❶ Takbeer E Tahreema : Takbeer e Tahreema Sharait Aur Faraiz Dono Mein Kyun Laya Gaya Hai.!? 

Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ki Asal Mein To Ye Shart Mein Se hi Aata Hai Kyunki Namaz Shuru Karne Se Pahle الله اکبر Kahte Hain Aur الله اکبر Kahte hi Namaz Me Dakhil ho Jate Hain Asal Me Ye Hai Shart Lekin الله اکبر Kahte hi Namaz Shuru Ho Jati Hai Isliye Ulma Kiraam Ne Takbeer e Tahreema ko Farz Mein Bhi Likh Diya Hai.

Takbeer e Tahreema Kahte Waqt Qible Ki Taraf Samne Sekhna Sunnat Hai.

Takbeer e Tahreema Aik hi Baar Kahna Chahiye Yahi Sunnat Hai Agar Koi 2 Baar الله اکبر Kahe To Ye Khilafe Sunnat Hai Gunah Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-88)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

❷ Qiyam : Namaz Ka Dusra Farz Qiyam Hai Yani Khade Rahna To 3 Tarah Ki Namaz Mein Qiyam Farz Hai

1.  Pancho Waqt Ki Farz Namaz Mein : Yani Fajar, Zohar, Asar, Magrib & Isha Ki Farz Namaz Mein Aap ko Qiyam Larna Lazim Hai Yani Khade ho Kar Namaz Padhna Zaruri Hai Zameen Mein Ya Kursi Mein Baith Kar Namaz Padhege To Aap Ki Namaz Nahi Hogi Kyun Ki Farz Hai Qiyam Karna, Han Jo Bimar Hai Ya Khada ho hi Nahi Sakta Uske Liye Alag Mamla Hai.

2.  Wajib Namaz Mein : Jitni Bhi Wajib Namazen Hoti Hain Unme Bhi Qiyam Karna Farz Hai Jaise Witar, Eid, Mannat.

3.  Fajr Ki Jo 2 Raka'at Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai Isme Bhi Qiyam Lazim Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-89)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyaam Ka Bayan : To Ye 3 Tariqe Ki Namazen Hain Jinme Aap Begair Kisi Reason Ke Qiyam Ko Chhod Nahi Sakte In 3 Ke Alawa Jitni Bhi Namazen Hain Chahe Woh Sunnate Muaqqidah Ho, Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Ho, Nawafil Ho Inke liye Qiyam Farz Nahi hai.

In 3 Ke Alawa Jitni Bhi Namaz Hain Unme Qiyam Farz Nahi Hai Zaroori Nahi Hai, Matlab, Zohar, Asar, Magrib & Isha Ki sunnat Namaz Mein Qiyam Farz Nahi Hai Agar Ye Namazen Koi Bina Kisi Mazburi Ke Janbujh Kar Bhi Baith Ke Padhta Hai Tab Bhi Uski Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Han FarQ Itna Hai..!!  Jo Khade Ho Kar Padhega Usko Pura Sawab Milega Aur Jo Baith Ke Padhega Use Aadha Sawab Milega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-90)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Tarawih Ki Namaz Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai To Tarawih Me Bhi Qiyam Farz Nahi Hai Tarawih Bhi Aap Bina Kisi Ujr Ke Baith Ke Padh Sakte Hain Zaroori Nahi Hai Ki Aap Khade Ho Kar Hi Padhen Lekin..!! Baith Kar Padhna Khilafe Sunnat Hai Aur Sawab Bhi Kam Milega Lekin Baith Ke Padhne Mein Namaz Ho Jayegi Ye Bahut Achha Hai Unke Liye Jo Bahne Kaam Karte Karte Thak Hati Hain Aur Kahti Haim Hamse Tarawih Nahi Padhi Jati Tarawih Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai Na, Chhodengi To Gunahgar Hongi Isliye Chhodne Se Achha Hai Ki Baith Kar Padh Len.

Jabki...!! Baaz Ulma Ke Nazdeek Tarawih Baith kar Padhne Se Ada Nahi Hoti Lihaza Behtar Hai Ke Tarawih Khade Ho Kar Padhen Albatta Agar Koi Ujr Ho To Baith Kar Padhna Bhi Jayez Hai Aur Sawab Bhi Pura Milega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-91)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Kursi Ke Masail & Baith Kar Hum Kab Namaz Padh Sakte Hain Kab Nahi.!?

Ek To Hum Ye Padh Chuke Ki Normal Insan Jo Bilkul Chalta Firta Hai Aur Puri Namaz Woh Khade Ho Kar Padh Sakta Hai Uske Liye To Hum Phle Padh Chuke Ki 3 Tarah Ki Namazon Mein Usko Khada Hona Farz Hai Aur Bakiya Namaz Nawafil & Fajar Ke Alawa Baki Sunnate Baith Ke Bhi Padh Sakta Hai. Ab Kuch Log Ayese Hain Ki :

(1) Kuch Log Ayese Hain Ki Jinme Khade Hone Ki Taqat Nahi Rahti Kisi Bhi Bimari Ki Wajah Se Jo Khade Nahi Ho Sakte Ya Koi Surgery Wagaira Ho Gaya Ho To Khade Nahi Ho Sakte.

(2) Ya Fir Kuch Log Ayese Hote Hain Ki Jo Bilkul Thodi Der Khade Ho Sakte Hain 1-2 Minutes Qiyaam Kar Sakte Hain Fir Baith Jana Padta Hai.

(3) Teesri Surat Ya Fir Khade Ho Sakte Hain Aik Waqt Ki Namaz To Padh Sakte Hain Khade Ho Kar Lekin Ho Sakta Hai Bimari Badh Jaye Ya Fir Tajurba Ho Ki Khade Ho Ke Namaz Padhne Mein Bimari Badh Jati Hai Dard Badh Jata Hai To Ayesi Surat Mein Inko Shariat Rukhsat Deti Hai Aasani Deti Hai Kyun Ki Allah Paak Ne Farma Diya Hai Ki Bande Ko Uske Sabr Se Zyada Aazmaya Nahi Jata, Jitna Uske Andar Taqat Hai Utna Hi Usko Aazmaish Mein Mubtla Kiya Gaya Hai Har Masle Mein Shariat Aasani Deti Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-92)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Ab Sabse Pahle Ye Dekha Jayega Ki Banda Kis Cheez Par Capable Nahi Hai.!?

Misaal Ke Taur Par Aik Shakhs Hai Woh Qiyaam Kar Sakta Hai To Woh Khada Ho Kar Kare, Ab Aik Ayesa Shakhs Hai Jo Bilkul Thodi Der Hi Qiyaam Kar Sakta Hai Woh Ruku Sajda Sab Kar Sakta Hai Lekin Zyada Der Khade Nahi Ho Sakta Hai Surah Ftiha Tak Khada Ho Jaye Ya Aadha Surah Fatiha Padhne Tak Khada Ho Jaye Usse Zyada Nahi To Fir Kya Hukm Hoga.?? 

To Us Bande Se Kaha Jayega Ki Jitna Qiyaam Kar Sakta Hai Utna Kare Fir Baith Jaye, Jaise Sakht Bukhar Wagaira Mein Aik Raka'at To Khade Ho Kar Padh Li Lekin Dusri Raka'at Mein Chakkar Aane Laga ab Khade Hona Mumkin Nahi Hai To Wahi Pe Baith Jaye Aur Namaz Ko Mukammal Kar Le Usko Todne Ki Hajat Nahi Hai, To Is Tarah Jab Tak Possible Hai To Banda Khade Ho Kar Padhe Aur Jab Possible Na Ho To Zameen Mein Baith Kar Baki Padh Le Ye Mas'ala Hai Qiyaam Ka.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-93)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Jahan Tak Possible Hai Hum Khade Ho Kar Padhnege Yahan Tak Ki Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaye Hai Agar Banda Sirf الله اکبر Yani Takbeer e Tahreema Kahne Ke Liye Khada Ho Sakta Hai To Isko Khade Ho Kar Hi Kahe Baith Ke Nahi Kah Sakta, Haan..!! الله اکبر Kah Ke Fir Baith Jaye Ye Normal Shakhs Ke Liye Nahi Hai. Uske Liye Hai Jo Waqi Bimaar Ho Zakham Wagaira Ho Ya Koi Ayesi Bimari Ho Jiski Wajah Se Woh Khada Nahi Ho Sakta To Uske Bimari Ke Hisaab Se Shariat Aasani Deti Hai.

Agar Thodi Der Khada Rah Sakta Hai To Utna Hi Khada Ho Fir Baith Jaye Aysa Nahi Kar Sakta Ki 1-2 Minutes Mein Baithna Hi Hai To Shuru Mein Hi Baith Jaye Nahi..!! Jitni Der Possible Hai Usko Utni Der Khade Hi Hona Padega Uske Baad Baithne Ki Ijazat Hogi Aur Agar Is tarah Khada Nahi Ho Sakta Lekin Kisi Lakdi Ke Sahare Pakad Kar Khada Ho Sakta Hai, Diwar Par Tek Laga Ke Khada Ho Sakta Hai To Fir Is Tarah Kare Kisi Insaan Ko Pakad Ke Kar Sakta Hai To Fir Usko Pakad Kar Qiyaam Kare.

In Tamaam Surato Mein Bhi Baith Kar Padhne Ki Ijazat Nahi Hai Itni Impotent Hai Namaz Khade Ho Kar Padhna.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-94)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Yahan Tak Ki Mardo Ke Liye Jama'at Wajib Hai Aur Masjid Door Hai Aur Usko Pata Hai Ki Chal Kar Jaunga To Masjid Mein To Jama'at Se Padh Lunga Lekin Mere Andar Qiyam Ki Taqat Na Rahegi Mujhe Baith Kar Namaz Padhna Padega To Fir Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Ayese Shakhs Ke Liye Jama'at Mein Bhi Jana Jayez Nahi, Ab Ye Hai Ki Woh Ghar Mein Ruk Jaye Aur Qiyaam Kar Ke Namaz Padhe. 

Jama'at Tak Chhodne Ki ijazat Hai Kyun Ki Jama'at Wajib Ke Darze Mein Hai Aur Qiyaam Karna Farz Ke Darze Mein Hai To ab Farz Important Hai Na To Isi Ko Dekha Jayega. Agar Ghar Mein Kisi Ke Sath Jama'at Kar Sakta Hai To Kar Le Warna Fir Tanha Padh Le Kyun Ki Ye Mazoor Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-95)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : To Ab Ye Hai Us Bande Ke Liye Jo Khada Ho Sakta Hai Aik Raka'at Ke Liye Khada Ho Sakta Hai To Aik Raka'at Ke Liye Khada Ho Jaye Dusri Mein Baith Jaye 2sri Raka'at Ke Liye Khada Ho Sakta Hai To 2sri Ke Liye Khada Ho Jaye 3sri Aur 4thi Raka'at Mein Baith Jaye, Kuch logon Ko Ayesa Hota Hai Ki Aik Raka'at Mein To Woh Qiyaam Kar Pate Hain Lekin Jab Sajda zameen Mein Kar Lete Hain To Fir Khade Hone Mein Unko Taqleef Hoti Hai To Fir Inke Liye Ye Hai Ki Aik Raka'at Khade Ho Kar Padh Len Baki Baith Kar Ada Kar Le.

Ab Bimar Ke Qiyam Ka Mas'ala : Ayesi Bimari Ki Jis Ko Dr. Ne Kah Diya Ho Ki Aap Khade Nahi Ho Sakte Jaise surgery (Operation) Huwa Ho To Dr. Kahte Hain Aap Bilkul Move Nahi Kar Sakte To Ye Ayese Logo Ke Liye Hai Ya Fir Dr. Ne Kaha Hai Ki Aap Zyada Se Zyada Baith Sakte Hain Lekin Khade Nahi Ho Sakte To Fir Is Surat Mein Baith Ke Namaz Padh Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-96)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Dusri Cheez Ye Hai Ki Aap Ko Ayesi Bimaari Hai Ki Thoodi Der Mein Dard Me Bahut izafa Ho Jayega To Tab Bhi Aasani Milegi, Aur Kabhi Khud Bhi feel Hota Hai Ki Khade Ho Kar Padhenge To Bimari Badh Jayegi Dard Mein Izafa Hoga To Fir Bhi ijazat Hai Ya khud ka Experience Hai Ki Pahle Is Bimari Ke Waqt Khade Ho Kar Padhe They To Bimari Badh Gai Thi Ya Ayesa Ho Ki Bimari To Nahi Badhi Lekin Khade Hone Par Let Se Theek Hoti Hai To Isme Bhi Fir Shariat Aasani Deti Hai Ki Baith Ke Namaz Padh len.

Ye ijazat Uske Liye Mili Hai Ki Jo Banda Khada Nahi Ho Sakta Iska Matlab Jo Banda Khada Nahi Ho Sakta Woh Jitni Der Qiyam Kar Sakta Hai Kar Le Aur Baki Raka'at Zameen Mein Baith Kar Ada Kare.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-97)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan :  Ab Woh Zameen Mein hi Baith Ke Ruku Wa Sajda Kare Jo Banda Sirf Qiyaam Nahi Kar Sakta Hai Na, Khade Hone Mein Problem Hai Ruku Aur Sajde Mein Koi Problem Nahi Hai To Fir Khada Hoke Jitna Der Qiyam Kar Sakta Hai Kar Le Fir Isko Zameen Mein hi Baithna Padega.

Ayesa Banda Kursi Par Baith Kar Namaz Nahi Padh Sakta. Kyun.!? Kyunki Jab Tak Sajda Aap Zameen Mein Kar Sakte Hain To Fir Aap Par Lazim Hai Ki Zameen Par hi Sajda Karen Kursi Par Jo Aap Sajda Karte Hain Ye Woh Wala Sajda Nahi Hota Jo Aap Zameen Mein Karte Hain Kursi Ke Sajde Ko Hum Sajda Nahi "Ishare Wala Sajda" Kahte Hain.

To Agar Kisi Bande Ko Sirf Khade Hone Mein Problem Hai Ruku Aur Sajda Me Problem Nahi Hai To Fir Woh Banda Kursi Mein Hargiz Namaz Nahiii Padh Sakta. Agar Woh Padhega To Uski Namaz Nahi Hogi Fir Woh Zameen Mein Baithe Aur Zameen Mein hi Ruku o Sajda Kare Yani Peshani Naak wagaira Laga Kar Sajda Kare.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-98)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Haan..!! Agar Ayesa Ho Ki Sajda Bhi Zameen Mein Karna Thoda Mushkil Ho Raha Hai, Ya Zameen Par Nahi Ho Pa Raha Hai To Fir Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Kuch Height Cheez Par Sajda Kare Jo Ki Sakht Bhi Ho Aur woh Zyada Se Zyada 12 Ungli Ki Uchai Tak Ho Agar Koi 2-3 Ya 5-6 Ungli Ki Uchai Par Kar Sakta Hai To Utni Uchai Par Kare Agar Itne Mein Nahi Ho Raha Hai To Thodi Aur Badha De Aur Zyada Se Zyada 12 Ungli Ki Uchai Tak Kar Sakta Hai. Agar Kisi Se Zameen Par Sajda Nahi Ho Raha Lekin woh Itni Uchai Par Sajda Kar Sakta Hai Jo 12 Ungli Ki Uchai Par Ho To Fir Aap Ko Us Cheez Par Hi Sajda Karna Padega Woh Cheez Ko zameen Par Rakh Kar Aap Ko Sajda Karna Padega.

(Fauran Hi) Zameen Mein Sajda Nahi Ho Raha Hai Ayesa Kah Kar Ke Chhod Nahi Sakte Balki 12 Angul Wali Cheeez Rakh Kar Namaz Padh Ke Dekhenge Ki Hota Hai Ya Nahi Isme Mumkin Hai Ki Ho Jaye Bahut Se Bahno Ke Liye Numkin Hota Hai Ki Woh 12 Angul Ki Uchai Par Kar Sakti Hain Sajda To Fir Isi Par Karna Padega Ishare Se Ya Kursi Par Baith Kar Padhengi To Namaz Nahi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-99)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Sajde Mein Kuch Bahne Parshan Hoti Hain Ki Hum 2 Janu Nahi Baith Pa Rahe Hain Jis Tarah Paer Fold Kar Ke Baithna Padta Hai.!?  

2 Janu Baith Ke Sajda Aap Nahi Kar Pa Rahe Hain To Jaise Bhi Baithte Vane Waise Baith Ke Sajda Kar Sakte Hain 2 Janu Baith Ke Simat Kar Sajda Karna Sunnat Ke Darze Me Hai.

To Hame Har Raka'at Mein Puri Koshish Karni Hai Qiyaam Ki Bhi Aur Sajde Ki Bhi Sajda Ya To Zameen Par Ya To Zameen Mein Koi 12 Angul Ki Uchai Tak Ki Koi Cheez (Jaise Lakdi Ka Chhota Sa Takhta Vagairah) Rakh Kar Usme Kare.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-100)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan :  Ab Agar Ayesa Ho Gaya Ki Bande Ki Ye Bhi Qudrat Nahi Hai Yani Sajde Ka Mas'ala Ayesa Ho Gaya Bande Ke Liye Ki Na To Woh Zameen Par Sajda Kar Pa Raha Hai Aur Na hi 12 Angul Ke Sakht Cheez Par Sajda Kar Pa Raha Hai To, Jaise Kisi Ke Guthne Ya Back Side Mein Problem Hoti Hai To Different Bimari Hain Kabhi Kabhar Kuch Time Ke Liye Koi Bimari Aa Jati Hai Ya Jaise Pregnancy Aa Jati Hai Ye Sab Ki Wajah Se Agar Ayesa Ho Jaye Ki Sajda Zameen Par Karna Mumkin Na Ho Aur Na Hi 12 Angul Ki Cheez Par Sajda Karna Mumkin Ho To Fir Hum Use Force Nahi Karenge Balki Shariat Inhe Aasani Deti Hai Ayese Bande Se Fir Sajda Moaf Ho Jata Hai Yani ab Zameen Mein Sajda Karna Lazim Nahi Hai Sirf Ishare Se Banda Sajda Kar Sakta Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-101)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Jaise Qira'at Wagaira Kee Fir Ishare Se Ruku Ke Liye Thoda Jhuke Aur Sajda Ke Liye Thoda Aur Jhuke Pura Jhukne Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai Isko Kahte Hain Isharon Se Sajda Karna.

⚠️ Jis Bande Se Sajda Moaf Ho Jaye Usse Qiyaam (Khade Hona) Moaf Ho Jata Hai Yani Ab Ye Puri Namaz Baith Ke Padh Sakta Hai Aur Chahe To Zameen Mein Padh Le Aur Chahe Kursi Par Kyun Ki Ishara Zameen Mein Bhi Kar Sakte Hain Aur Kursi Par Bhi.

⚠️ Lekin..!! Jisse Qiyaam Moaf Hai Lazim Nahi Hai Usse Sajda Bhi Moaf Ho Jaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-102)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : To Men Cheez Aap Ka Hota Hai Sajde Par Agar Banda Zameen Par Ya 12 Angul Ki Cheez Par Sajda Kar Sakta Hai To Fir To Sajda Karna Hi Padega Aur Agar Nahi Kar Sakta Fir Isharon Se Sajda Karega Aur Is Surat Me Usse Qiyam Bhi Moaf Ho Jayega Yani Ab Ye Banda Puri Namaz Baith Kar Hi Padh Sakta Hai Bahut Se Log Ayese Hain Aap Dekhengi Woh Aaram Se Chal Fir Sakte Hain Lamba Lamba Walk Kar Lete Hain Market Chale Jate Hain Unko Chalne Me Problem Nahi Hoti Lekin Unko Ayesa Mas'ala Hota Hai Back Side Ya Guthne Wagaira Ki Woh Zameen Mein Bilkul Hi Nahi Baith Sakte, Aap Ko Unko Dekh Kar Lagega Bhi Nahi Ki Woh Bimar Hain Lekin..!! Waqi Unke Sath Aik Mazburi Hoti Hai Ki Woh Zameen Me Nahi Baith Pate To Sajda Kaise Karenge.? Fir Ayese Logo Ke Liye ijazat Hoti Hai Ki Woh Puri Namaz Baith Kar Padh Len Chahe Zameen Par Baith Kar Padh Len Aur Chahe Kursi Par Aur Qiyam Chahe To Khade Ho Kar Karle Chahe To Na Kare Balki Ayesi Surat Mein Afzal Yahi Hai Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai Ki Baith Kar Padhe.

⚠️⚠️ Kursi Ki ijazat Tab Hoti Hai Ki Jab Banda Zameen Par Ya 12 Angul Ki Cheez Par Sajda Nahi Kar Sakta.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-103)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan :  Aik Aur Cheez Dekhi Jati Hai Ki Kuch Log Jab Kursi Mein Baith Ke Sajda Karte Hain To Kursi Ke Samne Aik Takhta Ya Board Wagaira Rakh Dete Hain Jis Par Sajda Karte Hain Ayese Hi Masjid Wagaira Mein Kuch Kursi Ayesi Hoti Hai Jis Par Board Lage Hote Hain Sajde Ke Liye Yaad Rakhe Board Par Sajda Karna Lazim Nahi Ye Woh Sajda To Nahi Hai Jo Zameen Par Kar Rahe Ho Ya Zameen Par 12 Angul Ki Koi Cheez Rakh Kar Rahe Ho Ye hota Hai Asal Sajda, Jo Cheez Zameen Se 12 Angul Se Zyada Unchi Hai Us Par Sajda Karne Par Ye Asal Sajda Nahi Kahlata Ye Tariqa Hai Hi Nahi Agar Kahi Ayesa Riwaz Hai To Usko Hata Dena Chahiye, Kuch Bahne Ayesa Karti Hain Ki Aik Kursi Rakhi Hoti Hai To Bolti Hain Aik Aur Kursi Rakh Leti Hain Aur Us Par Sajda Karti Hain In Cheezon Ki Hajat Nahi Hai Jo Kursi Me Baith Ke Namaz Padhte Hain To Woh Sirf Ishare Se Sajda Karen.

Ek Aur Cheez Kuch Bahne Ishara Se Sajda Karte Waqt Haath Aage Kar Leti Hain Jaise Zameen Mein Sajda Karte Eaqt Hath Aage Karte Hain Aur 2 Hath Ke Darmiyan Hawe Me Ishare Se Sajda Karti Hain Ayesa Nahi Karna Chahiye Lekin Agar Koi Aysa Kiya To Namaz Ho Jayegi, Ishare Se Sajda Karte Waqt Hath God (गोद) Me Hi Ho Aur Sar Ke Ishare Se Sajda Karen. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-104)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Kuch Log Ayese Hote Hain Ki Bistar Se Uth Hi Nahi Pate Ya Fir Ayesa Ho Sakta Hai Ki Uth To Sakta Hai Lekin Uthne Ki Ijazat Nahi Hoti Jaise Koi Hospital Mein Hote Hain Aur Jism Mein Alag-Alag Jagah Patti Lagi Hoti Hai To Fir Ayesi Surat Mein Banda Kya Kare.!?

To Fir Hukm Yahi Hai Ki Woh Banda Khade Ho Kar Nahi To Baith Kar, Baith Kar Nahi To Let Kar Jaisa Bhi Ho Bistar Mein Let Kar Apni Namazen Ada Kare Namaz Moaf Hone Ka Darza Bahut Aage Hai Jaise-Jaise Aap ki Parshaniya Badhti Jati Hain Shariat Namaz Moaf Nahi Karegi, Han..!! Aap Ke Liye Asani Aur Paida Kar Degi Khade Ho Kar Nahi Padh Sakten To Baith Kar Aur Zameen Par Baith Ke Nahi Ho Raha To Kursi Par Aur Baith Kar Nahi Padh Sakten To Bistar Par Lete-Lete Padhen.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-105)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Aur Jab Let Kar Padhe To Paer Qible Ki Taraf Ho Aur Sar Thoda Sa Uncha Kar Den Takiya Wagaira Rakh Kar Is Tarah Kar Ke Fir Namaz Ada Kare, الله اکبر Kah Kar Namaz Shuru Kare Aur Ruku Mein Thoda Sa Sar Uthaye Aur Sajda Mein Usse Zyada Itna Kar Le Aur Last Mein Salaam Fer De To Ye Aap ki Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Agar Kisi Ke Samne Ayesa Mas'ala Pesh Aa Jaye To Fir Uske Liye Yahi Hukm Hoga Jaise Operation Ho Raha Hai Ya Delivery Ke Waqt Le Jake Lita Dete Hain Us Waqt Mein To Fir Hukm Hai Ki Woh Ayese Hi Namaz Lete-Lete Padh Le Wuzu Kar Sakti Hai Ya Koi Karwa De To Kar Le, Nahi To Tayammum Kar Le Ya Koi Karwa De.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-106)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qiyam Ka Bayan : Aur Jo Banda Let Kar Bhi Nahi Padh Sakta Misal Ke Taur Par Ayesi Koi Sakht Mazburi Aa Gai Ki Woh Let Kar Bhi Nahi Padh Sakta Jaise Koi Jal Jata Hai Pura Plaster Bandha Hota Hai Aur Sirf Aankh Khol Sakta Hai Uth Nahi Sakta Aur Agar Uthega To Bahut Dard Hoga Aur Sar Bhi Nahi Utha Sakta Us Waqt To Apna Sar Uthana Bhi Pat'thar Uthane Jaise Hai To Is Surat Mein Us Bande Se Namaz Moaf Ho Jati Hai Ye Surat Hai Ki Jab Ja Ke Namaz Moaf Hoti Hai Iska Kam Darza Hoga To Namaz Moaf Nahi Hogi.

Aur Dusri Situation Ye Hai Ki Coma Me Chala Jaye To Us Bande Se Namazen Moaf Ho Jati Hai Agar Kisi Ki Ayesi Halat Ho Jaye To Usko Chahiye Ki Woh Fatwa Le-Le Ki Kon Si Namaz Qaza Karni Hogi Ya Nahi, Jahan Tak Hai Ayesi Halat Mein Agar 6 Waqt Ya 6 Waqt Se Zyada Namaz Qaza Ho Jaye To Fir Usko Un Namazon Ko Lautana Nahi Hoga Koi Coma Mein 2-4 Ya 5-10 Saal Raha To Usko Un Namazon Ko Nahi Laotana Hai, Isi Tarah Koi Banda Behos Tha 2-3 Waqt Ki Namaz Mein To Jab Thik Ho Jaye To In Namazon Ko Laotana Hoga.

Yahan Par Qiyam Ka Mas'ala Finish Huwa...👆🏻👆🏻

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-107)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

❸ Qira'at : Namaz Ka Teesra Farz Qira'at Hai Yani Tamaam Huruf Ka Makhraj Ke Sath Ada Karna Aur Harf Ko Aik-Dusre Se Clearly Ada Karna Isko Kahte Hain Qira'at.

Qira'at Mein Ye Baat Bahut Zaruri Hai Ki Jo Hum Padh Rahe Hain Uski Aawaz Hamare Kano Tak Pahunche Sirf Dil Mein Padhne Ye Sirf Hont Hil Rahe Aur Aawaz Nahi Nikal Rahi To Isse Fir Qira'at Ada Nahi Hogi Aur Is Surat Mein Namaz Nahi Hogi, Agar Pahle Ayese Namaz Padh Raha Tha Ki Qira'at Ki Aawaz Uske Kano Tak Nahi Aati Thi To Ulma Kiraan Ne Farmaya Ki Tauba Kar Le Un Namazon Ko Fir Se Padhne Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-108)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Aur Ye Jo Kaan Tak Aawaz Aane Ka Mas'ala Hai Ye Tamam Cheezon Mein Hai Jitni Bhi Ibadaten Hain Hum Jo Zaban Se Ada Karte Hain Inme Lazim Hai Ki Itni Aawaz Se Bole Ki Hum Khud Sun Sake Ki Makharj Sahi Hai Ya Nahi Alfaaz Aik-Dusre Se Clear Hain Ya Nahi Aur Ayese Hi Agar Kisi Ne Dil Hi Dil Mein Minnat Mani To Is Minnat Ko Pura Karna Zaruri Nahi, Han Itni Aawaz Se Minnat Mani Ki Khud Ke Kano Mein Uski Aawaz Padi To Fir Woh Kaam Pura Ho Jayega To Us Minnat Ko Pura Karna Hoga.

Jaise Kisi Aurat Ne Dil Hi Dil Mein Boli Ki Meri Bachhi Pass Ho Jayegi To 10 Raka'at Nafil Padhungi Aur Uski Bachhi Pass Ho Gai Aur Usne Nahi Bhi Padha To Gunahgar Nahi Hogi, Haan Agar..!!! Itni Aawaz Se Boli Thi Ki Khud Suni Thi To Fir Bachhi Pass Ho Gai To Is Minnat Ko Pura Karna Wajib Hoga, Ayese Hi Janwar Zibah Karte Waqt Bhi Itni Aawaz Se Takbeer Padhe Ki Khud Ke Kaan Sun Saken Tabhi Janwar Halaal Hoga Warna Nahi Ayese Hi Eezab o Qabool Ke Waqt Itni Aawaz Se Bole Ki Khud Sun Sake. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-109)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Qira'at Kin-Kin Namazon Mein Zaruri Hai.!?

Farz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'aton Mein : Fajar Me To 2 Hi Raka'at Hai To Dono Raka'aton Me Milana Hai Aur Zohar, Asar, Magirb & Isha In 4 Farz Namazon Ki Pahli 2 Raka'aton Me Aik Aayat ki Qira'at Karna Farz Hai &  Surah Fatiha Padhna Aur Uske Saath Aik Aur Surah Milana Ye Wajib Hai. Iska Matlab Hai Jo 4 Raka'at Wali Farz Namaz Hain Unki Aakhri 2 Raka'at Mein Qira'at Karna Zaruri Nahi Hai 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Mein Surah Fatiha Padhna Mustahab Hai Padhega To Sawab Milega Nahi Padhega To Gunahgar Nahi Hoga Agar Koi 4 Raka'at Farz Namaz Ki Aakhri 2 Rakaton Mein Surah Nahi Milata To Namaz Ho Jayegi Kyunki Farz Ki sSrf 2 Raka'aton Mein Hi Qira'at Karna Zaruri Hai Han Sawab Kam Milega.

Lekin...!! 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khada Rahna Zaruri Hai 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Mein Agar Kisi Ne Aakhri 2 Raka'ato Mein 3 Baar سبحان الله Kaha Ya Itni Der Kahne Ke Bara-bar Khada Raha To Uski Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-110)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Aur Yahi wajah Hai Ki Jiski Bahut Sari Qaza e Umri Namaz Baki Hoti Hai To Ulma E Kiraam Bolte Hain Ki Farz Ki 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Mein 3 Baar Sirf سبحان الله Padh Le Qira'at Karna Lazim Nahi.

Agar Aap Ko Kahin Jana Hai Ya Bahut Jaldi Hai To Aap Farz Ki 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Mein Sirf 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahke Jaldi Jaldi Namaz Padh Sakti Hain. Lekin..!! Iski Aadat Nahi Banani Chahiye Agar Pahli Ya Dusri Raka'at Mein Surah Milana Bhool Gaya To Sajda Sahaw Karna Hoga.

Aur Inke Aalawa Jitni Bhi Namazen Hain Witr & Minnat ki, Sunnat, Nafil Inki Tamam Raka'ato Mein Qira'at Karna Aik Aayat Padhna Farz Hai Yani In Namazon Ki Tamaam Raka'ato Mein Aik Aayat Padhna Farz Hai & Surah Fatiha Padhna Aur Iske Sath Chhoti Surah Milana Ya Chand Aayate Padhna Ye Wajib Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-111)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Namaz Mein Hum Kuch Cheezen Kahte Hain Farz Hai, Wajib Hai, Sunnat Hai, Mustahab Hai, To Inka Matlab Kya Hai.!?

Farz : Farz Woh Cheez Hota Hai Jisko Karna Lazim Hi Hota Hai Agar Jaan-Bujh Kar Namaz Ke 7 Faraiz Mein Se Aik Farz Bhi Chhod Dega To Faoran Se Namaz Tuut Jayegi.

Misaal Ke Taur Par Humne Qira'at Kiya Aur Jaan-Bujh Kar Ruku Nahi Kiya Aur Sajde Mein Chale Gaye To Faoran Namaz Tuut Jayegi. Han Agar...!! Bhul Gaye Aur Pahli Raka'at Mein Ruku Nahi Kiya Sidhe Sajde Mein Chale Gaye To Is Ruku Ko Nahi Chhod Sakte Ki Sajda Sahaw Kar Lenge, Nahii

Balki...!! 2sri Ya (3sri Ya 4thi) Kisi Bhi Raka'at Mein 2 Ruku Karne Padenge Fir Aakhir Mein Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le Kyun Ki Ruku Namaz Mein Farz Hai Aur Agar Namaz Mein Aik Farz Bhi Chhut Jaye To Namaz Nahi Hoti, Isi Tarah Agar Koi Pahli Raka'at Mein Aik Sajda Karna Bhool Gaya To 2sri Ya (3sri Ya 4thi) Kisi Bhi Raka'at Mein 3 Sajda Kar Le Aur Aakhir Mein Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-112)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Farz - Agar Koi Farz Galti Se Chhut Gaya Tha Aur Usne Puri Namaz Padh Ke Salaam Bhi Fer Diy Aur Salaam Ferne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Mera Ye Farz Chhut Gaya Tha Aur Usne Koi Namaz Todne Wala Amal Bhi Kar Liya To Woh Namaz Hui Hi Nahi Us Namaz Ko Fir Se Padhna Hoga Ye Namaz Ayesi Hi Hai Ki Usne Ye Padha Hi Nahi,

Agar Usne Dubara Us Namaz Ko Nahi Padha Aur Waqt Nikal Gaya To Woh Namaz Uski Qaza Kahlayegi Aur Ye Gunahe Kabira Ka Murtakib Hoga Aur Ye Haraam Kaam Bhi Kar Raha Hai Aur Jitne AllaH Ta'ala Ne Aur Huzoor ﷺ Ne Azabat Aur Waeedat Bayan Kiye Hain Namaz Qaza Karne Ka Uska Hakdaar Bhi Hoga AllaH Paak Chahe To Use Moaf Farma De Chahe To Pakad Kare. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-113)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Farz - Ye Sirf Namaz Ke Liye Nahi Hai Balki Jitni Bhi Ibadaat Hain Namaz Ho, Roza Ho, Zakat Ho, Hajj o Umra Ho. Sab Mein Faraiz Zaruri Hai Inme Se Aik Bhi Faraiz Rah Jaye To Woh Ibadat Nahi Mani Jayegi Iska Sawab Iska Amal Nama e Aamal Mein Nahi Likha Jayega Ki Isne Ye Namaz Padhi Hai Agar Hajj Ka Koi Farz Chhut Gaya Maisal Ke Taur Par Maidan e Arfaat Mein Rukna Hai Aur Koi Banda Gaya Hi Nahi Hai Uska Hajj Count Hi Nahi Hoga Uske Nama e Amaal Mein Hajj Nahi Likha Jayega Aur Ye Banda Mahroom Rah Jata Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-114)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Wajib - Yani Iska Bhi Karna Zaruri Hai Isko Chhod Nahi Sakte Jaise Witr Ki Namaz Hai, Qurbani Hai Ye Sab Wajib Ke Darze Mein Hai Inko Hum Chhod Nahi Sakte Karna To Padega.

Lekin..!!  Agar Koi Wajib Chhut Jaye Na To Jo Farz Wala Hukum Tha Ki Aap Ke Nama e Aamal Mein Woh Ibadat Likha Hi Nahi Jayega, Ye Sab Wale Mamlat Nahi Hote Balki Isme Hukm Thoda Kam Ho Jata Hai Yani Iska Amal To Consider Kar Liya Jayega (Maan Liya Jayega) Lekin Fir Iske Saath Kuch Aur Hukm Shariat Deti Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-115)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Misaal - Ke Taur Par Namaz Mein Koi Wajib Aap Ne Chhod Diya Jaise Namaz Mein Attahiyyat Padhna Ye Wajib Ke Darze Mein Hai Qaida e Ula Wa Qaida e Akhira Dono Mein Agar Koi Shakhs Attahiyyat Nahi Padhta Jan-Buj Kar Ya Bhool Kar Dono Suraton Mein Iski Namaz Consider Ho Jayegi Count Ho Jayegi Yani Iske Nama e Aamal Mein Likh Diya Jayega Ki Bande Ne Namaz Padhi, Lekin..!! Wajib Chhoda Hai Na To Sath Mein Shariat Ye Hukm Lagati Hai Ki Jan-Bujh Kar Eajib Chhoda Hai Na To Fir Is Namaz Ko Fir Se Padho.

Lekin..!! Qaza Wala Gunah Uske Nama e Aamal Mein Nahi Likha Jayega Balki Likh Diya Jayega Ki Bande Ne Ye Ibadat Ki Hai Lekin Ye-Ye Kharabi Hai Aur Is Kharabi Ko Complete Karne Ke Liye Shriat Ye Hukm Deti Hai Ki Aap Namaz Ko Fir Se Padhen Aur Ayesi Namaz Ko Kahte Hain Wajibul I'aadah Namaz I'aadah Matlab Repeat Karna.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-116)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Qaza Aur Wajibul I'aadah Mein Farq Hai Farz Chhutne Mein Namaz Consider Hi Nahi Hoti Aur Wajib Chhutne Mein Consider To Ho Jati Hai Qaza Wala Gunah Nahi Likha Jata Lekin Jab Aap Ko Moka Mile Isko Sahi Karna Hai Ye Hai Farq Faraiz Aur Wajib Mein.

Farz O Wajib Karna To Aap Ko Dono Hai Lekin Hukm Change Ho Raha Hai.

Aur Agar Wajib Kabhi Rah Jaye Galti Se To Aakhir Mein Sajda e Sahaw Kar Len Namaz Sahi Ho Jayegi.  

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-117)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Inke Aalawa Kuch Cheezen Namaz Mein Sunnat Hain Jaise Jo 3 Baar Tasbih Padh Rahe, Durood e Paak Padh Rahe.

Sunnat :- Sunnat Ka Hukm Ye Hai Ki Inko Huzoor ﷺ Hamesha Apnate They To Inko Sunnat Rakha Gaya Hai Agar Namaz Mein Aap Koi Sunnat Wala Amal Karte Hain To Bilkul Aap Ko Is Sunnat Ka Sawab Milega, Lekin..!! Agar Namaz Ki Sunnat Mein Se Koi Sunnat Chhut Jati Hai To Isse Namaz Mein Koi Farq Nahi Aata Hai, Na Sajda Sahaw Wajib Hota Hai, Na Namaz Wajibul I'aadah Hoti Hai, Sunnat Ka hukm Sirf Itna Hai Ki Sawab Mein Kami Aa Jayegi Isko Chhodne Par Lekin Isse Namaz ke Complete Hone Mein Koi Farq Nahi Ayega. ⚠️ Han.!! Jan-Bujh Kar Agar Koi Sunnat Chhod Deta Hai To Bura Karta Hai Yakinan, Jo Sunnate Muaqqidah Hai Isko Koi Lagatar Chhodega Aur Iski Aadat Bana Lega To Gunahgar Bhi hoga Lekin Namaz Ho Jayegi Aur Kabhi Galti Se Chhut Jaye To Koi Problem Nahi Hai.

Mustahabaat :- Jaise Khade Hote Waqt 4 Ungli Ka Faisla Rakhna, Sajde Ki Jagah Par Nigah Rahna Ye Mustahab Hai To Agar Koi Banda Nigah Wahan Nahi Rakhta Band Rakhta Hai To Is Tarah Mustahab Chhodne Se Banda Gunahgar Nahi Hoga Aur Na Namaz Mein Koi Problem Aayegi. Han..!! Agar Koi Mustahab Ko Karega To Zyada Sawab Payega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-118)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Farz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'aton Mein Aur Baki Sab Namaz Ki Har Raka'at Mein Qira'at Karna Farz Hai. Ab Kitna Qira'at Karna Hai Har Raka'at Mein.!? 

1.)  Har Raka'at Mein Aik Aayat Ki Qira'at Karna Bande Par Farz Hai Yani Namaz Mein Har-Har Raka'at Mein Jahan Qira'at Karni Hai Na Wahan Par Sirf Aik Aayat Padhna Farz Hai Aur Woh Aik Aayat Fix Nahi Hai Ki Ye Aayat Padho Woh Aayat Padho, Balki Koi Bhi Aik Aayat Padh Le To Farz Ada Ho Jayega.

Misaal :- Fajar Ki Namaz Mein Kisi Ne Pahli Raka'at Mein Sirf Surah Fatiha Ki Aik Aayat Hi Padhi Aur Ruku o Sajda Kar Liya Ab Next Raka'at Mein Surah Fatiha Ki Dusri Aayat Padhi Aur Ruku o Sajda & Qaida E Aakhira Ke Baad Salaam Fer Diya To Ab Kya Hukm Hoga.!? 

Isne Namaz Ke Sabhi Faraiz Ada Kiye Hain Kyunki Takbeer e Tahrima Bhi Ada ki Qiyaam Bhi Kiya Qira'at Jo Aik Aayat Ki Karna Farz Thi Woh Bhi Kiya Ruku o Sajda Bhi Kiya Aur Qaida Aakhira Ke Baad Salaam Bhi Fera To Isne Namaz Ke 7to Faraiz Ada Kiye To Hum Kahenge Ki Iski Namaz Bilkul Complete Ho Gai. Lekin...

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-119)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Lekin..!! Isne Surah Fatiha Puri Nahi Padhi Aur Iske Saath Aik Surah Milani Hoti Hai Woh Bhi Nahi Milai To Isliye Iski Namaz Ho Gai Wajibul I'aadah Aik Aayat To Padh Li To Namaz To Complete Ho Jayegi Lekin Wajibul I'aadah Kahlayegi Kyun Ki Namaz Mein Koi Bhi Aik Aayat Padhna Farz Hai, Surah Fatiha Padhna Wajib Hai Aur Surah Fatiha Ke Sath Dusri Koi Surah Milana Ya Chhoti 3 Aayat Padhna Wajib Hai To Farz To Complete Ho Gaye Lekin 2 Wajib Rah Gaye Na.

2.) Namaz Mein Qira'at Mein Surah Fatiha Padhna Wajib Hai Aur Iske Sath Aik Badi Aayat Ya 3 Chhoti Aayat Milana Bhi Wajib Hai, Agar Koi Ye Jan-Bujh Kar Chhod Deta Hai To Wajibul I'aadah Ho Jayegi Namaz Aur Agar Galti Se Chhut Gai To Sajda Sahaw Karna Padega. Qira'at 3 Chhoti Aayat Tak Karna Wajib Hai Aur Agar Koi Badi Surah Padh Raha Hai To Ye Sunnat Ke Darze Mein Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-120)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Qira'at Ka Bayan Chal Raha Hai To Quraan Shareef Ki Tilawat karne Ke Bhi Mas'ale Bayan Kiye Ja Rahe Hain Chahe Woh Namaz Me Ho Ya Namaz Ke Bahar Isi Tarah Sajda e Tilawat Ke Bhi Masail

Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules : Tilawat Shuru Karne Se Pahle اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Padhna Mustahab Hai Lekin Koi Nahi Padhega To Gunahgar Nahi Hoga, Isi Tarah Koi Bhi Surah Jab Shuru Se Padh Rahe Hain To BismillaH Padhna Sunnat Hai Aur Jab Darmiyaan Wagaira Se Padh Rahe Hain To Fir Padh Lena Mustahab Hai, BismillaH Tamaam Surah Se Pahle Padhte Hain Siwa e Surah Tauba Ke, Surah Tauba Padhne Ke Pahle Hum BismillaH Nahi Padhte,

Misaal ke Taur Par Surah Anfaal Hai Na Isse Pahle To Yahan Tak Padh Liya Hai Aur Dusre Din Jab Hum Surah Tauba Se Hi Padh Rahe Hain To اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Wa BismillaH Padh Ke Surah Padhenge, Lekin..!! Agar Surah Anfaal se Hi Padhte Padhte Aa Rahe Hain Aur Surah Tauba Aa Gai To Fir BismillaH Padhne Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai Ayese Hi Continue Kar Len.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-121)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Jab Bhi Quraan E Paak Padhen To Qibla Ru Ho Kar Achhe Kapde Pahen Kar Tilawat Karna Chahiye Ye Mustahab Hai Isse Aap Ko Sawab Zyada Milega, Agar Hath Mein Quraan E Paak Pakad Kar Hi Tilawat Kar Rahe Hain To Wuzu Hona Farz Hai Quraan E Paak Chhune Ke Liye Aur Agar Quraan E Paak Ko Bina Touch Kiye Ya Mobile Wagaira Se Padh Rahe Hain To Wuzu Hona Mustahab Hai, Aur Quraan E Paak Ko Achhi Aawaz Mein Padhna Chahiye Aur Achhi Aawaz Mein Padhna Nahi Aata To Koshish Karna Chahiye.

Lekin..!! Iska Khayal Ho Ki Jab Hum Tilawat Kar Rahe To Ayesa Na Ho Ke Jis Tarz Mein Hum Padh Rahe Hain Jo Hum Tilawat Kar Rahe Hain Usme Koi Word Zyada Kheench Kar Koi Kam, Balki Qawaid Ka Khayal Rakhna Chahiye Ki Kisko Kitna Daraaz Karna Hai Kaisa Padhna Hai Chahe Namaz Mein Padh Rahe Ho Ya Namaz Ke Bahar.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-122)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Quraan E Paak Ko Tez Aawaz Se Padhna Achha Hota Hai Lekin Khayal Rahe Kisi Ko Isse Disturb Na Ho Jaise Koi Soya Huwa Hai, Fir Itni Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Nahi Karna Chahiye Itni Tez Se Padhe Ki Apne Kaan Tak Aawaz Pahunch Jaye Pata Chal Jaye Ki Makhraj Sahi Ada Ho Rahe Hain Ki Nahi Jaise Koi Bahut Bimaar Hai Ya Naz'a Ka Waqt Hai Aur Bahut Tez Aawaz Mein Padhne Se Usko Parshani Ho Rahi Hai To Aap Slow Aawaz Mein Padhen Ki Barkat Usko Mil Jayegi, Isi Tarah Koi Talib e Ilm Baitha Hai, Padh Raha Hai, Likh Raha Hai Uske Paas Bhi Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Nahi Karna Chahiye Ki Usko Disturb Hoga. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-123)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Jab Quraan E Paak Ki Suraten Ya Aayten Padhi Jati Hain To Us Waqt Kuch Log Chup To Rahte Hain Lekin Idhar-Udhar Dekhte Rahte Hain Ya Kuch Harkat Karte Rahte Hain Hath Se Khelna Kapdon Se Khelna To Fir Ye Bhi Sahi Nahi Hai Kyun Ki Jab Quraan E Paak Ki Tilawat Ho Rahi Hai To Khamosh Ho Kar Sunna To Zaroori Hai,

Sunna To Quraan E Paak Ko Shart Karar Diya Gaya Hai Sath Hi Sath Gaor Se Sunna Bhi Zaroori Hai, Jo Alfaaz Bole Ja Rahe Hain Usko Bhi Sunna Hai Ayesa Nahi Hona Chahiye Ki Sirf Kaan Me Aawaz Ja Rahi Ho Aur Hum Apne Kaam Me Lage Ho, To Sunna To Hai + Gaur Se Sunna Hai Zahen Bhi Nahi Bhatkana Hai Jo Tilawat Ho Rahi Hai Usi Ki Taraf Zahen Bhi Hona Chahiye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-124)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Jab Bhi Tez Aawaz Se Quraan E Paak Padha Jaye To Jitne Log Wahan Par Maojood Hain Un Par Sunna Farz Hai Us waqt Ki Jo Log Wahan Par Sirf Sunne Ke Liye Baithe Ho, Jaise Ijtema Ho, Gause Paak Ki Mahfil Ho, Mahfile Milad E Paak Ho, Isme Aurate Jama Hoti Hain Aur Isme Tilawat Hi Isliye Kiya Jata Hai Mahfil Ke Pahle Ki Quraan E Paak Ki Barkat Bhi Hasil Ho Jaye, To Yahan Par Jitne Log Baithey Hain Woh To Sunne Ke Liye Hi Baithey Hai Na.? Kuch Aur Kaam Ke Liye To Nahi Aate To Jab Hum Baith Jaye Mahfil Me To Jo Bhi Bahen Tilawat Kar Rahi Hai Usko Sab Bahen Ko Sunna Bahut Uche Darze Ka Farz Hai To Tawajjoh Se Sunein, Na Kapdo Se Khelen, Na Idhar Udhar Dekhen, Na Unke Pichhe Repeat Karen.

Aur Ayese Hi Fatiha Ke Waqt Kuch Quraan e Paak Ki Aayat Padhi Jati Hai Jaise Durood Wali Aayat
(اِنَّ اللّٰهَ وَ مَلٰٓىٕكَتَهٗ یُصَلُّوْنَ عَلَى النَّبِیِّؕ-یٰۤاَیُّهَا الَّذِیْنَ اٰمَنُوْا صَلُّوْا عَلَیْهِ وَ سَلِّمُوْا تَسْلِیْمًا)

To Baki Bahne Bhi Padhne Lagti Hain Ayesa Nahi Karna Chahiye Jab Aik Bahen Quraani Aayat Padh Rahi Hai To Sab Ko Sunna Farz Hai Jitne Bhi Log Duaa Ke Liye Baithey Hain Sab Khamoshi Se Sunein, Haan Durood E Paak Aik Sath Padh Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-125)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Aur Agar Koi Tez Aawaz Se Quraan E Paak Padh Raha Hai Lekin Uske Aas-Paas Koi Sunne Ke Liye Nahi Baitha To Isme Sab Ko Sunna Zaroori Nahi Hai Kam Se Kam Aik Shakhs Ko Sunna Lazim Hai Agar Sab Busy Hain Koi Aik Banda Bhi Nahi Baith Sakta Sunne Ke Liye To Puri Koshish Karni Chahiye Ki Sirf Aap Ke Kaano Tak Hi Aawaz Aaye.

Itni Tez Se Padhenge Ki Samne Wale Ke Kaano Me Aawaz Ja Rahi Hai To Us Par Lazim Ho Jata Hai Sunna, Sab Kaam Me Lage Hain Aur Koi Aik Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Karne Me Laga Hai To Koi Aik Na Aik Gunahgar Hoga Hi, Agar Pahle Se Koi Kaam Me Laga Tha Aur Dusra Shakhs Aaya Aur Zor-Zor Se Tilawat Karne Laga To Galat Par Yahi Hoga Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Karne Wala Aur Ye Be'adabi Hai Na.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-126)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Aur Koi Pahle Se Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Kar Raha Hai Aur Baad Me Dusra Koi Aa kar Kaam Karne Kaga To Fir Galat Woh Shakhs Hai Jo Baad Me Aaya.

Agar Koi Zor Se Tilawat Kar Raha Hai Aur Aap Us Room Me Chale Gaye Use Chahiye Ki Aawaz Slow Kar Le Agar Slow Nahi Padh Raha Hai To Aap Samjha Den Mujhe Abhi Kaam Hai Main Abhi Tilawat Nahi Sun Sakti Aap slow Aawaz Mein Padhen Agar Woh Solw Aawaz Me Nahi Padh Raha Hai To Koi Aik Banda Sune Baki Log Apna Kaam Kar Sakte Hain.

Ya To Aik Banda Sune Ya To Aawaz Hi Slow Kar Ke Padhe 2 Me Se Koi Aik Option Karna Padega Ye Nahi Hoga Ki Aap Tez Aawaz Me Padhte Jayen Aur Sab Apne Kaam Me Busy Ho Ye Sakht Quraan E Paak Ki Beadabi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-127)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Masjid Me Bhi Tez Aawaz Se Padhna Mustahab Hai Lekin Agar Koi Durood E Paak Ya Wazaif Padhne Me Busy Ho To Wahan Bhi Slow Aawaz Me Us Waqt Tilawat Karen.

Kaba Shareef Madina Shareef Me & Dargahon Mein Bhi Iska Khayal Rakhna Chahiye Ki Slow Aawaz Mein Padhe Ki Wahan Par Har Koi Apni Apni Ibadaton Mein Laga Hota Hai.

Isi Tarah Bazaron Wagairah Me Ya Ayesi Jagah Me Jahan Log Quraan E Paak Ko Bilkul Tawajjoh Nahi Karte Wahan Par Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Na Ki Jaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



Namaz Course (Part-128)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Dukano Mein Barkat Ke Liye Log Tilawat Chalu Kar Dete Hain Naat E Paak Wagairah Ka Mamla Aik Alag Cheez Hai Agar Ye Live Tilawat Hai Aur Yun Laga Diya Aur Dukaan Wala Apne Kaam Me Laga Hai Koi Apna Khareed Raha Hai, Koi Bech Raha Koi Jhhadu Mar Raha Hai Koi Pochh Raha Hai, Koi Shutter Khol Raha Hai Band Kar Raha Hai Log Aa Rahe Ja Rahe Tilawat E Quraan E Paak Ki Itni Beadabi Ho Rahi Hai To Yahan Par Barkat Nahi Aayegi Balki Nikal Jayegi Kyun Ki Yahan Par Quraan E Paak Ki Beadabi Ho Rahi Hai.

Aur Barkat Chahiye To Pahle Dukaan Me Surah Yaseen Padh Le Fir Kaam Mein Lage Ya Tilawat Ko Pahle Gaor Se Sune Fir Kaam Mein Lage.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-129)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Agar Recorded Tilawat Hai Tab Bhi Ayesa Nahi Karna Chahiye Lekin Recorded Mein Itna Sakht Hukm Nahi Hai Kuch Log Recorded Quraan E Paak Ki Tilawat Laga Dete Hain Lekin Ye Bhi Sakht Be-adabi Hai Ki AllaH Ka Kalaam Chal Raha Hai Aur Banda Apne Duniyawi Kaam Me Laga Hai Ayesi Jaghon Par Tilawat Na Chahiye, Naat E Mubarika Chala Den Fir Bhi Thik Hai Isse Bhi Agar Koi Bachta Hai Sarkar ﷺ Ki Beadabi Samajh Kar To Fir Bhi Ye Achhi Baat Hai Lekin Isme Sakht Hukm Nahi Hai Quraan E Paak Ka Hukm Sakht Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-130)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Tilawat e Quraan Karne Ke Rules - Let Kar Quraan E Paak Padh Sakte Hain Lekin Ayesa Nahi Hona Chahiye Ki Paer Faile Huwe Ho, Paer Mod Kar Padhna Chahiye Aur Chare Par Pura Blanket Oodh Ke Nahi Chahra Khula Rahe ان شاء الله تعالیٰ Isme Koi Problem Nahi,

Napaak Jaghon Par Jaise Washroom Wagairah Mein Tilawat Nahi Kar Sakte Yahan Tak Ki Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Gusl Khana Jo Attach Nahi Hai Wahan Bhi Na Padhen Ayesi Jaghon Par Quraan E Paak Ki Tilawat Na Ki Jaye.

Ye 👆🏻Hain Tilawate Quraan e Paak Ke Aadaab...

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-131)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Aayte Sajda - Aayte Sajda Tilawat Sunne Ya Padhne Se Sajda E Tilawat Wajib Ho Jata Hai Sajde Wali Aayat Padhi Ya Woh Ayese Hi Baithi Thi Aur Kisi Ne Sajde Wali Aayat Padhi To Sajda E Tilawat Wajib Ho Jata Hai Sajda E Tilawat Ke Liye Koi Khaas Waqt Nahi Hai Aur Tilawat Ke Faoran Baad Bhi Sajda Karna Zaruri Nahi Hai Lekin Jab Bhi Moka Mile Kar Lena Chahiye Han Foran Kar Lena Achhi Baat Hai, Makrooh Waqt Ko Chood Ke Kisi Bhi Waqt Sajda Kar Sakte Hain,

Agar Kisi Iztemat Me Aik Bahen Ne Sajde Wali Aayat Padhi To Wahan Jitni Bhi Bahne Maojood Hain Sab Ko Sajda e Tilawat Karna Wajib Ho Jata Hai Ayesi Jaghon Par Sajde Wali Aayat Padhne Se Bachna Chahiye, Han Sab Samjhdar Bahne Hain To Thik Hai Aur Kisi Ne Mahfil Me Sajde Wali Aayat Padhi To Us Bahen Ko Chahiye Ki Sab Ko Bata De.

Farsi, Urdu, English Kisi Bhi Zaban Me Agar Aayate Sajda Ka Tarjuma Padha Ya Suna To Tab Bhi Sajda E Tilawat Wajib Ho Jata Hai Agar Kisi Ne Dil Hi Dil Me Aayate Sajda Padhi To Sajda E Tilawat Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-132)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Aayte Sajda - Agar Aik Hi Aayat Hum Baar-Baar Padh Rahe Hain To Kya Utne Hi Sajda Wajib Honge.!?

Aik Hi Majlis Me Aap Aik Hi Aayat Ko Kai Baar Padhenge To Aik Hi Sajda Wajib Hoga, Misaal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ne Aik Sajde Wali Aayat Padhi Aur Usi Ko 50 Baar Dohraya To Aik Hi Sajda Wajib Hoga To Aik Majlis Yani Aik Position Aik Halat Aik Condition Ko Aik Majlis Kahte Hain Jaise Koi Baitha Huwa Hai Baithe Baithe Usne 50 Baar Usi Aik Hi Aayat Ko Padhi To Aik Hi Sajda Wajib Hoga Isi Tarah Isne Usi Aayat Ko 10 Baar Padha Aur Samne 50 Log Baithe Hain To Us Par Aur Sab Logon Par Aik Hi Sajda Wajib Hoga.

Haan..!! Agar Majlis Badal Gai Jaise Baithe Baithe Yaad Kar Raha Tha To Uth Gaya Aur Chalne Lag Gaya, Aur Chalte Chalte Wahi Aayat Padh Raha Hai To 2 Sajda Wajib Hoge Aik Baithne Ki Halat Ka Aur Aik Chalne Ki Halat Ka. Agar Chalte Chalte Ruk Gaya Aur Kisi Se Baat Karne Laga Uske Baad Fir Chalne Laga To Is Surat Me Bhi Sajda E Tilawat Wajib Hoga Kyun Ki Majlis Badal Gai Kyunki Majlis Badalne Par Aik Aur Sajda Wajib Ho Jata Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-133)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Aayte Sajda - Zaruri Nahi Ki Sajde Wali Puri Aayat Padhe Jabhi Sajda Wajib Hoga Balki Sajde Wala Alfaz (سجدہ) Jo Likha Hota Hai Itna Bhi Padh Lenge To Sajda Wajib Ho Jata Hai.

Sajda E Tilawat Ka Sunnat Tariqa : Qible Ki Taraf Muh Kar Ke Khade Ho Jaye Aur الله اکبر Kahte Kahte Sidhe Sajde Me Chala Jaye Aur 3 Baar Sajde Ki Tasbih Padhe Fir الله اکبر Kah Kar Khada Ho Kaye. Agar Banda الله اکبر Na Bole Aur Baithey Baithey Hi Sajde Me Chala Jaye To Tab Bhi Sajda Ada Ho Jayega, Aur Ye Bhi Kahna zaruri Nahi Ki Main Is Aayat Ka Sajda Kar Rahi Hoon, Haan Dil Me Niyyat Ho Ki Sajda E Tilawat Kar Rahe Hain.

Hajat Puri Hone Ke Liye Behtreen wazifa : Ye Hai Ki Quraan E Paak Ki Jo 14 Aayate Sajda Hain Unko Aik Saath Tilawat Kar Ke 14 Sajda Kar Le Ya Chahe To Aik Aayat Padhe Fir Sajda Kare Fir Padhe Fir Sajda Kare Is Tarah Se 14 Aayten Padh Ke 14 Sajda Kar Le Fir Iske Baad Jo Duaa Mangega ان شاء الله Uski Hazat Puri Ho Jayegi Aur Ye Aik Behtreen Wazifa Bhi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-134)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Ulta Quraan E Majeed Padhna Kaisa Hai.!?

Jaise Koi Pahle Surah Naas Padh Raha Hai Fir Surah Falaq Fir Surah Ikhlaas To Is Tarah Padhna Jayez Nahi Hai Na Namaz Me Na Namaz ke Bahar.

Haan.!! Madarse Me Bachhe Ko Is Tarah Jo padhate Hain To Ye Bachhe Aur Ustaad Ko Is Tarah Padhna/Padhana Jayez Hai Kyun Ki Ye Asaan Hote Hain Surah Bakrah Wagaira Se, Aur Ye Chhoti Surah Bhi Hoti Hai Aur Bachhe Inko Sunte Bhi Rahte Hain To Asani Ke Liye Inko Ye Hukm Hai Ulma Kiraam Ne Inko Ijazat Di Hai Aur Pare Bhi Ulte Chhap Diye Jate Hain To Inke Liye Ye Bhi Ijazat Hai Ki Ye Taleem Ka Silsila Hai, Uske Alawa Normally Tilawat Ke Liye Aysa Padhna Jayez Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-135)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Haan..!! Namaz Me Galti Se Ulta Padh Liye To Koi Harj Nahi Jaise Surah Naas Padha Pahli Raka'at Me Aur Dusri Raka'at Me Surah Falaq Shuru Kar Di Galti Se Ab Ayesa Nahi Hai Ki Isko Chhod Kar الم Padhenge Balki Isi Ko Puri Kar Lenge Aur Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Lazim Nahi Hota Ulta Quraan E Paak Padhne Se Kyun Ki Ye Namaz Ke Wajibaat Me Se Nahi Hai.

⚠️ Agar Mobile Me Live Sajda E Tilawat Sune Ya Masjid Se Door Se Aawaz Aa Rahi Hai Sajda E Tilawat Ki To Isse Sajda E Tilawat wajib Nahi Hota. Lekin..!! Ahteraman Sajda E Tilawat Kar Lena Chahiye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-136)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Jaise Fajar Ki 2 Raka'at Sunnat Mein Hum Surah Falaq Aur Surah Naas Padhe Liye To 2 Farz Me Surah Lahab Aur Surah Ikhlas Padh Sakte Hain Isme Koi Harz Nahi Hai Aik Namaz Me Order Maintain (Hukm Qayem) Rakhna Hai Balki Aik Suf'aa Me Order Maintain Rakhna Hai Suf'aa Matlab Jo 2-2 Raka'at Hoti Hai Na Jaise Hum 4 Raka'at Namaz Padh Rahe Hain To Pahli 2 Raka'at Aik Suf'aa Hai, Aur 3sri Wa 4thi Aik Suf'aa Hai, Suf'aa Matlab Joda Milana To Jo 2-2 Raka'at Hoti Hai Isme Order Maintain Rakhna Hai.

Misaal Ke Taur Par Hum Zuhar Ki 4 Raka'at Sunnat Padh Rahe Hain To Pahli 2 Raka'at Me Surah Falaq Aur Surah Naas Padh Liye To Ye Correct Ho Gaya Kyun ki Aik Suf'aa Me Hum Ne Quraan e Paak Order (क्रम) Me Padhli Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai, Ab 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Me Ye Lazim Nahi Hai Ki Hum الم Se Shuru Kar Den Balki Iske Pichhe Wali Bhi Koi Surat Padh Sakte Hain To 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Me Hum Jaise Surah Kafiroon Wa Surah Nasr Padh Liye To Ye Jayez Hai Bas Suf'aa Me Order Maintain Rakhna Hai, Yani Pahli Wa 2sri Me Line Se Surah Padhe Aur 3sri Wa 4thi Me Aik Line Se Surah Padhe Order Maintain Kare.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-137)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Aksar Quraan Khoni Me Sab Tez Aawaz Se Quraan E Paak Padhte Hain Aur Sab Ki Aawaze Takrati Hai To Ye Sakht Gunah Ka Kaam Hai, Aur Isme Sawab Ki Bajay Gunah Milega Aur Ye Quraan E Paak Ki Beadabi Bhi Hai Kyun Ki Aik Majlis Me Jab Koi Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Kare To Jitne Us Mahfil Me Aaye Hain Sab Ko Sunna Lazim Hai, Isliye Jab Bhi Qura'an Khoni Me Jaye Ya Apne Ghar Me Rakhen To Sab Ko Ye Mas'ala Bata Den Ki Tez Aawaz Se Tilawat Na Karen Itni Aawaz Me Padhen Ki Sirf Apne Kano Tak Aawaz Aaye.

Haan.!! Sirf Aik Hi Jagah Is Tarah Se Padhne Ki Ijazat Hai Aur Woh Ustaad Ke Sath Yani Ustaad Baithe Hain Aur Kabhi Hota Hai Na Ki Aik Sath 10-12 Bachhon Ko Qaida Ya Quraan Sharif Padha Rahe Hain Ya Surah Fatiha Ki Aik Aayat Repeat Kara Rahe Hain Jaise Ustaad Aik Baar Padhate Hain Aur 10-12 Student Tez Aawaz Se Aik Sath Padhte Hain To Ye Taleem Hain Na To Iski Ijazat Hai Iske Alawa Kahi Aur Par Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-138)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan :  Kya Har Raka'at Me Aik Hi Surah Padh Sakte Hain.!?

Nawafil Me, Sunnat e Muaqqidah Wa Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Me, Isi Tarah Tahajjud Wagaira Jo Nawafil Hoti Hain Inme Bila Karahat Har Raka'at Me 3-3 Bar Surah Ikhlas Padh Sakti Hain, 

Farz Ke Andar Ye Hota Hai Ki Agar Koi Aik Se Zyada Suratein Janta Hai To Uske Liye Aik Hi Surah Ko Dono Raka'aton Me Padhna Ye Makrooh e Tanjeehi Likha Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



Namaz Course (Part-139)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Kya Har Raka'at Me Surah Ikhlas Padh Sakte Hain.!?

Agar Banda Hafize Quraan Ho Iske Bawajood Har Raka'at Me Woh Surah Ikhlas Padhe Fir Bhi Uski Namaz Ho Jayegi, Bukhari Shareef Me Aik Hadees Hai Isko Ummul Momineen Hazrate Aaisha Siddiqa رضی الله تعالی عنها Ne Bayan Kiya Hai Farmati Hain Ki Huzoor e Akram ﷺ Ne Aik Laskar Bheja Aur Uska Jisko Sipahsalaar Banaya Na Woh Quraan To Janta Tha Lekin Jab Bhi Woh Logon Ko Namaz Padhata Tha To Woh قُلْ هُوَ اللّٰهُ Zaroor Padhta Tha Aur Padhta Bhi Har Raka'at Me Tha To Sahaba Kiraam رضی الله تعالی عنهم Jab Wapas Tashreef Laye To Aa Ke Arz Ki Ya Rasool AllaH ﷺ Jisko Aap Ne Sipahsalaar Banaya Baki Sare Mamlaat Thik They Lekin Gar Raka'at Me قُلْ هُوَ اللّٰهُ Padhta Tha To Huzoor ﷺ Ne Farmaya Ki Thik Hai Aap Ke Samne Bula Ke Puchh Lete Hain

Jab Use Talab Farmaya Ki Tu Har Raka'at Ke Andar قُلْ هُوَ اللّٰهُ Padhta Hai Farmaya Ki Ji Haan, Farmaya Kyun.? Farmaya Isme AllaH Ta'ala Ki Wahdaniyat Ka Zikar Hai AllaH Ki Khaas Shifaat Ka Zikar Hai Isliye Ye Surat Muje Badi Pasand Hai, To Huzoor ﷺ Ne Farmaya Ki Agar Tujhe Isse Muhabbat Hai Aur Pasand Hai To Fir AllaH Ko Tujhse Muhabbat Hai Aur Tu AllaH Ko Bada Pasand Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-140)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

Qira'at Ka Bayan : Agar Bed Me Koi Soya Hai To Wahan Pe Namaz Padhna Kaisa.!?

Jaise Bed Me Koi Soya Huwa Hai To Uske Daye Baye Said Ya Talwo Ke Said Hum Namaz Padh Sakte Hain Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai Kyun Ki Problem Sirf Usi Waqt Hai Ki Kisi Ka Chahra Aik Dam Aamne Samne Ho To Gunah Hota Hai, Face To Face Matlab Jaise Hum Aaine Ke Samne Khade Ho To Apna Chahra Aik Dam Samne dikhta Hai To Aysa Na Ho,

Agar Namazi Is Tarah Namaz Padh Raha Hai Aur Samne Aik Shakhs Is Tarah Baitha Hai Ki Uska Chahra Bilkul Uske Samne Hai To Ye Face To Face Ho Gaya To Ab Is Tarah Jaiz Nahi Hai, Lekin..!! Agar Namazi Namaz Padh Raha Hai Aur Samne Wale Ki Back Uske Taraf Hai Tab Bhi Koi Problem Nahi Hai Jaise Samne Bed Hai Aur Pichhe Se Namazi Khada Hai Aur Bed Par Koi Shakhs Namazi Ke Taraf Back Kiye Huwe Baitha Hai To Isme Koi Harj Nahi Hai Aap Namaz Padh Sakte Hain, Haan..!! Agar Zahen Bhatak Raha Hai Ya Baar-Baar Usi Ki Taraf Zahen Ja Raha Hai To Idhar Udhar Ho Kar Padh Le Ye Alag Mamla Hai Lekin Peeth Hai To Padh Sakte Hain Only Face Ki Mumaniyat Hai.

Ye 👆🏻👆🏻 Aap Ke Qira'at Ke Masle Hain...

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-141)

Namaz Kay Faraiz : Upar Namaz Kay Faraiz Ka Bayan Chal Raha Tha To Takbeer e Tahreema, Qiyaam Wa Qira'at Ka Bayan Ho Chuka Ab Ruku Ka Bayan :

❹ Ruku : Namaz Ka 4tha Farz Ruku Hai, Ruku Karna Yani AllaH Ta'ala Ke Samne Jhuk Jana Is Tarah Jhukna Ki Haath Ghuthne Tak Pahunch Jaye, Agar Hath Badha Ke Guthne Tak Nahi Pahunch Rahe Hain To Fir Ye Ruku Nahi Hai, Ruku Kahte Hi Us Waqt Hain Ki Jab Aap Itna Jhuk Jaye Ki hath Aap Ka Guthne Tak Pahunch Jaye Itna Jhuk Jaye To Ye Ruku Hai, To Ruku Me Itna Jhukiye Ki Ghutno Par Hanth Rakh Dijiye Jor Na Dijiye Aur Guthno Ko Na Pakadiye Aur Ungliyan Mili Huwi Aur Paaw Jhuke Huwe Rakhiye,

Ruku Namaz Ka Farz Hai Agar Ruku Chhut Gaya To Namaz Nahi Hogi Haan Agar Galti Se Kisi Raka'at Me Ruku Chhut Gaya To Dusri Raka'at Me 2 Ruku Kar Le, Misaal Ke Taur Par Pahli Raka'at Me Galti Se Ruku Karna Bhool Gaye To 2sri Ya 3sri Ya 4thi Kisi Bhi Raka'at Me 2 Ruku Kar Le Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le, Aur Agar Puri Namaz Khatm Karne Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Ruku To Kiya Hi Nahi, To Namaz Ko Fir Se Padhna Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-142)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

❺ Sajda : Namaz Ka 5wa Farz Sajda Hai, Dono Sajda Karna Farz Hai Agar Kabhi Aik Sajda Bhool Jaye To Kisi Bhi Raka'at Me 3 Sajda Kar Len Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Kar Len.

Aur Sajda Karne Me Lazim Hai Ki Matha Aur Naak Dono Jame, Dono Ko Dawaye Agar Nahi Dabegi To Sajda Nahi Hoga, kuch Log Naak tuch Nahi Karte Bas Aise Hi Peshani Laga Dete Hain To Fir Jo Bina Ujr Ke Aysa Karta Hai Uski Namaz Nahi Hogi Naak Bhi Jamani Hai Aur Peshani Bhi Bahut Zyada Dard Hone Tak Nahi Thodi Si Sakhti Zameen Ki Mahsoos Ho Jaye Itna To Karna Hi Hai.

Haan..!! Kabhi Kabhaar Naak Me Funsi Wagaira Ho Jati Hai Aur Usko Dabane Par Bahut Zyada Taqleef Hoti Hai To Us Waqt Aap Ko Ijazat Hoti Hai Ki Naak Tuch Na Karen Sirf Peshani Laga Len, Ya Peshani Par Koi Dane Wagaira Nikle Hain Aur Dabane Par Taqleef Hoti Hai To Us Waqt Sirf Naak Hi Touch Kar Le Aur Uzr Ke Alawa Me Peshani O Naak Ki Haddi Lagana Hi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-143)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

❻ Qada E Aakhira : Namaz Ka 6wa Farz Qada e Aakhira Hai Yani Last Qada Yani Namaz Ki Raka'ate Puri Karne Ke Baad Itni Der Tak Baithna Ki Puri Attahiyyat Rasuluhu Tak Padh Liya Jaye Farz Hain, Jaise Fajar Ki 2sri Raka'at Me Jo Last Me Baithte Hain Aur Zohar Me Last Me Jo Baithte Hain To Ye Hai Qada e Aakhira To Ye Farz Hota hai.

Aur Shuruat Me Jo Baithte Hain Jaise 4 Raka'at Wali Namaz Me 2sri Par Jo Baithte Hain Attahiyyat Ke Liye Ye Hai Qada E Ula, Qada E Ula Matlab Pahla Qa'da Aur Qada E Aakhira Matlab Last Qada To Qada E Ula Wajib Hota Hai Aur Qada E Aakhira Farz Hota Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-144)

Namaz Kay Faraiz :

❼ Khuruz e Bisunehi : Namaz Ka 7wa Farz  Khuruz E Bisunehi (खुरूज़े बिसुन्इही) Hai Yani Apne Irade Se Namaz Khatam Karna Yani Qada E Aakhira Ke Baad Koi Aysa Kaam Janbhuj Kar Karna Jisse Namaz Se Bahar Aa Jaye Maslan Salaam Ya Kalaam Wagaira Koi Amal Karna Iske Liye Salaam Ferne Ka Tariqa Bayan Kiya Gaya Hai Aur Salaam Ke Ilawa Koi Tariqa Apnaya To Namaz Ho Jayegi Par Wajibul Iaadah Ho Jayegi.

Yahan 👆Par الحمد لله Namaz Ke Faraiz Mukammal Huwe, Ab Hum Namaz Ke Wajibaat Bayan Karenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-145)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Farz Ko Agar Janbujh Kar Chhodenge To Namaz Toot Jayegi Aur Agar galti Se Chhut Gaya To Namaz Ke Andar Usko Pura Karna Hai Aur Agar Nahi Huwa To Fir Aap Ki Namaz Count Nahi Hogi, Lekin..!! Wajibaat Me Thodi Aasani Hai Iska Hukm Alag Hai Namaz Me Agar Koi Wajib Chhut Jaye To Aap Ki Namaz Ho Jati Hai, Lekin Usme Aik Naks (Defect, Kharabi) Paida Ho Jata Hai Ki Jo Namaz Ki Khoobsurti Hoti Hai Jo Uska Sawab Hota Hai Jaise Namaz Ko Padhna Chahiye Woh Tariqa Pura Nahi Hota Usme Aik Naks Paida Ho Jata Hai

Jaise Aik Khoobsurat Cheez Jo Aap Saaf Kar Ke Rakhe ho Us Par Bada Sa Stain (Dhabba) Lag Jaye Woh Uski Khoobsurti Kam Kar Deta Hai, Isi Tarah Jab Namaz Me Aap Se Koi Wajib Chhut Jaye To Usme Aik Naks Paida Ho Jata Hai To Naks Ko Door Karne Ke Liye Fir Shariat Hukm Deti Hai Ki Aap Sajda E Sahaw Karen, Agar Aap Sajda E Sahaw Kar Lete Hain To Woh Cheez Door Ho Jati Hai, Jaise Aik Safed Kapde Me Daag Lag Jaye To Usko Aap Foran Hata Den To Woh Wapas Khoobsurat Lagne Lag Jayega, Isi Tarah Namaz Me Agar Koi Naks Paida Ho Jata Hai To Use Aap Sajda E Sahaw Se Door Kar Sakte Hain, Aur Yaad Rakhen Sajda E Sahaw Sirf Aur Sirf Namaz Ke Wajibaat Se Related Hota Hai Aur Chand Jagah Faraiz Se Related Hota Hai Jaise Farz Kabhi Aage Pichhe Ho Gaya Is Surat Me Bhi Sajda E Sahaw Aa Jata Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-146)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Agar Koi Janbujh Kar Wajib Chhod Diya Ho To Uske Liye Sajda E sahaw Kafi Na Hoga Fir Uski Namaz Wajibul Ia'adah Ho Jayegi Yani Zindagi Me Isko Kabhi Padhna Wajib Hai.

Iske Alawa Kuch Cheezen Sunnate Muaqqidah Ke Darze Me Hain Aur Kuch Cheezen Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Ke Darze Me Hain Aur Kuch Cheezen Mustahab Ke Darze Me Hain Inme Se Agar Kuch Janbujh Kar Ya Bhule Se Chhut Jata Hai To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hota Hai Jaise Namaz Me Sana Padhna Sunnat E Muaqqidah Hai, Lekin Koi Bhool Jata Hai Sana Ko Padhna To Iske Sawab Me To Kami Ho Jayegi, Lekin Ye Hukm Nahi Hai Ki Kahi Aur Sana Padh Le, Sajda E Sahaw Kare Nahi, Chhoot Gaya To Chhoot Gaya Agar Koi Jan-bujh Kar Sana Chhod Deta Hai To Aysa Karna To Bura Hai Lekin Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-147)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Sajda E Sahaw Ka Bayan : Fiqah e Hanfi Me Sajda E Sahaw Karne Ke 3 Tariqe Ulma Kiraam Ne Bayan Kiye Hain Aur Ye Teeno Tariqe Sahi Hain Isme Se Aap Jaisa Bhi Chahe Kar Sakte Hain :

{1}  Jab Hum Qada E Aakhira Kar Lete Hain To Attahiyyat Padh Ke Daye Taraf Salaam Fere Fir 2 Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Fir Wapas Baith Jaye Qada Me Fir Attahiyyat Padhe, Durood E Ibraheem Padhe, Duaa e Mashurah Padhe Fir Dono Taraf Salaam Fer De.

{2.} Dusra Tariqa Ye Hai Ki Qada E Aakhira Me Baithne Ke Baad Attahiyyat Padhe, Durood E Ibraheem Padhe Duaa e Mashurah Padhe Fir Daye Taraf Salaam Fere Aur 2 Sajda E Sahaw Kare Fir Qada Me Baith Ke Sirf Attahiyyat Padh Ke Salaam Fer De.

{3.}  Tisra Tariqa Ye Hai Ki Qada E Aakhira Me Baithne Ke Baad Attahiyyat Padhe, Durood e Ibraheem Padhe Duaa E Mashurah Padhe Fir Daye Taraf Salaam Fere Aur 2 Sajda e Sahaw Kare Fir Qada Me Baithe Aur Pura Padh Le Attahiyyat, Durood e Paak O Duaa e Mashurah Aur Fir Dono Taraf Salam Fer De.

Inme 👆🏻Se Kuch Bhi Kar Len Aap Teeno Tariqe Jayez Hain Chahe To Kabhi Is Tariqe Se Kabhi Us Tariqe Se Bhi Kar Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-148)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Sajda E Sahaw Ka Bayan : Kuch Cheezen Hoti Hain Jaise 

{1}  Agar Kabhi Attahiyyat Ke Baad Hum Sajda E Sahaw Kar Lete Hain Aur Dayi Taraf Salaam Ferna Bhool Jate Hain To Ab Apni Namaz Ko Continue Rakhen Aur Ye Salaam Jo Chhut Gaya Makrooh E Tanjeehi Hai.

{2} Galti Se Kai Wajib Chhute Agar Chahe 10-12 Wajib Chhute Sab Ke Liye Wahi Aik Hi Sajda E Sahaw Karna Kafi Hai Yani 2 Sajda Karna.

{3}  Agar Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Tha Aur Jan-Bujh Kar Dono Taraf Salaam Fer Diya To Fir Namaz Ia'adah Karni Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-149)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Sajda E Sahaw Ka Bayan : {4} Kabhi Aysa Hota Hai Ki Attahiyyat Vagairah Sab Padhne Ke Baad Dono Taraf Salaam Fer Dete Hain Galti Se Aur Sajda E Sahaw Karna Bhool Jate Hain Ya Kabhi Yaad Hi Nahi Rahta Ki Sajda E Sahaw Karna Hai Aur Dono Taraf Salaam Ferne Ke Baad Yaad Aata Hai Ki Are Sajda E Sahaw Karna Tha To Ab Kya Kare.!? 

To Is Surat Me Ye Dekhenge Ki Salam Ferne Ke Baad Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wala Koi Amal Kiya Hai Ya Nahi Jaise Baat Cheet Karna, Uth Ke Chalne Lagna Ya Kuch Khaa-Pee Lena Ya Fir Mobile Se Kisi Ko Msg Marna Baat Karna Shuru Kar Dena, Ya Qible Se Sina Fira 45° Se Zyada In Sab Se Namaz Tuut Jati Hai To Inme Dekha Jayega Agar Galti Se Aap Ne Dono Taraf Salaam Fer Liya Hai To Aap Ne Namaz Ko Todne Wala Koi Amal Kiya Hai Ya Nahi Agar Todne Wala Amal Kiya Hai To Isme Koi Option Nahi Hai Fir Namaz Ko Ia'adah Karna Hoga Yani Fir Se Padhna Padega.

Aur Agar Namaz Ko Todne Wala Amal Nahi Kiya Hai Misaal Ke Taur Par Salaam Ferne Ke Baad Wahi Pe Khamosh Baithe They Ya  Tasbih Padh Rahe, Kalma Padh Rahe, Durood e Paak Padh Rahe Aur Padhte Padhte Achanak Yaad Aaya Ki Are Sajda E Sahaw Karna Tha To Ab Aap Ko Jayez Hai Ki Faoran 2 Sajda kar Ke Attahiyyat Vagairah Padh Ke Salaam Ferde Aur Namaz Ho Jayegi, Kyun Ki Aap Ne Namaz Todne Wala Koi Amal Nahi Kiya Hai Na To Shariat Aap Ko Itni Aasani Deti Hai Ki Bhool Gaye Hain To Yaad Aate Hi Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-150)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{1}  Takbeer E Tahreema Me الله اکبر Kahna Wajib Hai.

Ab Ye Padh Ke Banda Confuse Ho Jayega Ki Aap To Har Cheez Me Takbeer e Tahreema Laga Diye Namaz Ki 6wi Shart Thi Takbeer e Tahreema Hi, Farz Me Pahla Farz Tha Takbeer e Tahreema Hi Aur Ab Fir Wajibaat Ka Bayan Bata Rahi Hain To Fir Bol Rahi Ki Takbeer e Tahreema Me الله اکبر Bolna Wajib Hai To Iska Ye Hai Kya? Shart Hai,? Farz Hai.? Wajib Hai.? Isme Thoda Sa Difference Hai Isko Aap Samjh Len Ulma kiraam Ne Isko Bayan Kiya Hai Kitabon Me Isi Tarah Likha Hai

Namaz Ke Sharait Me Jo Hum Kahte Hain Ki Namaz Ki Shart Me Se Takbeer e Tahreema Hai To Ye Hai Ki Niyyat Wagaira Kah Kar الله اکبر Kahna Hai Aur Jab Hum الله Padhte Hain To Namaz Ke Bahar Rahte Hain, Namaz Shuru Nahi Hoti Ye Namaz Ke Bahar Hona Lazim Hai Isliye Isko Hum Shart Kahte Hain, Ab Banda اکبر Kahte Hi Namaz Me Shamil Ho Jata Hai To Tohdi Der Pahle Hi Namaz Ke Bahar Tha Aur Ab اکبر Kahte Hi Namaz Me Shamil Ho Gaya To Ulma Kiraam Ne Usko Farz Me Likh Diya Asal Me Hai Woh Shart Hi Chunki Isse Banda Foran Hi Namaz Me Dakhil Ho Jata Hai Aur Kasrat sLSe Bolte Bolte Woh Shart Farz Aik Hi Word Me Used Hone Laga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-151)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Ab Wajib Me Jo Kaha Gaya Hai Ki Takbeer E Tahreema Me الله اکبر Kahna Wajib Hai Isko Samjhein : Takbeer E Tahreema Matlab Takbeer Kahna AllaH Paak Ki Badai Bayan Karna Ki AllaH Sab Se Bada Hai, AllaH Paak Ke Liye Koi Achhi Sifat Bayan Karna Ye Hai Takbeer E Tahreema Iska Matlab Ye Huwa Ki Takbeer E Tahreema Me Aap  الله اکبر Kahe Tab Bhi Takbeer Hai, Arrahmanu Akbar Kahe Tab Bhi Ye Takbeer Hai, AllaHul Kabeer Kahe Tab Bhi Ye Takbeer Hai, AllaHu Kabirun Kahe Ye Bhi Takbeer Hai In Sab Me AllaH Paak Ki Badai Wala Hi Meaning Paya Jata Hai Yahan Tak سبحان الله or الحمد لله Kahne Se Bhi Uska Takbeer E Tahreema Wala Jo Shart Farz Itna Bolne Me Bhi Namaz Start Ho Jayegi Kyun Ki Asal Tha Takbeer Bolana

Lekin..!! Itna Kahne Se Aap Ki Namaz To Shuru Ho Jayegi Lekin Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Ki الله اکبر Ka Kalima Hi Bolna Ye Wajib Hai Ye Farq Kyun Hai.? Kyun Ki Quraan e Paak Me Hai Ki AllaH Paak Ki Takbeer Lagaye, To Wahan Par Quraan e Paak Ki Aayat Me Kahi Nahi Likha Huwa Hai Ki الله اکبر Hi Bole Wahi Bole Bas, Yahi Likha Hai Ki AllaH Paak Ki Takbeer Bayan Kare Usme Koi Condition Nahi Hai, To Fir Ulma Kiraam Ne Isko Aayat Se Nikaal Liya Ki Taqbeer Kahna Farz Hai Fir Digar Hadees Wagaira Se Nikal Kar Kaha Ki الله اکبر Kahna Hi Wajib Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-152)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Iska Matlab Ye Huwa Ki Agar Koi Banda Dusra Word Bhi Bolta Hai Jaise Arrahmanu Akbar, AllaHul Kabeer, AllaHu Kabeerun Tab Bhi Uski Namaz Shuru Ho Jayegi Or Takbeer E Tahreema Wala Kaam Woh Bhi Start Ho Jayega Lekin Kyun Ki Isne Aik Wajib Ko Chhod Diya الله اکبر Kahna, Isliye Gunahgar Hogi Ye Makrooh E Tahreemi Hoga Lekin Isse Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Namaz To Shuru Ho Jati Hai Sab Ho Jata Hai Lekin Isse Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hota Achha Ye Baat Aap Ko Samajh Aaye To Bahut Achhi Baat Hai Warna Aik Fiqhi Type Ka Knowledge Hai Aap Samajh Len Normally Aap Me Se To Koi Nahi Kahta Hoga Rahmanu Akbar, Sab الله اکبر Hi Kahte Hain Jab Takbeer Kahte Hain Na To Sabse Pahle الله اکبر Hi Zaban Se Zari Hota Hai. To Ye Bate Samajh Na Aaye To Bas Itna Yaad Rakhen الله اکبر Hi Bolna Hai Warna Banda Gunahgar Hoga Haan Isme Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-153)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
 {1.}  Takbeer E Tahreema Me الله اکبر Kahna Wajib Hai, Fir Iske Baad Hum Sana اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Or BismillaH Padhte Hain Ye Sunnat Hai Dusri Raka'at Me اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Nahi Padhna Sirf BismillaH Padhen.

{2.}  Farz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'aton Me Or Baki Jitni Bhi Namaz Hai Unki Har Raka'at Me Surah Fatiha Ka Har Har Lafz Padhna Wajib Ke Darze Me Hai.

Sarkar ﷺ Ki Hadeese Paak Bhi Hai Ki Surah Fatiha Ke Begair Namaz Nahi Hoti Yani Mukammal Nahi Hoti Fir Isse Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Ki Surah Fatiha Ka Har-Har Word Padhna Wajib Hai, Agar Surah Fatiha Ka Koi Kalima Bhole Se Chhut Jaye To Fir Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-154)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{3} Surah Fatiha Ko Aik Hi Baar Padhna : Agar Kisi Ne Aik Baar Surah Fatiha Padhne Ke Foran Baad Gaflat Se Dubarah Surah Fatiha Pura Ya Adha Padh Liya To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Hoga or Agar Surah Fatiha Ki 1,2 Ya 3 Aayat Tak Padhi To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.. (Jaise 7 Ayat Hai Na 3 Se Zyada Padh Liya To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega)

Agar Kisi Ne Surah Fatiha Ke Baad Dusri Surah Milaya Or Fir Iske Baad Surah Fatiha Milaya To Is Surat Me Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Ye 👆Hukm Farz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'ato Me Or Baki Namaz Ki Har Har Raka'at Ka Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-155)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{4} Surah Fatiha Ko Dusri Surah Padhne Se Pahle Hi Padhna Wajib Hai : Agar kisi Ne Bhule Se Surah Pahle Padhi Or Surah Fatiha Uske Baad Padhi To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

Agar Kabhi Surah Fatiha Padhna Bhool Gaya Or Pahle Surah Fatiha Ki Bajay Aik-Aat Lafz Dusri Surah Ka Nikal Gaya Aik Aayat Mukammal Hone Se Pahle Pahle Yaad Aa Jaye To Faoran Surah Fatiha Shuru Kar De Or Is Par Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga Bahare Shariat Me Aysa Diya Hai, Isme Ikhtelaf Hai Or Kuch Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Ki Aik Lafz Bhi Pahle Dusri Surah Ki Padh Li To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Hoga.

Agar Pahle Dusri Surah Ki Aik Aayat Puri Padh Li To Yaad Aate Hi Padhna To Surah Fatiha Hi Hai Lekin Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega Yani Surah Fatiha Padhe Fir Surah Milaye Fir Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kare.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-156)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Agar Surah Fatiha Padhna Bhool Gaya To.!? 

Agar Puri Surah Padhne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Surah Fatiha Rah Gai Hai Ya Ruku Me Yaad Aaya Ki Surah Fatiha Rah Gai Hai Ya Ruku Ke Baad Yaad Aa Jaye Ya Fir Sajde Me Jate waqt Yaad Aa Jaye To Agar Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Se Pahle Pahle Yaad Aaya To Aap Ko Hukm Hai Ki Foran Khade Ho Jaye Or Surah Fatiha Padhen Dubara Se Surat Padhen Fir Ruku Karen Fir Apne Sajde Me Jaye Ye Zaruri Hai Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Len

Agar Qaoma Me Bhi Bande Ko Yaad Aa Jaye Ji Surah Fatiha Nahi Padh Thi To Wahi Par Hath Bandh Le Surah Fatiha Padhe Surah Milaye Or Fir Se Ruku Kare Or Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le ⚠️ Agar Dubara Ruku Nahi Kiya To Namaz Nahi Hogi Kyun Ki Pahla Wala Ruku Cancel Ho Jata Hai Or Dubara Ruku Karna Lazim Hoga Agar Bhule Se Dubara Ruku Nahi Kiya Us Raka'at Me To Kisi Bhi Raka'at Me 2 Ruku Kar Le Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le

Lekin..!! Agar Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Surah Fatiha Nahi Padhi Thi To Fir Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-157)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Kabhi Aysa Bhi Hota Hai Ki Surah Fatiha Padhne Ke Baad Surah Milana Bhol Jate Hain To Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Se Pahle Pahle Jab Bhi Yaad Aa Kaye Foran Khada Ho Jaye Or Surah Padh Le Ab fir Se Surah Fatiha Padhna Lazim Nahi Hai Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le, Or Agar Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Surah Nahi Milai Thi To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Aap Ki Namaz Durust Ho Jayegi.

Kabhi Aysa Hota Hai Ki Sana, اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Or BismillaH Padhne Ke Baad Surah Fatiha Padhne Se Pahle Zaban Se Kuch Or Nikal Jata Hai "Surah Nahi" Jaise Durood e Paak, Duaa Ya Aksar Attahiyyat Nikal Jata Hai To Isse Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Nahi Hoga Chahe Pura Attahiyyat Padh Liya Ho Kyun Ki Jo Hum Sana اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Or BismillaH Padhte Hain Isme AllaH Ta'ala Ki Hamd O Sana Bayan Karte Hain Yani AllaH Ta'ala Ki Tareef To Jo Attahiyyat Jo Padhe Hain Isme Bhi AllaH Ta'ala Ki Sana Hai,

⚠️ Lekin..!! Agar Surah Fatiha Padhne Ke Baad Galti Se Attahiyyat Nikal Aaye To Sajda e Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega Agarchahe Lafz (Attahiyyatu LillaH) Hi Padh Liya Ho.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-158)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{5} Aik Surah Milana Ya 3 Chhoti Aayat Milana Ya Aik Badi Aayat Milana : Farz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'aton Me & Baki Namaz Ki Har Raka'at Me Surah Fatiha Ke Baad Aik Koi Bhi Surah Milana Hai Chahe Chhoti Ho Chahe Badi Ho Or Agar Koi Aik Surah Nahi Mila Raha Hai To Kam Se Kam 3 Chhoti Aayat Padhna Hai Or Agar 3 Chhoti Aayat Nahi Padh Rahe Hai Balki Aik Aayat Hi Padh Rahe Hain Or Woh Aik Aayat Itni Badi Hai Ki In 3 Vhhoti Aayaton Ke Barabar Ho Jati Hai To Tab Bhi Jayez Hai. Misaal Ke Taur Par Jaise Surah Bakrah Ki Kuch Ayat Bahut Badi Hai Taqriban Aik-Aik Safhat Par Woh Aayate Hoti Hain Ab Itna Bhi Padh Lenge To Ye Kafi Hai Bhale Hi Ye Aik Aayat Hai Ye Badi Aayat Hai Na Isliye.

Minimum Aap Ko 3 Chhoti Aayat Ke Barabar Padhna Hai Minimum 30 Huruf Ke Barabar Qira'at Karna Hai Agar Itni Qira'at Ho Gai To Wajib Ada Ho Jayegi Agar Koi Isse Zyada Qira'at Karega To Zyada Sawab Payega Lekin Agar Koi Isse Kam Qira'at Karega Jaise 10 Ya 20 Huruf Ke Barabar Hi Qira'at Kar Liya Or Ruku Me Chala Gaya To Ab Ye Hai Ki Iska Wajib Complete Nahi Huwa Ab Isko Sajda E sahaw Karna Padega Agar Galti Se Kiya Tha Or Agar Jaan-Bujh Kar Kiya To Namaz Wajibul Ia'adah Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-159)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Fatawa Shami Me Bayan Kiya Gaya Hai Ki Quraan E Paak Mein Sabse Chhoti Aayat Surah Muddassir Ki Ayat No. 21-23 Hai.

ثُمَّ نَظَرَ(21)ثُمَّ عَبَسَ وَ بَسَرَ(22)ثُمَّ اَدْبَرَ وَ اسْتَكْبَرَ(23)

Agar Koi Banda Itni Hi 3 Aayat Padh Le To Uski Namaz Ada Ho Jayegi Yani Jo Surah Milana Wajib Hai Woh Ada Ho Jayega Or Allama Shami Farmate Hain Ki Isme 27 Letters Hain Or Agar Tashdeed Ko 2 Harf Count Karenge To 30 Huruf Hain.

Agar Kisi Ne Surah Fatiha Ke Baad Wajib Qira'at Complete Nahi Ki Ya Aik Hi Aayat Padhi Jo Bahut Hi Chhoti Thi Ya Kabhi Surah Milana Hi Bhool Jaye To Jab Tak Hum Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Na Kar Len Hame Hukm Hota Hai Wapas Khade Ho Jaye Or Wajib Qira'at Karne Ke Baad Ruku O Sajda Ke Baad Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-160)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Agar Farz Namaz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'at Me Se Kisi Bhi Raka'at Me Surah Nahi Milaya To Fir 3sri Ya Chothi Raka'at Me Surah Mila Le Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Jaise Kisi Ne Zohar Ke Farz Ki Pahli Raka'at Me Surah Nahi Milai Or Dusri Raka'at Me Jab Qira'at Karne Laga Tab Yaad Aaya To 3sri Raka'at Me Surah Fatiha Ke Baad Surah Mila Le Goya Ki Jo Wahan Pe Pending Tha Usko Ye Yahan Par Cover Kar Raha Hai Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Agar Bahut Hi Gaflat Me Tha Or Jaldi Jaldi Namaz Padh Raha Tha To Farz Ki Pahli Dono Raka'ato Me Surah Nahi Milaya To 3sri & 4thi Raka'at Me Surah Mila Le Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le 

Agar Magrib Ki 3 Raka'at Farz Namaz Me Pahli Dono Raka'at Me Surah Nahi Milai Bhool Gaya Ab 3sri Raka'at Me Khada Ho Gaya To Chalo Pahli Raka'at Ki Surah Isme Mila Liya Lekin 2sri Raka'at Ke Surah Milane Ka To Koi Options Hi Nahi Hai To Ab Iske Liye Hukm Ye Hai Ki Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Ayse Hi Fajar Ki Namaz Padh Raha Tha Ya Koi Bhi Sunnat Wajib Nawafil Or Kisi Raka'at Me Surah Milana Bhool Gaya To Ab To Koi Option Hi Nahi Hai Surah Milane Ka To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-161)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Kabhi Hum Dusri Surah Padhna Chahte Hain Or Zaban Se Dusri Surah Nikal Gai To Usi Ko Padhen Jo Zaban Se Nikli Isme Koi Harz Nahi Hai Or Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Dono Raka'ato Me Tilawat Barabar Honi Chahiye Ya Dusri Raka'at Me Pahle Se Kuch Kam Honi Chahiye Dusri Raka'at Me Bahut Lambi Qira'at Karna Makrooh Hai Misaal Ke Taur Par Pahli Raka'at Me 10 Aayat Padhi To Dusri Raka'at Me Bhi 10 Aayat Padhe Ya Isse Thoda Kam Padhle Agar 10 Se Thodi Zyada Yani 2-3 Aayat Zyada Padhi To Isme Koi Harz Nahi Hai Agar Pahli Raka'at Me Bahut Kam Or Dusri Me Bahut Badi Qira'at Kiya To Ye Makrooh e Tanjeehi Hai Pasandida Nahi Hai, Lekin..!! Isse Banda Gunahgar Bhi Nahi Hota, Na Hi Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Hota Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-162)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Kya Beech Se Surah Chhod Sakte Hain.!?

Ek Surah Padhne Ke Baad Beech Ke 3-4 Surah Chhodne Ke Baad Uske Baad Wali Surah Padhne Me Koi Harz Nahi Isse Koi Gunahgar Nahi Hoga Na Hi Isse Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Hota Hai Jaise Pahli Raka'at Me Surah Asr Padhi & Dusri Raka'at Me Surah Kosar To Beech Ki 4 Surah Hum Ne Chhod Di To Isme Koi Harz Nahi Kyun Ki Order Ko To Humne Sahi Rakha (Padha) Hai.

Haan..!! Beech Ki Surah Na Chhoden To Ye Behtar Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-163)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Farz Ki Pahli 2 Raka'at Me & 3 Witar Me Aik Hi Surah Ko 2-3 Baar Na Padhen Jaise Aik Hi Raka'at Me 2 Ya 3 Baar Surah Ikhlas Na Padhen Or Ayse Hi Jo Surah Pahli Raka'at Me Padha Hai Wahi Dusri Raka'at Me Bhi Na Padhen Agar Bande Ne Pahli Raka'at Me Surah Naas Padh Li To Dusri Rakat Me Agar الم Yaad Hai To Ise Padhle Nahi To Fir Surah Naas Hi Padh Le Dusri Raka'at Me Bhi

Agar Koi Shakhs Surah Padhte Padhte Beech Me Atak Gaya Or Fir Se Usi Surah Ko Shuru Se Padha To Koi Harz Nahi Or Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Wajib Nahi Hoga, Lekin..!! Atakne Ke Baad 3 Baar سبحان اللہ Kahne Ke Barabar Sochne Me Laga Diya To Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-164)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Agar Surah Padhte Padhte Age Ba Bhool Gaye Or Yaad Hi Nahi Aa Raha To Ab Banda Kya Kare.!?

To Pahle Dekhe Ki Usne Wajib Qira'at Kar Li Hai Ya Nahi Yani Aik Badi Aayat Ya 3 Chhoti Aayat Ke Barabar Agar Itni Padh Li Hai To Aap Ka Wajib To Ada Ho Gaya Ab Aage Jo Padhenge Woh Sunnat Hai To Iske Chakkar Me Aap Apne Upar Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Na Karen Yani Sunnat Ki Wajah Se Koi Aur Wajib Ko Chhodne Wale Na Ban Jaye Balki Aap Wajib Complete Kar Li Hain To Foran Ruku Me Chali Jaye Or Agar 3 Baar سبحان اللہ Kahne Ke Barabar Sochne Ka Waqt Nahi Laga Hai To Sajda e Sahaw Bhi Wajib Nahi Hoga Lekin..!! 3 Tasbih Kahne Ke Barabar Waqt Laga To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

Agar Wajib Qira'at Puri Nahi Hui Thi Dusri Aayat Me Hi Atak Gaye To Ab Kya Karen.!?

Agar Woh Surah Nahi Yaad Aa Rahi Hai To Usko Chhod Den Or Foran Hi Jo Yaad Hai Usko Padh Len Or 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Nahi Guzra Tha To Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-165)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Begair Tajweed Ke Qira'at.!?

Agar Kisi Ne Begair Tajweed Ke Qira'at Ki To Namaz Toot'ti Nahi Hai Balki Uski Namaz Bhi Ho Jati Hai Or Sajda e Sahaw Bhi Wajib Nahi Hota, *Lekin Kab Tak.??* Us Waqt Tak Ki Jab Tajweed Me Itni Badi Galti Ho Gai Jisko Galti E Fahisha Kahte Hain Yani Bahut Badi Galti Ya Bahut Buri Galti To Agar Is Darze Ki Galti Ho Gai Ki Jisse Quraan E Majeed Ki Aayat Ka Ma'ana (Meaning) Hi Badal Gai To Fir Namaz Toot Jayegi Or Sajda E Sahaw Ka Bhi Option Nahi Rahta Isme Tajweed Me To Itni Rukhsat Hai Ki Agar Banda Begair Tajweed Ke Padh Raha Hai Or Usse Koi Ma'ana Galat Nahi Nikal Raha To Thik Hai Uski Namaz Ho Jayegi *Lekin..!!* Begair Tajweed Ke Padhne Se Ma'ana Ka Badal Jana Bahut Hi Zyada Aasan Hai Or Iski Wajah Se Namaz Toot Jati Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-166)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Isse Koi Ye Na Samjhe Ki Tajweed Seekhna Zaroori Nahi, Balki..!! Tajweed Seekhna Wajib Hai Or Baaz Ulma Ke Nazdeek Farz Bhi Hai, Lekin Ye Un Logon Ke Liye Hai Jo Kahte Hain Ki Hamari Tajweed Durust Nahi Hai To Hum Namaz Hi Nahi Padhenge Kuch Log Sochte Hain Ki Hamari Namaz Hi Qabool Na Hogi To Hum Kyun Padhen To Unke Liye Hukm Ye Hai Ki Aap Aa Jaye Namaz Ki Taraf Khahmokhah Namaz Ko Chhod Kar Gunahgar Na Bane AllaH Paak To Qabool Farmane Wala Hai To Aap Padhen Lekin Sath Hi Sath Tajweed Bhi Seekhein Or Waise Bhi Jo Tajweed Sikh Raha Hota Hai To Dauraan E Talib E Ilmi Me Jitni Usse Galtiya Hoti Hain Moaf Hai AllaH Paak Ne Talibe ilm Ki Galtiyon Ko Moaf Rakha Hai.

To Agar Koi Tajweed Seekh Raha Hai Or Uska Abhi ع Ka Makhraj Nahi Nikal Raha Hai Ya ح Ka Ya ض Ka Koi Bhi Harf Ka To Tab Bhi ان شاء الله عزوجل Usko Namaz Ka Pura Sawab Milega Kyun Ki Woh Abhi Seekh Raha Hai AllaH Paak Kisi Jaan Ko Uski Taqat Se Zyada Nahi Aazmata To Abhi Uski Itni Hi Taqat Filhaal Itni Hi Hai Ki Woh Itna Hi Aawaz Nikal Sakta Hai Or Seekh Raha Hai Aawaz Nikalne Ke Liye To Fir Iske Upar Itna Sakht Hukm Nahi Lagaya Jayega Ki Aap Ki Namaz Nahi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-167)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Aap Dekhein Ki Tajweed Ki Ahmiyat Kitni Hai.!?

Jaise Hum Padhte Hain قُلْ هُوَ اللّٰهُ اَحَدٌ To Agar Isko Agar Koi Begair Tajweed Ke Padhega To قُلْ Ke Bajay Woh کُل Padhega To Ma'ana Bahut Hi Kharab Banega Iska... قُلْ هُوَ اللّٰهُ اَحَدٌ Ka Matlab Hota Hai Aye Habeeb Aap Farma Dijiye Ki AllaH Ta'ala Aik Hai Or (کُل Arbi Me Kahte Hain Khaa Ko) Agar Kisi Ne قُل Ko کُل Padha Yani کُل هُوَ اللّٰهُ اَحَدٌ Padha To Iska Ma'ana Ban Jayenge "Tu Is Baat Ko Khaa Le Ki AllaH Ta'ala Aik Hai, Kitna Bura Ma'ana Nikal Raha Hai قُل Ko کُل Padhne Se, To Fir Itne Bure Ma'ane Nikal Jate Hain To Fir Namaz Toot Jati Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-168)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Isi Tarah کُل هُوَ اللّٰهُ اَحَدٌ Me اَحَدٌ Hai Na Iska Ma'ana Hota Hai AllaH Aik Hai Or Ye AllaH Ta'ala ki Sabse Pyari Wasf Hai Isme Woh Yakta Hai Uske Saath Koi Nahi Hai Woh Aik Hai, Lekin..!!! Agar Kisi Ne Isko Padh Liya اَھَد To Ye اَھَد Ke Ma'ane Bahut Hi Bure Nikalte Hain اَھَد Ma'ana Nikalta Hai Buzdil Yani Darpook معاذ الله Kitna Bura Ma'ana Nikalta Hai Iska Kufr Hai Aysa Bolna To Is Tarah Padhte Hi Uski Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Isi Tarah الله اکبر Ka Matlab Hai AllaH Ta'ala Sabse Bada Hai Agar Koi Banda Padhe Allahu Akbaaar (Ba ko Daraaz Kar De) To Isse Foran Namaz Toot Jayegi Kyun Ki Akbaaar Ka Matlab Hota Hai Dhol Ya Baaz Jagah Pe To Shaytano Ke Naam Bhi Akbaaar Hai To معاذ الله Kitna Bura Ma'ana Nikal Raha Isse AllaH Ta'ala Ke Liye

⚠️ To Isliye Zaruri Hota Hai Ki Tajweed Seekhe Kyun Ki Agar Banda Tajweed Nahi Seekhta To Bahut Zyada Possible Hai Ki Is Tarah Ki Galtiyon Ki Wajah Se Uski Namaz Toot'ti Rahe.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-169)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Bahrhaal..!! Kuch Log Pahle Namaz Ki Taraf Ya Tajweed Ki Taraf Nahi Hote Lekin Kuch Time Baad AllaH Paak Unhe Taufeeq De Deta Hai Namazon Ki Taraf Bhi Aate Hain Or Tajweed Bhi Seekh Lete Hain To Woh Fir Tension Me Aa Jate Hain Ki Tajweed Seekhne Se Pahle Jitni Namazein Humne Padhi Thi To Inka Kya Bana Fir Inko Lagta Hai Ki Itni Namazein Hame Dohrani Hogi Kyun Ki Hamari Koi Namaz Hui Hi Nahi? 

To Unke Liye Aik Aasani Hai Ki Apna Dil Itna Bhi Chhota Na Karen Ki Meri Woh Koi Namaz Qubool Nahi Hui Hogi Is Par Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai AllaH Ta'ala Se Moafi Mange Tauba Kare Or Apni Namazon Ko Continue Rakhe Un Namazon Ko Dohrana Aap Par Zaruri Nahi Hai Kyun Ki Ye (Tajweed) Na To Namaz Ke Faraiz Me Se Hai Or Na Hi Wajibaat Me Se Hai Lihaza Hum Ye Nahi Kahenge Ki Aap Apni Namazon Ko Dohraye.

Misal Ke Taur Par Koi 70 Daal Ki Budhi Aurat Abhi Tajweed Seekhi Hai Ab Hum Usko Kahen Ki Aap 50 Saal Se Jitni Bhi Namazein Padhi Hain Woh Aik Bhi Nahi Hui To Bahut Zyada Mumkin Hai Ki Woh Mayoos Ho Jaye Ab Isko Jo Usne Seekha Hai Na Usko Bhi Chhod Degi Or Kahegi Jab Hui Hi Nahi To Ab Kyun Padhen To Na Khud Mayoos Ho Na Samne Wale Ko Maysoon Hone Den To Jahan Shariat Aasani Deti Hai Na To Usko Apnana Seekhen Usko Apna Len.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-170)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Han Agar Koi Dohra Raha Hai To Ye Buri Baat Nahi Hai Ye ما شاء الله Uska Taqwa Hai Lekin Agar Koi Nahi Dohra Raha Hai Usko Mayoos Bhi Na Karen Ki Puri Dohrao, Jab Ulma Kiraam Ne Farma Diya Hai Na Aap Ke Liye Rukhsat Hai Fir Aap Ke Paas Daleel Hai Kyun Ki Baroze Qayamat Jab Aap Se Is Bare Me Sawal Hoga To Fir Aap Bilkul Kah Sakte Hain Ki Hame Ye Mas'ala Maloom Nahi Tha Humne Fula Aalim Se Suna Or Unho Ne Farmaya Ki Aapko Dohrane Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai Bilkul Is Par Aap Ki Pakad Nahi Hogi Kyun Ki AllaH Ta'ala Ne Farmaya Hai :

Tarjama :-  Agar Tum Nahi Jante To Ahle Ilm Se Puchho. 

Ulma Kiraam Se Puchho, To Humne Ulma Kiraam Se Puchha Or Us Par Amal Kar Liya To Hamare Upar Iska Koi Aysa Ye Hukm Nahi Ki Aap Ne Kyun Aysa Kiya.

⚠️  Han Agar..!! Aap Ko Pata Hai Koi Badi Galti Mujhse Ho Gai Hai Namaz Ka Koi Farz Chhuta Tha Ya Wuzu Ke Masail Hi Thik Se Nahi Maloom They To Fir Hukm Hota Hai Ki Aap Tauba Ke Saath Namaz Ko Dohraye Bhi Kyun Ki Woh Qaza Count Hogi. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-171)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Lekin..!! Hargiz Koi Is Mas'ale Ko Ye Na Soche Ki Tajweed Chhod Dena Hai, Tajweed Ke Saath Hi Padhni Hai Quraan E Paak Padh Rahe Hain To Puri Fazilat Hasil Ho Jo Quraan E Paaki Barkate Hai Woh Usi Waqt Hasil Hogi Jab Hum Tajweed Se Padhenge Sahi Ma'ano Me Mukammal Quraan E Paak Ki Barkate Usi Waqt Milegi Jab Hum Isko Samajh Kar Padhenge Yani Uske Tarjuma O Tafseer Ko Jab Padhenge.

To Apne Bachho Ka Bhi Focus (Dheyan) Yahi Rakhain, Tajweed Aap Ne Sikha Diya To Rozana Aap Thodi Bahut Tilawat Ki Aadat Dalwaein, Lekin..!! Sath Hi Sath Unko Shariat Ke Woh Ahkaam Sikhaye Jo Farz Hai Aqaaid Ka ilm Hai, Namaz Ka ilm Hai, Rozon Ka ilm Hai, Taharat Ka ilm Hai, Ye Bahut Important Hai Is Par Zyada Tawajjoh Den Ye Na Ho Ki Quraan e Paak Mukammal Karna Hai To 4 Saal Isi Me Laga Den Ye To Sab Nafil Me Gaya Na Jo Bachhe Ne Mukammal Quraan e Paak Ko Sikha Hai

Or Beech Me Jo Bhi Faraiz They Jo Usne Chhoden Hain Or Woh Gunahgar Hoga To Isme Bachhe Ke Sath Sath Walidain Bhi Gunahgar Honge Kyun Ki Walidain Ki Zimmedari Banti Hai Na Ki Tarbiyat Karen Trbiyat Bhi Isi Tarah Karni Hai Bachhon Ko Thoda Bahut Unko Sikha Den Tilawat 15-20 Minutes Fir Aqaid Ki Taraf Unko Li Aaye Or Jo Bhi Faraiz Hain Usko Sikhayen Fir Aap Dekhna Jo Faraiz Seekh Jayega Na To Khud Ba Khud Uska Dil Tilawat O Mustahabat Me Lag Jayega To Thoda Sa Apne Zahen Ko Change Karen.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Namaz Course (Part-172)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{6} Surah Fatiha Or Surah Ke Darmiyan Aameen Or Bismillah Ke Alawa Kuch Na Padhna & Surah Fatiha Or Surah Ke Darmiyan 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khamosh Bhi Na Rahe Agar Kisi Ne 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khamosh Raha Surah Wagairah Sochne Me To Sajda e Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

{7} Qira'at Ke Faoran Baad Ruku Karna Agar Surah Milane Ke Baad Attahiyyat Ya Kuch Or Padha To Sajda e Sahaw Lazim Ho Jayega Kyun Ki Qira'at Ke Foran Baad Ruku Karna Wajib Hai Agar Kisi Ne Qira'at Ke Baad 3 Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Khamosh Raha (Jaise Soch Raha Tha Or Bhi Koi Surah Padhun Na Padhun) Is Par 3 Tasbih Ke Barabar Ka Waqt Laga Fir Ruku Me Gaya To Sajda E Sahab Wajib Ho Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-173)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{8} Aayate Sajda Padhi To Namaz Me Sajda E Tilawat Karna Wajib Hai : Ki Jab Bhi Aap Namaz Me Aayate Sajda Padh Lenge To Aap Par Foran Sajda E Tilawat Karna Wajib Hota Hai Jaise Hi Aayate Sajda Padhi Or Woh Aayat Mukammal Kar Li To Foran Sajda Me Chali Jaye Ruku Wagaira Nahi Karna Hai Fir Sajda E Tilawat Karne Ke Baad Khadi Ho Jaye Aur Aage Ki Aayat Ki Qira'at Karna Ho To Kar Le Aage, Nahii To Ruku Me Chali Jaye Or Fir Namaz Ka Sajda Kare, Kabhi Bhool Jate Hain Or Age Ki 1-2 Aayat Padhne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya To Foran Se Sajda E Tilawat Kar Le Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Ki Bhi Zarurat Nahi Hai Lekin 3-4 Aayat Ya Isse Zyada Padh Li Fir Yaad Aaya To Yaad Aate Hi Foran Sajda E Tilawat Kar Le Or Let Ho Gaya Hai Na Sajda E Tilawat Karne Me To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Kar Le Ho Sakta Hai Bahut Let Yaad Aaye Jayse Dusri Raka'at Me Ya Ruku Me Ya Sajda Me To Jab Bhi Kisi Bhi Raka'at Me Yaad Aaye Foran Karna Hai Sajda e Tilawat.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-174)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Misaal : Aap Ruku Me They Jab Yaad Aaya To Ruku Se Hi Aap Foran Sajde Me Chale Jaye Or Sajda E Tilawat Kar Len Or Fir Se Ruku Karen Pahle Wala Ruku Chala Jayega Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Len. Yahan Tak Ki Pura Salaam Ferne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Mujhe Sajda e Tilawat Karna Tha Or Woh Namaz Ki Hurmat Me Hai Yani Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wala Kuch Amal Nahi Kiya Salaam Fer Ke Baitha Hi Tha Or Tasbih Padh Raha Tha Or Seena Bhi Aap Ka Qible Se Nahi Ghuma Hai To Yaad Aate Hi Sajda E Tilawat Karen Fir Qada E Aakhira Karen Attahiyyat Padhne Ke Baad Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Karen Fir Attahiyyat Vagairah Padh Ke Apni Namaz Ko Mukammal Kar Len.

Or Agar Uth Ke Chalne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ya 1-2 Ghante Ke Baad Ki Sajda E Tilawat Karna Rah Gaya To Ab Gunah Bhi Nahi Hoga Kyun Ki Bhoole Se Kiya Hai Na, Tauba Kar Le Lekin Iske Alawa Kuch Nahi Karna Na Aajda E Tilawat Karna Hai Na Namaz Ko Dohrana Hai Na Namaz Ke Bahar Aap Ko Sajda E Tilawat Karna Hai Kyun Ki Namaz Me Jo Aap Ne Aayate Sajda Padhi Uska Sajda Sirf Or Sirf Usi Namaz Me Kiya Ja Sakta Hai.

Agar Aik Baar Aayate Sajda Padhne Ke Baad Dubara Se Wahi Aayate Sajda Kai Baar Padhi Toh Aik Hi Baar Sajda E Tilawat Karna Hai. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-175)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{9.} Namaz Me Aik Hi Baar Ruku Karna :- Agar Kisi Ne Aik Hi Raka'at Me Galti Se 2 Baar Ruku Kar Liya To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le

Ruku Ka Tariqa : Kabhi Kabhar Log الله اکبر Bolte Hain Fir Ruku Me Jate Hain Ya Kabhi Ruku Me Jate Hain Fir الله اکبر Bolte Hain, Iska Sahi Tariqa Ye Hai Chahe Ruku Ho Ya Sajda Pahle الله اکبر Kahte Kahte Ruku Me Jaye Yani الله Ke Alif Se Shuru Karte Hi Ruku Me Jaye Or اکبر Ka Raa Ruku Me Finish Ho Or Agar Ruku Me Jane Me Waqt Lagta Hai To الله Ka Laam Daraaz Kar Len Laam Ke Alawa Koi Harf Ko Daraaz Na Karen, Or Ayse Hi Qaomah Se Sajda Me Jate Waqt الله Ke Alfi Se Jana Shuru Kare Or اکبر Ki Raa Ko Sajda Me Pahunch Kar Khatm Kare, Or Sajde Me Is Tarah Naak & Peshani Rakhen Ki Achhe Se Haddi Jam Jaye Ye Jamana Farz Hai Warna Sajda Ada Na Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-176)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Jo Bahut Zyada Budhe Ho Jate Hain Or Unki Back Side (Peeth) Jhuk Jati Hai To Woh Ruku Kaise Karen Kyun Ki Agar Woh Qayaam Me Bhi Ho To Lagta Hai Ruku Me Hain To Woh Sar Se Ruku Ka Ishara Karega

Kabhi Hum Bhule Se الله اکبر Nahi Kahte Or Sidhe Ruku Me Chale Jate Hain To Isse Namaz Ho Jayegi Kyun Ki Ruku, Sajda, Qaomah, Jalsa Me Jate Waqt Taqbeer Bolna Sunnat Hai Or Sunnat Ko Chhodne Se Namaz Ho Jati Hai Lekin Sawab Kam Milega, Isi Tarah الله اکبر Ki Jagah Kuch Or Nikal Jata Hai Jaise سبحان الله, الحمد لله To Isse Bhi Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-177)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Kisi Raka'at Me Ruku Rah Gaya To Kya Karen.!?

To Agar Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Nahi Kiya Hai To Yaad Aate Hi Khada Ho Jaye Or Ruku Kar Le Or 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Nikal Gaya Ho To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Jaise Qira'at Ke Baad Sajde Me Baithne Ke Liye Paer Thoda Sa Moda Ki Yaad Hi Aa Gaya To Foran Khada Ho Jaye Or Ruku Kar Le Or Isme 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Nahi Laga Hai Na To Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Nahi Karna, *Lekin..!!* Agar Sajde Ke Liye Pura Baith Bhi Gaya To Khada Ho Jaye Ruku Kar Le Or 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Guzar Gaya To Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le, Or Agar Us Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya To Kisi Bhi Raka'at Me 2 Ruku Kar Le Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-178)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Or Agar Salaam Ferne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Ruku Nahi Kiye Fir Kya Karen.!?

To Ye Dekhen Ki Namaz Todne Wala Amal Kiya Hai Ya Nahi.? Agar Namaz Todne Wala Amal Kiya Hai To Koi Option Hi Nahi Hai Namaz Fir Se Padhen Agar Uske Waqt Me Nahi Padhega To Namaz Qaza Count Hogi Kyun Ki Farz Chhuta Hai Na, Or Agar Namaz Todne Wala Amal Nahi Kiya Jaise Kisi Se Baat Nahi Ki, Kuch Khaya Piya Nahi, Seena Bhi Qible Se Nahi Fira To Ab Faoran Khada Ho Jaye Or Ruku Kare Or Baith Ke Fir Attahiyyat Padh Ke Salaam Fere Fir Sajda E Sahaw Kar Ke Namaz Ko Mukammal Kar Le Ruku Ke Baad 2 Sajda Nahi Karna Hai Balki Attahiyyat Padhne Ke Baad Sajda E Sahaw Karna Hai.. Jo Pahle Qada E Aakhirah Kiye They Woh Count Nahi Hoga Chala Jayega Isliye Fir Se Qada e Aakhira Karna Lazim Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-179)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Ruku Ke Tasbih Me Bhool Ho Jati Hai To Namaz Ho Jayegi Kyun Ki Ye Tasbih Padhna Sunnat Hai Ya Ruku Ki Tasbih Sajde Me Padhi Aur Sajde Ki Tasbih Ruku Me Padhi To Tab Bhi Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Ruku O Sajda Me 3 Baar Tasbih Padhna Sunnat Hai Aur Isse Zyada Karna Mustahab Hai Aur Taaq No. Me Hi Padhna Achha Hai Chahe 3 Ya 5 Ya 7 Baar Padh Le Agar Koi 2 Ya 4 Ya 6 Baar Bhi Padhen To Harz Nahi Lekin Behtar Yahi Hai Ki Taaq No. Me Padhe.

Agar Koi Lamba Sajda Karna Chahta Hai To Tasbih Ko Zyada Baar Padh Le Jitna Lamba Sajda Karege Utna Sawab Hai Zyada AllaH Ta'ala Ka Qurb Naseeb Hoga.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-180)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{10} Qaoma : Jab Hum Ruku Karne Ke Baad Khade Ho Jate Hain Na To Is Khade Hone Ki Position Ko Qaoma Kahte Hain, Namaz Me Qaoma Karna Wajib Hai Koi Agar Qaoma Nahi Karta Balki Ruku Se Khada Hote Hote Hi Sajda Me Vhala Jata Hai To Fir Uska Wajib Chhoot Raha Hai.

{11} Har Raka'at Me 2 Martaba Hi Sajda Karna : Agar Kisi Ne 3 Sajde Galti Se Kar Liya To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Aur Kisi Raka'at Me Aik Sajda Karna Bhool Jaye To Kisi Raka'at Me 3 Sajda Kar Le Or Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le.

{12} Aik Sajde Ke Baad Foran Dusra Sajda Karna.

{13} Jalsa Karna : Do Sajdo Ke Darmiyan Jo Hum Baithte Hain Usko Jalsa Kahte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-181)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{14} Tadile Arkaan : Itminan Ke Sath Namaz Padhna Yani Thaher-Thaher Kar Ye 4 Jagah Aata Hai Iska Khayal Rakhna Hai Agar In 4 Me Se Kisi Me Bhi Jaan-Bujh Kar Aik Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Na Thahrega To Namaz Dohrani Hogi.

¹Ruku : الله اکبر Kah Ke Ruku Me Pahunchne Ke Baad Kam Se Kam Aik Tasbih Ke Barabar Ruka Rahe Ki Aik Baar سبحان الله Kahne Ke Barabar Ruku Me Rukna Wajib Hai.

²Qaoma : Aur Jab Ruku Ke Baad Khada Huwa To Kam Se Kam Aik Tasbih Ke Barabar Khada Rahe Ye Wajib Hai.

³Sajda : الله اکبر Kah Ke Sajde Me Pura Pahunch Jaye Naak Peshani Vagairah Rakh Li Ab Iske Baad Sajde Me Kam Se Kam Aik Tasbih Ke Barabar Rukna Wajib Hai.

⁴Jalsa : Jalse Me Bhi Kam Se Kam Aik Tasbih Ke Barabar Baitha Rahe Ye Bhi Wajib Hai.

⚠️ Inme Sirf Aik Tasbih Ke Barabar Rukna Wajib Hai Tasbih Padhna Wajib Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-182)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Ruku Aur Sajde Ka To Banda Tadile Arkaan Ada Hi Kar Leta Hai Kyun Ki Inme 3 Tasbih Padh Hi Lete Hain *Lekin..!!* Qaoma & Jalsa Me Bahut Se Log Isko Chhod Hi Dete Hain Ruku Kiya Thoda Sa Khada Hote Hote Hi Sajda Me Chala Jata Hai Aur Ayse Hi Aik Sajda Karne Ke Baad Thoda Uthte Uthte Hi Wapis Dusre Sajde Me Chala Jata Hai Pura Baithta Hi Nahi Aur Ye To Jaan-Bujh Kar Hai Na To Isse Namaz Wajibul Ia'adah Hogi Agar Kisi Ne Balig Hone Ke Baad Se Ab Tak Ayse Hi Padh Raha Tha To Inko Dohrana Lazim Hoga.

Sarkar ﷺ Ne To Is Tarah Se Namaz Padhne Walon Ko Farmaya Ki Ye Namaz Ka Chor Hai Aur Isi Ko Huzoor ﷺ Ne Farmaya Ki Ye Us Murgi Ki Tarah Hai Jo Dana Dekh Ke Jaldi Jaldi Chonch Marti Hai To Ye Mazammat Ko Us Janwar Se Tasbih De Kar Bayan Farmai Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-183)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Isi Par Aik Hadees Bhi Hai Huzoor ﷺ Ne Aik Sahabi Ko Namaz Padhte Dekha To Farmaya Ki Jao Dobara Namaz Padho Aap Ne Namaz Nahi Padhi To Woh Dobara Gaye Dobara Padhe To Huzoor ﷺ Ne Dobara Yahi Farmaya Fir Teesri Baar Bhi Huzoor ﷺ ne yahi Farmaya Tum Dubara Se Namaz Padho Tumne Namaz Nahi Padhi To Woh Sahabi Bole Ki Ya Rasool AllaH ﷺ Aap Hi Hame Tariqa Irshad Farma Den Sikha Den To Huzoor ﷺ Ne Tadile Arkaan Ko Bataye Ki Ye Chhut Rahi Thi Yani Unki Tadile Arkaan Chhut Rahi Thi To Farmaya Ki Tumhari Namaz Nahi Hui.

⚠️ Isliye Bachho Ko Bhi Is Tadile Arkaan Ko Achhe Se Samjha Den Kyun Ki Jab Namaz Padh Hi Rahe Hain To Sahi Se Padhen.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-184)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{15}  Qiyaam Ke Alawa Kahi Bhi Qira'at Na Karna : Yahan Tak Ki BismillaH Bhi Na Padhe Chahe Ruku Ho Qaoma Ho Sajda Ho Jalsa Ho Qada Ho Kahi Par Bhi Qira'at Na Kare Agar Galti Se Qaiyaam Ke Alawa Kahi Qira'at Kar Li To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le, Isi Tarah Sajde Me Kabhi Surah Fatiha Shuru Kar Dete Hain To Fir Isme Bhi Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega Kyun Ki In Maqamaat Par Qira'at Nahi Hoti In Maqamaat Par AllaH Ta'ala Ki Hamdo Sana Bayan Ki Jati Hai.

Agar Ruku Ya Sajda Ya Qaoma Ya Jalsa Me Kabhi Galti Se Attahiyyat Ya Durood Sharif Padh Liya To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga Kyun Ki Ye In Jaghon Par AllaH Ta'ala Ki Hamdo Sana (Tareef) Bayan Karni Hai Or Attahiyyat Me AllaH Ta'ala Ki Tareef Hi Hai Isliye Isko Padhne Se Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Nahi Hoga Haan Lekin Nahi Padhna Chahiye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-185)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Kabhi Ruku Me Chale Jate Hain Aur BismillaH Padh Lete Hain To BismillaH Padhne Me Ikhtelaaf Hai Kuch Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Ki BismillaH Bhi Quraan E Paak Ki Aayat Hai Isliye Qiyaam Ke Alawa Kahi Bhi BismillaH Padh Li To Ye Bhi Qira'at Karna Hi Kahlayega Isliye Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega Aur Kuch Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Ki Jo Banda BismillaH Ko Qiyam Ke Alawa Kahi Aur Padhta Hai To Woh Tilawat Ki Niyyat Se Nahi Padhta Duaa Ki Niyyat Se Padhta Hai Jaise Nek Kaam Se Pahle BismillaH Padhte Hain To Woh Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Is Liye Is Par Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.

To BismillaH Padhne Me Ikhtelaf Hai Agar Koi Sajda e Sahaw Na Bhi Kiya To Harz Nahi Hai Dono Ke Apne Apne Dalail Hain Aur Dono Hi Sahi Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-186)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{16.}  2 Farz 2 Wajib Ya Farz Aur Wajib Ke Darmiyaan 3 Tasbih Ke Barabar Wakfah Na Ho Jaise Qira'at Ke Baad Ruku Ye Aik Farz Ke Baad Aik Farz Hai, Ya Aik Wajib Ke Baad Dusra Wajib Ada Kar Rahe Hain, Isi Tarah Aik Farz Ke Baad Koi Wajib Ada Kar Rahe Hain Ya Aik Wajib Ke Baad Aik Farz Ada Kar Rahe Hain To Ye Hum Namaz Me Jo Cheezen Karte Rahte Hain Na Different Cheez To Isme Kahi Par Bhi 3 Tasbih Ke Barabar Wakfah Ho Gaya To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega

Misaal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ne Qira'at Ki Fir Thoda Sa Khamosh Tha Soch Raha Tha Kuch Fir Ruku Me Gaya To Ab Kyun Ki Ye 2 Farz Hai Na Aurr Inke Darmiyaan Gaif Aa Gaya Isse Fir Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Hk Gaya.

Isi Tarah Ruku Se Qome Ki Taraf Khada Hona Chahta Tha To Ruku Farz Hai Qoma Wajib Hai To Ye Farz O Wajib Ke Darmiyaan 3 Tasbih Ke Barabar Sochta Raha Khamosh Raha To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega, 

Isi Tarah Qaomah Se Sajde Ki Taraf Jana Hai To Ye Wajib Se Farz Ki Taraf Ja Rahe Hain To Agar Ye Wajib Aur Farz Ke Darmiyaan 3 Tasbih Ke Barabar Sochta Raha Khamosh Raha Fir Sajde Me Gaya To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-187)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{17.}  Jitni Bhi 4 Ya 3 Raka'at Wali Farz, Witar & Sunnate Muaqqidah Namazen Hain Inka Pahla Qada Wajib Hai

Agar Koi In Namazon Me Qada e Ula Bhool Jaye To Kya Kare.!?

To Banda Dekhe Kis Situation Me Hai Jaise Hum Uth Rahe They To Khade Hone Ke Kareeb Hain Ya Baithne Ke Kareeb.? Agar Thoda Sa Khada Ho Gaya Hai Aur Uske Hath Guthne Tak Pahnch Rahe Hain To Fir Isko Hum Khade Hone Ki Halat Nahi Bolte Kyun Ki Qiyaam Me To Hum Is Tarah Khade Hote Hain Ki Hamare Hath Guthne Tak Nahi Pahunchte To Agar Banda Itna Hi Khada Huwa Tha Ki Hath Badhaye To Guthne Tak Pahunch Jaye To Ab Hukm Hai Ki Baith Jaye Kyun Ki Baithne Ke Kareeb Tha Aur Attahiyyat Ko Padh Le Aur Fir Apni Namaz Ko Continue Kar Le, Hath Badha Ke Dekh Raha Tha Ki Guthne Tak Hath Pahunch Rahe Hain Ya Nahi Aur Isme 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Guzar Gaya To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega Warna Nahi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-188)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Jo Baith Ke Namaz Padh Rahe Woh Kya Karen Agar Qada e Ula Nahi Kiya To..!?

Agar Woh Farz, Wajib Aur Sunnate Muaqqidah Namaz Hai Aur Usme Teesri Ke Liye Niyyat Bandh Liya Aur Abhi Qira'at Shuru Nahi Kiya To Uske Liye Hukm Hai Ki Qada Ula Me Wapas Laot Aaye Aur Qada Kar Ke Namaz Continue Kare Aur 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Guzar Gaya To Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Kar Le Lekin..!! Agar Qira'at Shuru Kar Diye To Ab Qada Me Na Laote Aakhir Me Sajda E Aahaw Kar Le.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-189)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Nafil & Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Namaz Me Agar Qada Ula Bhool Jaye To.!?

Nafil & Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Ka Mas'ala Ikhtelafi Hai Isme Baaz Ulma Kahte Hain Ki Agar Next Raka'at Ke Liye Khada Ho Gaya To Wapas Baithey Aur Aakhir Me Pura Namaz Complete Karne Ke Baad Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Aur Baaz Ulma Kiraam Kahte Hain Ki Wapas Na Laote To Isme Aik Tahqeek Aayi Hai Aur Uske Mutabiq Halan Ki Dono Cheezen Likhi Huwi Hain Ulma Kiraam Ne, Lekin..! Jisko Zyada Sahi Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai Woh Yahi Hai Ki Koi Si Bhi Namaz Ho Agar Aap Qada E Ula Bhool Jate Hain Aur Khade Ho Jate Hain Puri Tarah To Fir Dubara Na Laote Balki Namaz Ko Complete Kar Ke Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Len.

Agar Kisi Ne Qada Me Qira'at Shuru Kar Di To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-190)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{18 & 19.} Qada E Ula Aur Qada E Aakhira Me Puri Attahiyyat Padhna Wajib Hai Yani Har Har Lafz Ko Padhna Wajib Hai.

{20.}  Farz O Wajib & Sunnate Muaqqidah Namaz Me Qada E Ula Me Attahiyyat Ke Alawa Kuch Na Padhna Wajib Hai. Farz Wajib Wa Sunnate Muaqqidah Me Qada Ula Me Attahiyyat Ke Baad Kuch Nahi Padhna Hai Agar Durood Sharif Padh Liya Ya اللھم صلی علی محمد Ya اللھم صلی علی سیدنا Sirf Itna Padh Lene Se Sajda E Sahaw Lazim Hoga Aur Agar Sirf Itna Padha اللھم صلی Ya اللھم صلی علی To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Isi Tarah Kisi Ne Qada E Ula Me Koi surah Padh Li Ya Agar Qada E Ula Me 2 Baar Attahiyyat Padhi To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega Kyun Ki Attahiyyat Ke Baad Kuch Na Padhna Wajib Tha.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-191)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Kabhi Galti Se Qada E Ula Me Hi Salaam Fer Diye To Ab Kya Karen.!?

To Dekhen Ki Namaz Todne Wala Amal Kiya Hai Ya Nahi Agar Todne Wala Amal Nahi Kiya To Yaad Aate Hi Foran Khada Ho Jaye Aur Namaz Ko Continue Kar Ke Akhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Aur Agar Namaz Todne Wala Amal Kiya Hai To Fir Se Namaz Padhni Hogi, Ya Namaz Todne Wala Amal To Nahi Kiya Tha Lekin Sochne Me Waqt Laga Diya Kya Karun Fir Se Padhun Ya Continue Karun To Sochne Bicharne Me Waqt Lagne Se Namaz Toot Jayegi Yaad Aate Hi Foran Khada Hona Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-192)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
Aur Nawafil & Sunnate Gaire Muaqqidah Namaz Me Qada E Ula Me Durood E Ibraheem & Dua E Mashurah Bhi Padh Lena Chahiye Agar Koi Chhod Deta Hai To Ye Achhi Baat Nahi Hai Lekin Aap Ki Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Qada E Aakhira Me Kabhi Attahiyyat Se Pahle BismillaH Nikal Jata Hai To Isme Ikhtelaf Hai Behtar Hai Ki Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Aur Attahiyyat Ke Baad BismillaH Padha To Koi Harz Nahi Hai Aur Sajda E Sahaw Bhi Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Qada E Aakhira Me Jo Hum Attahiyyat Ke Baad Durood e Paak Wa Duaa e Mashurah Padhte Hain Ye Sunnat Ke Darze Me Hai Agar Kisi Ne Isko Nahi Padha To Sajda E Sahaw To Wajib Nahi Hoga Lekin Bahut Bura Kiya Ye Chhodne Wala.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-193)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :
 
{21.}  Salam Ferne Me Dono Taraf Salaam Ferte Waqt Lafz Assalam Kahna Dono Baar Wajib Hai Aur Iske Aage Jo Kahte Hain Woh Sunnat Ke Darze Me Hai Agar Koi Sirf Assalam Kah Ke Salaam Fer Diya To Namaz Ho Jayegi Haan..!! Sunnat Ka Sawab Nahi Milega Aur Agar Koi Assalam Kahna Hi Bhool Gaya Aur Salaam Fer Chuka Tha To Agar Namaz Todne Wala Amal Nahi Kiya Hai To Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Nahi To Namaz Wajibul Ia'aadah Hogi.

{22.} Witr Ki Namaz Me Duaa e Qunoot Se Pahle Takbeer e Qunoot Yani الله اکبر Kahna Wajib Hai Agar Bande Ne Jan-Boojh Kar Takbeer Nahi Lagai To Namaz Wajibul Ia'adah Hogi Aur Agar Bhool Gaya Tha To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

{23.}  Witar Me Duaa e Qunoot Padhna Wajib Ke Darze Me Hai Koi Aur Duaa Bhi Padh Li To Ye Wajib Ada Ho Jayega Lekin Duaa E Qunoot Hi Padhna Sunnat Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-194)

Namaz Kay Wajibaat :

Agar Kabhi Duaa e Qunoot Padhna Bhool Gaye Aur Ruku Me Chale Gaye Tab Yaad Saya To Ab Kya Karen.!?

To Fir Ye Hukm Hai Ki Aap Wapas Khade Hoke Duaa E Qunoot Nahi Padhenge Ab Chhut Gai Hai To Aakhir Me Sajda E Sahaw Kar Le Kyun Ki Ruku Farz Hai Aur Duaa E Qunoot Wajib Hai To Farz Se Wajib Ki Taraf Nahi Laut Sakte Wapas Farz Se Wajib Ki Taraf Jana Gunah Hai Han..!! Farz Se Farz Ki Taraf Laut Sakte Hain.

Agar Kisi Ko Duaa E Qunoot Yaad Nahi Hai To Teen Martaba اَللّٰھُمَّ اغْفِرْلِی Padh Le Ya, Ya Rabbi Ya Rabbi 3 Martaba Padh Le.

{24.} Har Farz Wa Wajib Ko Uski Jagah Me Karna Wajib Hai Agar Aage Pichhe Huwa To Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jata Hai Jaise Pahli Raka'at Me Ruku Karna Bhool Gaye They Aur Dusri Raka'at Me 2 Ruku Kar Liye To Ye Aage Pichhe Huwa Na Iski Wajah Se Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Ho Jayega.

Yahan 👆🏻Par Namaz Ke Wajibaat Mukammal Ho Gaye الحمد لله🤲🏻🌹Ab Hum Namaz Ki Sunnaten Bayan Karenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-195)

Namaz Ki Sunnaten :

Sunnat Chhut Jane Ki Wajah Se Sajda E Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hai Aur Namaz Bhi Ho Jayegi Lekin..!! Jaan-boojh Kar Sunnat Ko Chhodna Bahut Bura Hai.

{1.} Takbeer E Tahreema Ke Liye Hath Uthana.

{2.} Hatho Ki Unglio Ko Normal Halat Me Rakhna.

{3.} Takbeer Kahte Waqt Hatheliyo Aur Ungliyo Ka Pet Qibla Rukh Ho.

{4.} Takbeer Ke Waqt Sar Ko Jhukaye Na Ho Kuch Log Takbeer Bolte Waqt Sar Ko Jhuka Lete Hain Ye Sunnat Ke Khilaf Hai.

{5.} Takbeer Kahne Se Pahle Kano Tak Hath Utha Le Fir الله اکبر Kahe.

{6.} Takbeer Kahne Ke Foran Baad Hath Bandh Lena, Kuch Log Takbeer Kahne Ke Baad Hath Ko Latka Lete Hain Fir Niyyat Bandhte Hain Ye Sunnat Ke Khilaf Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-196)

Namaz Ki Sunnaten :
 
{7.} Ulte Hath Ki Hatheli Pahle Sine Par Rakhe Fir Uske Upar Sidhe Hath Ki Hatheli Rakhe.
 
{8.} Pahle Sana Fir اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Fir BismillaH Padhna.

{9.} In sab Ko Line Se Padhna Hi Sunnat Hai.

{10.} In Sab Ko Aahista Padhna.

{11.} Aameen Kahna Sunnat Hai.

{12}  Aameen Ko Aahista kahna Sunnat Hai.

{13.} Sirf Pahli Raka'at Me اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Padhenge Bakiya Raka'at Me Sirf BismillaH Padhna. Aur Har Raka'at Me BismillaH Padhna Sunnat Hai. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-197)

Namaz Ki Sunnaten :
 
{14.} Ruku Me Jate Waqt الله اکبر Kahna. 

{15.} Ruku Me Guthne Me
Hath Rakhe Lekin Ungliyo Ko Faila Kar Na Rakhe Mila Kar Rakhe Aurat Ke Liye Yahi Sunnat Hai.

{16.} Ruku Me Thoda Sa Jhuke Ki Sirf Itna Jhuke Ki Hath Guthne Tak Pahunch Jaye, Peeth Sidhi Nahi Karegi Aur Guthno Par Zoor Nahi Degi Ye Aurat Ke Liye Sunnat Hai.

{17.} Qaoma Me Jab Ruku Se Uthenge To Hath Ko Latka Dena Hai.

{18.} Ruku Me سُبْحٰنَ رَبِّیَ الْعَظِیْمِ Teen Martaba Kahna Aur Ruku Se Uthte Waqt سَمِعَ اللّٰهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَہٗ & Sidha Khade Hone Ke Baad رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ Kahna.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-198)

Namaz Ki Sunnaten :
 
{19.} Fir Qaoma Se الله اکبر Kahte Huwe Sajde Me Jana Aur Sajde Se Uthte Waqt الله اکبر Kahna.

{20.} Sajde Me 3 Martaba سُبْحٰنَ ربِّیَ الْاَعْلٰی Kahna.

{21.}  Sajde Me Hath Zameen Par Rakhna, Ungliyo Ko Mila Kar & Qibla Rukh Rakhna, Simat Kar Sajda Karna.

{22.} Sajde Me Jate Waqt Zameen Par Pahle Guthne Fir Hath Fir Naak Fir Peshani Rakhna Sunnat Hai. 

{23.} Aur Fir Sajde Se Uthte Waqt Pahle Peshani, Fir Naak, Fir Hath Fir Guthne Uthaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-199)

Namaz Ki Sunnaten :

{24.} Jab Hum Dusri Ya Teesri Raka'at Ke Liye Uthte Hain To Sunnat Ye Hai Ki Zameen Par Hath Rakh Kar Na Uthe Isse Bachna Chahiye, Jinko Uzr Hai Woh Zameen Me Hath Rakh Ke Uth Sakte Hain.

{25} Sajde Ka Sunnat Tariqa : Bazu Ko Pasli Se Fir Pet Ko Raan Se Aur Raan Ko Pindli Se (Jo Paer Ka Upar Wala Hissa Hota Hai) Mila Kar Sajda Karna Hai, Sajde Me Sirf Naak Aur Peshani Ko Zameen Me Lagna Farz Ke Darze Me Hai.

{26.} Attahiyyat Padhte Waqt Hum Jo Ungli Uthate Hain Na Ye Bhi Sunnat Hai Chhunguli & Uske Bagal Wali Ungli Ko Hatheli Me Touch Karenge Aur Beech Wali Ungli & Angutha Ko Mila Kar Round Bana Lenge Aur Shahadat Ki Ungli Uthayenge لا Par Shahadat Ki Ungli Uthayenge Aur اِلَّا Par Rakh Denge Ye Sunnat Hai.

{27.} Durood Shareef & Duaa e Mashoorah Padhna Sunnat Hai.

{28.} Pura Salaam اَلسَّلامُ عَلَیکُمْ وَرَحمۃُاللّٰه Bol Kar Salaam Ferna Sunnat Hai.

Yahan 👆🏻Par Namaz Ki Sunnaten Mukammal Ho Gayi الحمد لله🤲🏻🌹Ab Hum Namaz Ke Mustahabaat Bayan Karenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-200)

Namaz Ke Mustahabaat :
 
Mustahab Use Kahte Hain Ki Woh Cheezen Jisko Kar Le To Sawab Hai Aur Koi Na Kare To Gunah Bhi Nahi Hai Na Koi Usme Karahat Hai.

{1.}  Niyat Ke Alfaaz Zaban Se Kah Lena Mustahab Hai.

{2.} Qiyaam Me Dono Paer Ke Darmiyaan 4 Ungli Ka Faisla Rakhna Mustahab Hai.

{3.} Namaz Me Nazar Kahan Rakhe.!? Jab Qiyaam Ki Halat Me Ho To Nazar Sajde Ki Jagah Me Rakhe Aur Ruku Me Ho To Dono Paer Ke Pust Me Aur Jab Sajde Me Ho To Naak Ki Taraf Aur Jab Qada Me Ho To God (Lap) Ki Taraf Nazar Kare Aur Salaam Ferne Me Pahle Sidhe Kandhe Ki Taraf Fir Ulte Kandhe Ki Taraf Nazar Rakhe Ye Mustahab Hai Aur Niyyat Ye Kare Ki Jo Hamare Firshte Hain Na Kiraman Katibeen Unko Main Salaam Kar Rahi Hoon.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-201)

Namaz Ke Mustahabaat :
 
{4.} Namaz Me Aankh Band Karna Kaisa.!? Agar Koi Aankh Band Kar Ke Namaz Padhta Hai To Khushu o Khuju Zyada Hota Hai Tawajjoh Se Padhta Hai To Ye Aankh Band Kar Ke Padh Sakta Hai Aur Agar Kisi Ko Aankh Khool Kar Padhne Me Khushu o Khuju Zyada Ho To Woh Aankhe Khool Kar Padhe.

{5.}  Jisko Khasi Aaye Aur Jab Tak Mumkin Ho To Use Rokne Ki Koshish Kare Ye Mustahab Hai Aur Agar Control Na Ho Raha Ho To khaas Sakte Hain

{6.} Jamahi Aaye To Isko Control Karne Ki Koshish Kare Ye Mustahab Hai, Aur Agar Control Nahi Ho Raha To Haath Vagairah Se Dhanp lLeMustahab Hai.

{7.}  Isi Tarah Namaz Me Jo Tasbih Padhte Hain Isko 3 Se Zyada Baar kahna Mustahab Hai. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-202)

Namaz Ke Mustahabaat :
 
Namaz Aik Bahut Hi Pyari Ibadat Hai AllaH Ta'ala Ki Aur Namaz AllaH Ta'ala ki Pasandida Ibadaton Me Se Aik Hai Sarkar ﷺ Bhi Namaz Se Bahut Pyar Farmate They, Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Namaz Meri Aankho Ki Thandak Hai To Ab Hum Jab Namaz Ko Ada Karenge To Koshish Karni Chahiye Ki Achhe Se Achhe Andaaz Mein Karen Agar Hum Iske Sharait, Faraiz Wajibaat, Sunnaten & Mustahabaat Sab Ko Le Kar Achhi Se Achhi Niyyat Se Padhenge To ان شاء الله Iske Qubool Hone Ka Bhi Pura Pura Imkaan Hai AllaH Ki Rahmat Se Hame Yahi Ummeed Hai Ki AllaH Paak Qubool Farma Lega.

Agarche Hamari Ibadaten Nakis Hain (Adhuri Hain) Jaise AllaH Paak Ki Shaan Hai Hum Waisi Ibadat Nahi Kar Pate, Lekin Ummeed To Hai Jo Sharai Ahkaam Hame Bataye Gaye Hain Usko Fallow Karnge To AllaH Paak Zaroor Zaroor Iski Jaza Ata Farmayega To Isko Puri Tarah Se Ada Karne Ki Koshish Karna Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-203)

Namaz Ke Mustahabaat :

Kuch Cheezen Namaz Me Namaz Ki Rooh Hoti Hain Jaise Insaan Se Uski Rooh Nikaal De To Insaan Khatam Ho Jata Hai Usi Tarah Namaz Mein Shart, Farz & Wajib Ye Cheezen To Hai Hi Lekin Iske Alawa Banda Jab AllaH Ta'ala Ki Bargah Mein Khada Hota Hai Uske Kuch Adab Bhi Hote Hain Ehtraam Bhi Hota Hai, Uski Dil Ki Niyyaten Hoti Hain, To Woh Jis Tarah Khada Hota Hai Jo Action Karta Hai Woh Is Baat Ko Batata Hai Ki Banda Adab Ke Dayre Me Hai Ya Adab Se Bahar Hat Gaya Hai, Ye Adab Har Jagah Zaroori Hai Chahe iIm Deen Ki Mahfil Ho Ya Ulma Ke Adab Ya Walidain Ka Adab Hai Har Jagah Shariat Adab Pasand Farmati Hai.

Isi Tarah Namaz Mein Bhi Kuch Cheezon Ka Khash Ahtimam Hai Kuch Cheezen Agar Chahe Namaz Ke Faraiz, Wajibat Me Count Nahi Karwae Gaye Lekin Kyun Ki Woh Adab Ke Khilaf Hain Ki Banda AllaH Ta'ala Ki Bargah Mein Khada Ho To Adab Ke Sath Clean (Saaf Suthra) Ho Kar Khada Ho Agar Woh Adab Mein Kami Aa Jayegi To Namaz Toot Jati Hai Yahan Tak Adab Ka Important Hai.

Ab Hum Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezon Ko Bayan Karenge....

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-204)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

{1}  Namaz Me Khana Ya Peena : Ab Banda Jaise Hi Namaz Me Khada Ho Jata Hai To Ab Ye AllaH Ta'ala Ki Bargaah Me Khada Ho Gaya To Uske Samne Khana Pina Adab Ke Khilaf Hai Jayiz Nahi Hai, Do Tarah Ki Situation Hai Isme

¹Pahli Surat Ye Hai Ki Agar Namaz Me Bahar Se Koi Cheez Ud Ke Muh Me Chali Jaye Aur Woh Til Ke Barabar Thi Woh Halak Se Utar Gai To Fir Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Ya Fir Aik Surat Ye Ho Sakti Hai Ki Bande Ko Koi Cheez Namaz Me Yaad Aa Gai Aur Woh Rone Laga Aur Rone Me Kabhi Kabhaar Aansu Muh Me Chala Jata Hai To Ye Bhi Koi Cheez Bahar Se Gai Hai Na Muh Me To Pahle Se To Na Tha To Agar Aansu Ka Aik Katra Bhi Muh Me Chala Gaya Aur Halak Se Utar Gaya To Namaz Toot Jayegi To Aysi Surat Me Hath Wagaira Se Halka Apna Aansu Pochh Len Lekin..!! Agar Thoda Sa Katra Muh Me Dakhil Huwa Aur Use Thoda Namkini Mahsoos Hui To Isse Namaz Nahi Tootegi Haan Agar Namkini Halak Tak Mahsoos Hui To Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-205)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

{1}  Namaz Me Khana Ya Peena : Do Tarah Ki Situation Hai Isme :-

²Dusri Surat Ye Ho Sakti Hai Ki Pahle Se Muh Me Koi Cheez Ho Jaise Khana Kha Liya Aur Sidha Namaz Ke Liye Khada Ho Gaya Agar Wuzu Tha Aur Khana Khaya To Behtar Hai Ki Kulli Kar Le Taki Muh Me Agar Koi Cheez Hai To Woh Nikal Jaye Ki Namaz Tootne Ka Mas'ala Aayega Jaise Sahri Ya Iftari Ke Waqt Aisa Ho Sakta Hai, To Agar Muh Ke Andar Koi Cheez Thi Aur Usko Namaz Me Bande Ne Nigal Liya Aur Woh Chane Ke Saiz Se Kam Thi To Namaz Nahi Toote gi Aur Agar Chane Ke Barabar Ya Chane Se Badi Thi Aur Usko Nigal Gaya To Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Agar Shakkar Ya Namak Muh Me Tha Aur Namaz Padhne Me Woh Chala Gaya Aur Woh Ghhul Ke Uski Mithas Feel Hoti Hai To Namaz Toot Jayegi Warna Nahi,

Aur Aisa Ho Sakta Hai Ki Koi Mithi Cheez Aap Ne Khai Thi Chay Wagaira Pi Thi Aur Kulli Bhi Kar Li Thi Ya Kulli Nahi Bhi Ki Thi Aur Chay To Pi Liya Sirf Yski Mithas Muh Me Rahti Hai Aur Aap Ko Namaz Padhne Me Chay Ki Mithas Feel Ho Rahi Hai To Isse koi Problem Nahi Hai Aap Ki Namaz Nahi Tootegi Ki Asal Cheez To Aap Ne Kha Ya Pi Li Hai Aur Sirf Uski Mithas Naki Hai To Isse Koi Problem Nahi Hai Fir Bhi Behtar Hai Ki Kulli Wagaira Kar Le Or Sukoon Ke Sath Namaz Padhe.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-206)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

{2} Namaz Mein Baat Cheet Karne Se Namaz Toot Jati Hai : Jaise Bachha Baar Baar Parshaan Kar Raha Tha To Maa Ne Haan Ya Thik Hai Bolo Di, Ya Agar Ghar Mein Koi Aaya Aur Salaam Kiya To Isne Jawab Diya Namazi Ne Ke Kaha وعلیکم السلام (Yani Aap Par Salamti Ho) Ye Bhi Baat Karna Kahlayega To Namaz Toot Jayegi, Ya Fir Aur Kisi Ne Chhinka Aur Namazi Ne Uske Chheenk Ka Jawab Diya To Namaz Toot Jayegi, Haan..!! Agar Namazi Ne Khud chheenk Kar الحمد لله Kaha To Namaz Nahi Tootegi Lekin Nahi Kahna Chahiye.

Isi tarah Khushkhabri Shun Kar الحمد لله Kahne Se, Kisi Ke Inteqal Ki Khabar Sun Kar انا لله وانا الیه رٰجعون Kaha To Namaz Toot Jayegi, Azaan Ho Rahi Thi Galti Se Jawab De Diya To Namaz Toot Jayegi Ya Wahi Par Kisi Ne Huzoor ﷺ Ka Naam Le Liya Aur Namazi Ne Foran Durood e Paak Padh Diya To Isse Bhi Namaz Toot Jayegi Ye Durood e Paak Padhne Ki Wajah Se Namaz Nahi Tootegi Balki Goya Aap Ne Bande Se Baat Ki Is Wajah Se Toot Jayegi Ye Sab Cheezen Bahar Wale Se Kahne Se Namaz Toot Jati Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-207)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Bila Wajah Thoda Bahut Dard Me Hi Aah, Ihh, Uhh, Haay Aise Alfaaz Kuch Log Nikalte Hain Haajat Nahi Hoti Fir Bhi To Isse Namaz Toot Jayegi. Or Haan Agar..!! Shadeed Dard Tha Aur Na Chahte Huwe Bhi Mazboori Mein Khud Ba Khud Nikal Gaya To Isme Harj Nahi Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Kabhi Khasi Apne Aap 1-2 Minutes Aati Rahti To Sajda e Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Isi Tarah Gale Mein Halka Kharas Hoti Hai To Gala Mein Kuch Harkat Karte Rahte Hain To Agar Ye Koi Jan-Bujh Kar, Kar Raha Hai Fir To Namaz Toot Jayegi Agar Alfaaz Ban Rahe Ho To, Lekin..!! Agar Kisi Ke Gale Mein Waqai Kharas Hai Ya Koi Makhraj Nahi Nikalta To Gala Saaf Kar Lete Hain To Isme Harz Nahi, Namaz Nahi Toote Gi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-208)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Namaz Mein Kuch Dekh Kar Padhne Se Namaz Toot Jati Hai : Namaz Mein Taleem o Tallum Dono Cheez Namaz Ko Tod Deti Hai, Taleem Matlab Kisi Ko Kuch Cheez Sikhana Aur Tallum Matlab Khud Koi Cheez Seekhna.

Kuch Log Badi Raaton Mein Nafil Namazen Padhte Hain Aur Usme Badi Badi Surah Padhte Hain Jo Yaad Nahi Hoti Dekh Kar Padhte Hain To isse Namaz Hi Nahi Hoti, Aur Fir Khush Hote Hain Ki Hum Ne Itni Itni Namazen Padh Li.

Haan..!! Ye Hai Ki Wahi Pe Quraan e Paak Rakha Tha Aur Aise Hi Us Par Nazar Pad Gai Aur Hum Bhi Usi Surah Ko Hi Padh Rahe They To Wahan Se Nazar Hata Le Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-209)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Amale Kaseer Se Namaz Toot Jati Hai : Amale Kaseer & Amale Kaleel Kise Kahte Hain.!?

Amale Kaseer Matlab Bada Amal Aur Amale Kaleel Matlab Chhota Amal, Amale Kaseer Se Namaz Toot Jati Hai Aur Amale Kaleel Se Namaz Nahi Toot'ti, Namaz Me Shariat Ne Hame Amale Kaleel Ki ijazat Di Hai Kuch Cheez Ho Jaye To Amale Kaleel Banda Kar Sakta Hai, Amale Kaseer Karega To Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Amale Kaseer Kya Hai.!? Amale Kaseer Ye Hai Agar Koi Banda Namaz Me Usko Karta Hai Aur Samne Agar Koi Shakhs Ho Aur Us Namazi Ko Dekhe To Aisa Lage Ki Shayed Ye Banda Namaz Me Nahi Hai, Agar Ye Banda Namaz Mein Hai To Aisi Harkaten Thodi Na Karega, To Fir Isko Kahte Hain Amale Kaseer Aur Isse Namaz Toot Jati Hai

Misaal : Aik Aurat Hai Woh Apne Bachhe Ko God Mein Le Kar Dono Hanth Se Jhhula Rahi Hai Aur Qira'at Bhi Kar Rahi Hai Aur Samne Aap Khade Hain Usko Dekh Rahe Hain Aap Ko Kya Lagega Aurat Namaz Mein Hai Ya Nahi.? Zahir Si Baat Hai Aisa Lagega Ki Namaz Mein Nahi Hai, Fir Usne Bachhe Ko Niche Rakha Aur Ruku Wa Sajda Kar Liya Fir Utha Liya To Bachhon Ko Le Kar Namaz Padhne Ka Aik Tariqa Hota Hai Is Tarah Nahi Padhte, Ye Samne Wale Ko Dekhne Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai Agar Akele Me Bhi Ye Aurat Amale Kaseer Karegi To Namaz Toot Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-210)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Amale Kaseer & Amale Kaleel : Aur Agar Samne Wale Bande Ko Lagta Hai Ho Sakta Hai Ye Namaz Mein Ho, Shayed Namaz Mein Na Ho To Aik Confusing Aa Jati Hai To Ye Amale Kaleel Hai Lekin Agar Dekh Kar Banda Pakka Bol De Ki Ye Namaz Me Ho Hi Nahi Sakta To Ye Amale Kaseer Hoga.

¹Misaal : Jaise Koi Aurat Aaine Ke Samne Namaz Padh Rahi Thi Aur Apna Baal Bhi Thik Kar Rahi, Dupatta Bhi Thik Kar Rahi Dono Hanth Se, Fir Raka'at Ke Liye Hanth Bandh Rahi Hai To Zahir Si Baat Hai Ye Amale Kaseer Hai, Aur Agar Aik Hath Se Niyyat Bandhi Thi Aur Aik Hanth Se Dupatta Halke Se Kheench Kar Sahi Kar Li To Ye Amale Kaleel Hai Aur Isse To Bande Ko Lagega Hi Ki Ye Namaz Mein Hi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-211)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Amale Kaseer & Amale Kaleel :

²Misal : Jaise Namaz Mein Chalna Agar Koi Banda Aik Qadam Ya 2 Qadam Chale Kisi Mazburi Ki Wajah Se To Ulma Kiraam Ne Ise Amale Kaleel Kaha Hai Aur Agar 3 Ya 3 Se Zyada Qadam Chalta Hai To Ye Amale Kaseer Ho Jayega Aur Namaz Toot Jayegi Lekin Bina Kisi Problem Ke 1-2 Qadam Chalna Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai.

⚠️ Achha Ye Amale Kaleel & Amale Kaseer Ki Jo Pahchan Hai Hum Log Ko Shayed Hi Samajh Mein Aaye Ya Lage Shayed Ye Amale Kaleel Hai Ya Lage Ki Amale Kaseer Hai, Ye Bade Bade Muftiyan e Kiraam Fuqha e Deen Ka Kaam Hai Ki Kon Si Cheez Kaleel Mein Aayegi Kaon Si Kaseer Mein Ayegi Haan..!! Kuch Cheezen Ulma Kiraam Ne Bayan Farmayi Hai Jo General Hum Mein Pai Jati Hai Ki Ye Amale Kaleel Hai Ye Amale Kaseer Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-212)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Qible Se Agar Koi Fira : Bila Wajah Agar Koi Namaz Mein Aankh Idhar Udhar Ghhuma Raha Hai To Ye Makrooh e Tanjeehi Hai, Lekin..!! Agar Koi Sakht Mazburi Hai Jaise Bachhe Ke Girne Ka Dar Ho Aur Dusra Koi Ghar Mein Na Ho To Isme Karahat Nahi Hai.

Aur Chahre Ko Bhi Qible Ki Taraf Rakhna Hai Bina Kisi Reason Ke 45° Ke Bahar Chahra Idhar Udhar Ghhumange To Ye Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai Lekin..!! Agar Koi Reasons Hai Aur Sirf Chahra Fer Liya To Isme Koi Harj Nahi Jaise Bachhon Wagaira Ki Wajah Se.

Aur Agar Seena 45° Ke Andar Hi Hai Aur Thoda Idhar Udhar Kar Diya To Ye Bhi Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai Lekin Agar Seena Qible Se Fir Hi Gaya Hai 45° Se To Namaz Toot Jayegi Bhale Hi Kisi Reasons Ki Wajah Se Fira Ho, Jaise Maa Ne Ghhum Kar Dekha Ki Bachha To Nahi Gir Gaya Aur Seena Bhi 45° Se Fir gaya To Namaz Toot Jayegi Bhale Hi Kisi Mazboori Ki Wajah Se Seena Fira Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-213)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :
 
Namaz Mein Daant Se Khoon Nikal Aaye To.!?

Namaz Mein Agar Dant Se Khoon Nikla Aur iska Test Halak Mein Mahsoos Huwa To Namaz Toot Jayegi, Daant Se Khoon Nikal Aaye To Agar Khoon Galib Ho Thook Se Yani Aik Dam Thook Laal Ho Gaya Ho To Wuzu Toot Jayega Jiski Wajah Se Namaz Bhi Toot Jayegi, Lekin..!! Agar Light, Orange Hai Ya Is Tarah Ki Khoon Ka Color Bilkul Naloom Nahi Pad Raha Hai To Wuzu Nahi Tootta Aur Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta To Namaz Bhi Nahi Tootegi.  

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-214)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Namaz Mein Khujana : Agar Khujli Ho Jaye To Rokne Ki Koshish Karni Chahiye Jab Tak Namaz Mein Hai Aur Agar Control Nahi Ho Raha Hai To Aik Rukan Mein Zyada Se Zyada 2 Baar Khujane Ki ijazat Hai 3 Baar khujayega To Namaz Toot Jayegi Har Rukun Yani Har Farz Mein Jaise Qiyaam Mein 2 Baar, Ruku Mein 2 Baar, Sajde Mein 2 Baar Khujane Ki Ijazat Hai.

Jaise Qiyaam Mein Hain Hum Aur Aik Baar Hath Seene Se Hataya Aur Dusre Hath Mein Khujaya Fir Sar Khujaya Fir Kaan Khujaya Fir Iske Baad Seene Mein Hath Rakha To Ye Aik Hi Baar Khujana Kahlayega, Aik Baar Jab Seene Se Hath Hata Ke Khuja Rahe Hain Aur Isi Mein 2-3 Jagah Khuja Liye To Aik Hi Baar Conut Karenge Isko, Lekin..!! Khujane Se Bachna Chahiye Ki Bande Ko Dusre Ke Samne Khujane Mein Achha Nahi Lagta Hai Aur Hum AllaH Ta'ala Ki Bargah Mein Khade Hain To Aur Adab Rakhna Chahiye Haan Isme Aik Baat Ka Dheyan Rakhen Ki Halka Hi Khujaye Aisa Na Ho Ki Bas Khujaye Ja Rahe Ho.

Ye 3 Baar Khujane Ka Masla Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai To Agar Koi Hafiz Tarawih Mein Lambi Qiraat Kar Rahe Ho Kisi Ne 3 Baar Thodi Thodi Der Mein Khuja Liya To Ye Itni Lambi Namaz Mein 3 Baar Khujane Se Namaz Na Tootegi Ye Amale Kaleel Kahlayega Ki Thodi-Thodi Der Mein Halka Halka Khujaya Tha.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-215)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Namaz Padhte Waqt Phone Baje To Kya karen.!?

To Agar Mard Hain Ya Aurat Ke Kapde Ya Burkhe Mein Jeb Bana Hai Aur Usme Phone Hai To Fir Kya Kar Sakte Hain.? Ab Usme Music Hoga Ya Normal Ringtone Hi Hoga Aur Bajta Rahega To Khud Ke Namaz Ke Liye To Effect Hoga Hi Aur Agar Sath Mein Koi Namaz Padh Raha Hai To Uski Bhi Namaz Kharab Hogi, Woh Khushu o Khuju Ke Sath Jo Namaz Padh Raha Tha Woh Sab Chala Jayega. To Is Surat Mein Agar Jaise Phone Aas Paas Hai Aur Amale Kaleel Ke Zariye Batan Daba Den Jaise Jeb Mein Mobile Hai To Jeb Mein Aik Hath Daal Ke Batan Daba Den, Warna Mobile Ko Silent Kar Den Ya Dusri Jagah Rakh Den.

Lekin..!! Kuch Log Daba Rahe Hain Aur Woh Band Nahi Ho Raha Hai Ya Unke Isme System Nahi Hota To Woh Sochte Hain Chalo Bajne Den, Ab Isme Kya Hota Hai Ki Khushu Wa Khuju Khud Ka Bhi Barbaad Aur Samne Wale Ka Bhi Barbaad To Ye Theek Nahi Hai To Ab Is Surat Mein Aap Apni Namaz Tod Den Sidhe Kandhe Ki Taraf Salam Fer Ke Fir Mobile Nikal Kar Off Karen Aur Dubara Se Namaz Padhen Ye Hai Sahi Tariqa Aur Masjid Ka Adab To Zyada Hai Wahan Par To Aur Khayal Rakhna Hai.

Agar Hum Ghar Mein Akele Hain Aur Phone Baj Raha Hai Aur Hamara Dheyan Baar-Baar Usi Taraf Bat Raha Ho To Namaz Tood Den Warna Nahi Ya Dusre Room Se Aawaz Aa Rahi Hai Phone Ki Aur Hum Usko Ignore Kar Ke Namaz Padh Sakte Hain To Padh Len, Lekin Disturb Ho Raha Ho Baar Baar To Tod Den.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-216)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Namaz Mein Kahkaha Lagana :- Teen Cheezen Hoti Hain

{1} Smile Karna :  Yani Sirf Muskura Rahe Ho Ya Zyada Se Zyada Dant Nazar Aa Rahe Ho Lekin Aawaz Nahi Nikli Ya Fir Dant Bhi Nazar Nahi Aaye To Agar Namaz Mein Koi Muskurata Hai To Uski Namaz Nahi Toot'ti Aur Wuzu Bhi Nahi Toot'ta.

{2} Hasna :  Agar Namaz Mein Koi Ahista Halka Hansa Aur Uske Hasne Ki Aawaz Sirf Uske Kano Tak Hi Rahi Hai To Namaz Toot Jayegi Lekin Wuzu Baki Rahega.

{3} Kahkaha Lagana : Itni Aawaz Se Hans Raha Hai Ki Khud To Sun Hi Raha Hai Lekin Dusre Logon Ke Paas Bhi Hasne Ki Aawaz Ja Rahi Hai To Isko Kahte Hain Kahkaha Lagana To Isse Namaz Bhi Toot Jati Hai Aur Wuzu Bhi Toot Jata Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-217)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Namaz Mein Kahkaha Lagana.!?

Ruku o Sujood Wali Namaz Mein Kahkaha Laga Kar Hasne Se Wuzu Toot Jata Hai Aur Namazen Janaza Mein Kahkaha Lagane Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Sirf Namaz Tootegi.

Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ki Aik Martaba Sarkar ﷺ Imamat Farma Rahe They To Pichhe Se Kuch Logon Ne Hansa To Sarkar ﷺ Ne Namaz Padhne Ke Baad Unhe Hukum Diya Tha Ki Jin-Jin Ne Kahkaha Laga Kar Hansa Hai Woh Wuzu Fir Se Karen Aur Namaz Ko Dubara Ada Karen To Sarkar ﷺ Ne Namaz Ka Bhi Hukm Diya Aur Wuzu ka Bhi Hukm Diya Aur Farmaya Ki Kahkaha Laga Kar Hansa Hai, To Ye Hukum Ulma Kiraam Ne Usi Ke Sath Laga Diya Ki Namaz Mein Agar Koi Kahkaha Lagata Hai To Namaz Toot Jayegi Aur Wuzu Bhi Toot Jayeg.

Lekin..!! Koi Namaz Ke Bahar Kahkaha Laga ke Hansta Hai To Isse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Haan Kahkaha Laga Ke Hasne Ki Mumaniyat Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-218)

Namaz Ko Tod Dene Wali Cheezen :

Agar Hum Ghar Mein Akele Hain Aur Koi Bell Par Bell (Ghanti) Bajaye Ja Raha Ho To Kya Namaz Tood Sakte Hain.!?

Kabhi Kabhar Hamare Hi Ghar Wale Koi Hote Hain To Woh Samajh Jate Hain Ki Aap Namaz Padh Rahe Honge, Lekin..!! Dusra Koi Continue Bell (Ghantee) Baja Hi Raha Hai To Sidhe Taraf Salaam Fer Ke Tood Den Namaz Aur Chali Jaye.

Lekin..!! Agar Aap Ko Pata Ho Ki Shohar Ya Bhai Ya Koi Bhi Aane Wale Hain To Fir Isme Unko Call Kar Ke Bata Den Ki Namaz Padh Rahi Hoon Ya Fir Unke Aane Ke Baad Padh Len. ⚠️ Jab Hum Aik Baar Namaz Shuru Kar Diye To Bina Kisi Ujr Ke Namaz Nahi Tood Sakte.

Yahan 👆🏻 Par Namaz Ke Mufsidaat Finish Ho Gaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-219)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :
 
Namaz Mein Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal Karne Se Kya Namaz Nahi Hoti.!?

Namaz Mein Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal Karne Se Namaz To Ho Jayegi Lekin Wajibul Ea'adah Hogi Yani Nama e Aamal Mein To Likh Diya Jayega Ki Aapne Woh Namaz Padhi Hai, Lekin..!! Sath Hi Sath Aap Ke Sar Ke Upar Aik Zimmedari Ye Aa Jayegi Ki Kyun Ki Aap Ne Namaz Mein Makrooh e Tahreemi Wala Amal Kiya Hai Jo Gunahe Sageera Ke Darze Mein Hota Hai Aur Repeated (Baar-Baar) Karne Se Gunahe Kabira Mein Chala Jata Hai Jo Haraam Ke Kareeb Kareeb Aik Amal Hota Hai, To Is Amal Ki Wajah Se Aap Par Lazim Ho Jata Hai Ki Aap Namaz Dubara Padhen, Namaz Mein Kuch Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal Hain Agar Aap Karenge To Namaz Wajibul Ea'adah Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-220)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(1.) Badan Ya Libas Se Khelna : Namaz Mein Badan Ya Libas Se Khelna Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

Jaise Nakhuno Se Khelte Rahna, Isi Tarah Apne Baalon Ko Hilate Rahna, Ya Kapdon Se Khelte Rahna, Bilkhusus Bachhon Ki Aadat Hoti Hai Is Tarah Namaz Mein Khelne Ki Aur Woh Baligh Bhi Hote Hain To Unhe Samjayen Ki Is Tarah Se Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai.

Bachhon Ko Masail Batana Walidain Ki Zimmedari Hoti Hai Kyun Ki Banda AllaH Paak ki Bargah Mein Khada Hai To Adab Ke Sath Khada Ho Formality Ke Liye Nahi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-221)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :
 
*(2) Kapde Sametna :*  Yani Fold Karna, Apni Taraf Kheenchna Ya Utha Lena Ye Namaz Mein Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai. Misaal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ne Bahut Bada Ghhangra Ya Frock Type Ka Kapda Pahna Hai Ya Lahnga Pahenti Hain Ladkiya Aur Fir Dono Hath Se Lahnga Uthati Hain Fir Jati Hain Ruku Mein Sajde Mein To Namaz Mein Is Tarah Se Kapde Ko Dono Hatho Se Uthana Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

To Jo Bahut Bade Frock Ya Lahnga Pahni Hai To Woh Kya Kare Girne Ka Bhi Dar Rahta Hai.? To Fir Hukm Ye Hai Ki Aik Hath Se Koshish Kar Ke Uthaye Thoda Sa Harkat De Kar Aur Fir Ruku Mein Jaye Sajde Mein Jaye. Kabhi Aisa Bhi Hota Hai Ki Kapda Jism Se Chipak Jata Hai Aur Dekhne Mein Bhi Kharab Lagta Hai To Is Surat Mein Bhi Aik Hath Se Kapde Ko Sahi Kar Le Ye Kapdon Se Khelna Nahi Kah Layega Lekin Dono Hatho Se Kapde Ko Upar Karna Makrooh e Tahreemi Ke Darze Mein Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-222)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(3) Har Woh Cheez Jisse Namaz Mein Dheyan Bate : Namaz Mein Jis Cheez Se Dheyan Bat Raha Ho To Pahle Us Cheez Ko Door Karen Fir Namaz Padhen Warna Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Misaal : Jaise Kisi Ko Bathroom Jana Tha Aur Ye Namaz Mein Khada Ho Gaya Ye soch Kar Ki Dubara Wuzu Kaun Kare, Kuch Log Ko Susti Hoti Hai Aur Ye Wuzu Ke Chakkar Mein Namaz Bhi Isi Halat Mein Padh Lete Hain To Is Surat Mein Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai Is Surat Mein Namaz Padh Raha Hai Wuzu Ko Control Kar Ke Aur Zahen Mein Hai Bathroom Jana Hai.. Bathroom Jana Hai To Ye Namaz Padh Raha Hai Ya معاذ الله Koi Aafat Hata Raha Hai Banda.? To Isliye Ye Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Aur Namaz Mein Har Woh Cheez Jisse Bhi Dheyan Bat Raha Hai To Har Us Cheez Ko Khatam Karna Wajib Hai Uske Sath Agar Aap Namaz Padhenge To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-223)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(4) Namaz Mein Kankariya Hatana : Ye To Ghar Mein Nahi Hota Ya Ho Sakta Hai Ghar Mein Kuch Kachra Vagairah Ho, Lekin Kabhi Hum Bahar Jate Hain To Raste Mein Namaz Padhte Hain To Jahan Par Hum Sajda Karte Hain Wahan Par Chhote Chhote Pat'thar Hote Hain Ya Bareek Si Kankariya Hoti Hain Jahan Par Peshani Rakhne Se Taqleef Hoti Hai, To Jab Aap Sajde Ke Liye Jaye To Unhi Par Kar Sakte Hain To Unhi Par Karen, Ye Nahi Ki Har Baar Usko Saaf Kar Rahe Hain Aur Fir Sajda Kar Rahe Hain Aisi Surat Mein Pahle Se Hi Sajde Ki Jagah Ko Saaf Kar Len.

Lekin..!! Agar Namaz Padhne Ke Dauraan Kuch Cheez Aa Jaye To Fir Isko Hata Sakte Hain Aur Bigair Reason Ke Agar Koi Banda Hata Raha Hai To Fir Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-224)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(5) Ungliya Chatkhana : Namaz Mein Agar Koi Ungliya Chatkhata Hai To Ye Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai, Isme Kya Doubt Ho Sakta Hai Ki Ye Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai, Bilkul Ye Adab Ke Khilaf Hai Aur Namaz ke Alawa Bhi Ungliyan Nahi Chatkhana Chahiye, Haan..!! Kabhi Dard Wagairah Ki Wajah Se Rahat Ke Liye Ungliya Chatkhai Jati Hai To Isme Harj Nahi Iske Alawa Kisi Ki Aadat Hoti Hai Ki Woh Aksar Ungliyan Chatkhate Hi Rahte Hain To Ye Makrooh e Tanjeehi Hai.

(6) Isi Tarah Namaz mein Tasbeekh Dena : Yani Dono Hathon Ki Ungliyo Ko Aik Dusre Ke Andar Dakhil Kar Dena Ye Bhi Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-225)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(7)  Kamar Par Hath Rakhna : Agar Koi Namaz Mein Kamar Par Hath Rakh Ke Khada Ho Gaya To Ye Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai, Aur Namaz Ke Alawa Bhi Kamar Par IsTarah Hath Nahi Rakhna Chahiye Ki Ye Jahannamiyon Ka Tariqa Hai, Ise Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Ki Ye Jahannamiyon Ki Rahat Hai Yahan Jahannamiyon Se Murad Yahudi Hain Koi Ye Na Soche Ki Jahannam Mein Rahat Hogi Yahan Par Jahannami Ka Matlab Yahudi Hai Is liye Isko Na Follow Kiya Jaye.

(8)  Aasman Ki Taraf Nigah Utha Kar Dekhna : Agar Koi Bahar Namaz Padh Raha Hai Aur Kabhi Kabahaar Aasman Ki Taraf Nigah Kar Li To Ye Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

(9) Isi Tarah Bila Wajah Chahra Idhar Udhar Karna Bhi Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-226)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(10) Isi Tarah Kisi Ke Muh Ke Samne Namaz Padhna Bhi Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai : Jaise Aaine Ke Samne Apna Chahra Hota Hai Aik Dam Aamne Samne Is Tarah Agar Namazi Ke Samne Kisi Dusre Ka Chahra Ho To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi. Agar Koi Baitha Tha Aur Koi Ja Ke Uske Samne Namaz Padhne Laga Face To Face Baith Ke To Namaz Padhne Wala Gunahgar Hoga Aur Agar Banda Namaz Padh Raha Tha Aur Koi Dusra Aa Ke Namazi Ke Samne Face To Face Baith Gaya To Ye Baithne Eala Gunahgar Hoga.

To Asal Mein Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ki Jab Banda Samne Aa Jata Hai To Namazi Ka Zahen Divert Ho (Dheyan Hat) Jata Hai. To Yaad Rakhen..!! Namazi Ke Zahen Ko Divert Karna Chahe Uske Samne Aa Ke Ho Ya Kisi Aur Cheez Se Ho Ya Koi Baaten Bol Kar Ho Ye Gunah Ka Kaam Hota Hai Namazi Ke Zahen Ko Hame Nahi Bhatkana Hai Nahi To Gunah Hoga.

Jaise Kisi Ko Jana Hai Aur Namazi Ko Kuch Batana Bhi Tha To Sirf Itna Bol Ke Chali Jaye Ki Main Ja Rahi Hoon Baki Baten Call Kar Ke Bata De Ya Ghar Wapas Aane Ke Baad, Pura Usi waqt Na Bole Ji Main Ja Rahi Hoon, Itne Baje Aaungi Ye Laungi, Woh Karungi Kuch Log Namazi Se Baaten Karte Khade Hote Hain Aisa Nahi Karna Chahiye Zarurat Ki Baat Bas Thoda Sa Bata De Aur Wahan Se Hat Jaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-227)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :
 
Sutre Ka Bayan : Aur Aise Hi Na To Namazi Ke Samne Se Guzar Sakte Hain. Haan..!! Namazi Ke Samne Peeth Kar Ke Khade Hone Mein Harz Nahi Haan Agar Namazi Ke Samne Sutra Ho To Guzar Sakte Hain.

Sutre Ki Saiz : Namazi Ke Samne Kam Se Kam Aik Lakdi Ya Koi Aisi Cheez Ho Jo Aik Hath Ki Ho Aik Hath Yani Beech Wali Ungli Se Kohni Tak To Itni Badi Lakdi Ho Lambai Mein Aur Motai Mein Kam Se Kam Hatheli Ki Jo Sab Se Chhoti Ungli Hoti Hai Itni Motai Ki Agar Koi Lakdi Namazi Ke Samne Ho To Banda Namazi Ke Aage Se Guzar Sakta Hai Lekin Agar Sutra Na Ho To Banda Namazi Ke Aage Se Nahi Guzar Sakta.

Kursi Wagairah Bhi Rakh Sakte Hain Sutra Ke Liye Aur Aise Hi Is Paar Banda Namaz Padh Raha Hai Aur Samne Kanch ka Darwaza Hai Aur kanch Ke Samne Se Koi Guzar Gaya To Isme Harz Nahi Ki Kanch Bhi Sutra Hi Hai Haan Kanch Bhi Chhoti Ungli Ke Barabar Mota Ho.

Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Jo Parda Upar Se Latak Raha Hota Hai Woh Parda Bhi Sutra Ban Sakta Hai Parda Upar Se Latak Raha Hota Hai Aur Zameen Se Thoda Upar Hota Hai Tab Bhi Koi Harz Nahi Hai Parda Patla Hota Hai Tab Bhi Sutra Ho Jayega Aik Ungli Ki Jitna Mota Woh Thos (Solid) Cheez Ke Liye Hai.

Agar Namazi Ke Samne Se Bina Sutra Ke Koi Guzra To Uski Namaz Nahi Tootegi, Haan Guzarne Wala Gunahgar Hoga Isliye Bachhon Ko Bachpan Se Sikhana Chahiye Ki Namazi Ke Aage Se Nahi Guzarna Chahiye To Ye Baaten Bachhon Ke Zahen Mein Baith Jati Hai. 

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-228)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(11) Sadal Karna Yani Kapde Ko Latkana : Apne Jisam Par Koi Chadar / Rupatta Wagairah Latka Lena Jaise Sar Par, Kandhe Par Seene Par Kapda Latkaya Huwa Hai To Fir Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai Iska Ia'adah Karna Padega.

Niche Image No. ❶ Dekhen : In Sab Mein Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi Agar Koi Upar Se Is Tarah Dupatte Ko Dalta Hai To Ye Latkana Kahlayega Shariat Mein Isko Pahenna Nahi Kahte.

Haan..!! Agar Aik Turn Le-Len Jaise Mufti Sahab Ne Aik Turn Liya Huwa Hai Image No. ❷ Mein Dekhen To Ab Ye Sadal Nahi Hoga Aap Ki Namaz Ho Jayegi Ab Ye Latkana Nahi Kahlayega Balki Isko Aap Ne Pahen Liya.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



Namaz Course (Part-229)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(12) Bila Wajah Naak, Muh Chahra Wagairah Chhupana Bhi Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai Bila Wajah Naak, Muh, Chahra Wagairah Nahi Chhupayenge, Aurat Agar Janti Hai Ki Wahan Par Koi Gair Mahram Hai Aur Fir Parde Wagairah Ka Problem Aa Raha Hai To Fir Bilkul Woh Chara Wagairah Chhupa Sakti Hai, Lekin..!! Iske Alawa Bila Kisi Wajah Ke Mard o Aurat Ko Chahra Chhupa Ke Namaz Padhna Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

Lekin..!! Waqi Koi Reason Hai Jaise Koi Gair Mahram Hai To Nakab Ke Sath Hi Namaz Padhle Chahre se Nakab Hatane Ki Zarurat Nahi Kyun Ki Parda Lazim Hai Isi Tarah Corona Mein Mask Pahenna Zaruri Ho Gaya Tha To Isme Bhi Mard o Aurat Mask Laga Ke Namaz Padh Saktey They To Ye Ijazat Thi, Lekin Ab Mask Pahenna Zaroori Nahi Hai Aur Ab Koi Mask Pahen Ke Namaz Padhega To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi hogi.

Gloves & Sock's Ka Aurat Ke Liye Yahi Mas'ala Hai Ki Inhe Pahen Ke Na Padhe Agar Koi Uzr Hai Jaise Koi Gair Mahram Hai, Ya Burka Bahut Dheela Hai Hath Uthati Hai To Kalai Nazar Aane Lagti Hai Ya Salwar Chhota Hai, Paer Dikhta Hai Sock's Pahen Sakti Hai Ye To Apne Sitar Ke Liye Ye Chhupati Hai To Isme Koi Harj Nahi Namaz Ho Jayegi Balki Sawab Ka Bhi Pahlu Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-230)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(13) Ulta Kapda Pahen Ke Namaz Padhna : Ye Mas'ala Ikhtelafi Hai Kuch Ulma Kiraam Ke Nazdeek Agar Hum Ulta Kapda Pahen Ke Namaz Padhte Hain To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai Aap Ko Ye Namaz Dohrani Padegi Aur Kuch Ulma Kiraam Farmate Hain Ki Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai, Aala Hazrat Ki Tahkeek Ye Hai Ki Ulte Kapde Mein Agar Banda Namaz Padhta Hai To Ye Namaz Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hogi Tahreemi Nahi Hogi.

Ye Jo Ulte Kapde Mein Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai Iski Wajah Yahi Hai Ki Hum Dusron Ke Samne To Aisa Kapda Pahen Ke Nahi Jate Aur Pahen Bhi Liya To Log Kahenge Ye Dekho Kaise Kapda Pahni Hai To Asal Wajah Yahi Hai Ki AllaH Ta'ala Ki Bargah Mein Khade Hote Hain To Adab Se Khade Ho Kapde Vagairah Bhi Theek Thaak Ho Aisa Na Ho Ki Log Use Azeeb Tarah Ka Kapda Kahe To Jab Log Azeeb Bol Rahe To Bande Ko Zyada Azeeb Lagna Chahiye Ki Aise AllaH Ta'ala Ki Bargah Mein Khade Hone Se.

To Agar Koi Kapda Dono Said Aik Jaise Hi Dikh Raha Hai Aur Gaor Se Dekhne Mein Hi Maloom Padta Ho To Ye Namaz Makrooh e Tanzeehi Maan Sakte Hain, Lekin..!! Agar Agar Bilkul Hi Azeeb Lag Raha Hai Ulta Kapda Pahenne Mein To Bahtar Yahi Hai Ki Is Namaz Ko Dohra Le Lekin Hai Ye Ikhtelafi Mas'ala.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-231)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

(14) Kapda Mod Kar Namaz Padhna : Jaise Aasteen Ya Salwar Moda Hai Ya Aur Kahi Se To Isse Bhi Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai Aksar Ulma Kiraam Ke Nazdeek, Lekin..!! Ye Mas'ala Bhi Ikhtelafi Hai Kuch Ulma Kiraam Ne Ise Makrooh e Tanzeehi Kaha Hai Sarkar ﷺ Ne Namaz Mein Kapda Modne Se Mana Farmaya Hai Chahe Andar Ki Taraf Mode Ya Bahar Ki Taraf Dono Tarah Ke Fold Ko Ulma Kiraam Ne Makrooh e Tahreemi Likha Hai.

Haan..!! Auraton Wa Mardon Ke Sirf Aasteen Ke Liye Ulma Kiraam Ne Aik Chhota Sa Fold Jayiz Karaar Diya Hai Lekin Aik Se Zyada Fold Hai To Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoga Mard o Aurat Dono Ke Liye, Jaise Auraten Bartan Vagairah Dhote Waqt Aasteen Thoda Sa Upar Fold Kar Leti Hain Aur Namaz Mein Sidha Karna Bhool Gai Aur Chadar Se Pura Sitr Dhaka Hai To Namaz Ho Jayegi Aur Aise Hi Mard Wuzu Ke Liye Aasteen Upar Karte Hain Aur Jaldi Jaldi Jama'at Ke Liye Chale Jate Hain To Agar Aik Hi Chhota Sa Fold Hai To Namaz Ho Jayegi Lekin Agar Bahut Zyada Fold Hai Ya Kohni Ke Upar Chadha Liya Hai To Fir Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi, Isi Tarah Kuch Mard Jeens Ko Paer Ki Taraf Mod Lete Hain Bilkul Isme Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-232)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Tasweer Kahte Kise Hain.!? Tasweer Kahte Hain Asal Mein Sar Ke Hisse Ko Agar Koi Photo Aysi Hai, Koi Janwar Ka Photo, Ya Bachhaon Ke Khilone Ho Jiska Sar Hi Nahi Hai Sirf Gale Ke Niche Wala Hissa Paer Tak Hai To Isko Shariat Tasweer Nahi Kahti, Agar Ye Saamne Rakha Hoga Aur Namazi Namaz Padh Le To Namaz Ho Jayegi Aur Isme Koi Karahat Nahi Aayegi

Woh Photography Jisme Face Ho Chahe Only Chahra Ho, Ya Pure Body Ke Sath Chahra Ho Isko Tasweer Kahenge, Jabki Agar Is Photo Ko Hum Zameen Mein Rakh Ke Aur Khade Ho Kar Dekhen To Uska Chahra Saaf Nazar Aaye, Agar Face Clear Nazar Aata Hai To Ye Hoti Hai Asal Tasweer Aur Isko Samne Rakh Kar Namaz Padhna Makrooh e Tahreemi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-233)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Agar Aisi Photo Hai Ki Chahre Ko Kharonch Diya Gaya Hai Ya Photo Clear Hi Nahi Hai Jisse Face Samajh Hi Nahi Aa Raha Hai Ya Sirf Face KA Dummy Hai Aankh, Kaan, Naak, Muh Vagairah Kuch Bana Hi Nahi Hai To Sharai Taur Mein Ye Tasweer Nahi Hai Iske Samne Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Jaise Hamare Gharo Mein Makka Madina Ki Tasweer Hoti Hai Kaba shareef Ke Ird-Gird Logon Ke Tawaf Ki Photo Hoti Hai Lekin Isme Hum Dekhenge To Chahra Bilkul Clear Nahi Hota Bas Itna Samajh Aata Hai Ki Aadmi Hai Tawaf Kar Rahe Hain Lekin Kisi Aik Bande Ka Bhi Face Clear Nahi Hota To Agar Aisi Tasweer Namazi Ke Samne Ho To Bilkul Namaz Ho Jayegi Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-234)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Sharai Tasweer Wahi Hai Jo Face Wali Ho Aur Uska Chahra Clear Nazar Aa Raha Ho Agar Iske Chahre Ko Hata Diya Gaya Ho To Fir Isko Tasweer Nahi Kahenge, Shariat Mein Isko Tasweer Mein Count Nahi Kiya Jayega.

Agar Tasweer Ya Aise Khilone Vagairah Namazi Ke Samne Ya Daye Ya Baye Said Hain Ya Uske Sar Ke Upar Chhat Par Kahi Bane Huwe Hain To Namaz Makrooh E Tahreemi Hogi wajibul Ia'adah Hogi Is Namaz Ko Fir Se Padhna Padega Chahe Baad Mein Pata Chala Ho Ya Pahle Maloom Tha Aur Jaan-Bujh Kar Padh Liye They Koi Bhi Surat Ho Us Namaz Ko Repeat Karna Padega Aur Agar Tasweer Namazi ke Peeche Hai To Namaz Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hoti Hai Shariat Pasanad Nahi Karti Lekin Isse Namaz Ho Jayegi Dohrane ki Zarurat Nahi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-235)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Tasweer Ki Wajah Se Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Kyun Hoti Hai.!? Isliye Ki Boton بت Ke Samne Ibadat Karne Ke Musabhat Rakhta Hai Jaise Gair-Muslim Samne Bot Rakhte Hain Aur Uske Samne Apni Ibadat Karte Hain Agar Kisi Ke Samne Tasweer Padi Hai Aur Woh Wahi Pe Namaz Padhta Hai To Ho Sakta Hai Koi Dekh Le To Kahe Ki معاذ الله Woh Iski Ibadat Karta Hai Halanki Musalman Ka To Yahi Aqeeda Hai Ki Woh Sirf Aur Sirf AllaH Ta'ala Ki Ibadat Kare Lekin...!! Lekin.!! Tasweer Ki Wajah Se Aik Tasbeeh (similarity) Tak Na Aa Jaye Isliye Shariat Ne Makrooh e Tahreemi Rakha Hai To Tasweer Chahe Samne Ho, Daye Baye Ho Ya Upar Ho Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-236)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

To Agar Room Mein Tasweere Is Tarah Ki Ho Ki Jo Lagi Ho Ya Khilone Vagairah Is Tarah Ho Ki Jinke Chahre Clear Ho To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi. Aur Isme Bhi Us Surat Mein Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi Jo Tasweer Tajeem Ke Sath Rakhi Ho Ya Respect Ke Maqaam Mein Rakhi Ho.

Warna Agar Face Clear Hai Aur Usko Koi Door Se Bhi Dekh Kar Kahe Ki Jaandaar Ki Tasweer Hai, Ya Bachhon Ka Khilona Ho, Jaise Bade-Bade Teddy Aate Hain To Agar Ye Kisi Dis-Respect Ke Maqaam Me Pada Hai Yani Aisi Jagah Par Pada Jahan Par Uski Koi izzat Nahi Hai, Koi Aise Pheka Ho To Fir Koi Problem Nahi Hai Usi Kamre Mein Namaz Bhi Padh Sakte Hain Balki Agar Woh Khilona Hamare Samne Bhi Pada Ho Fir Bhi Hum Namaz Padh Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-237)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Umooman Hum Ye Dekhte Hain Ki Agar Kamre Me Kahi Par Bhi Tasweer Nazar Aai, Pahle To Ye Dekhte Nahi Hain Ki Face Clear Hai Ya Nahi Har Tasweer Ko Sakhti Se Rokte Hain Aisa Nahi Hai Isme Bhi Ye Zaruuri Hai Ki Woh Tasweer Respect Ke Maqam Par Rakhi Ho Jaise Diwaal Par Latkaya Huwa Ho To Isme Aik Tarah Se Tasweer Ki Respect Hai, Ya Showcase Mein Saja Kar Rakha Ho, Showcase Me To Koi Achhi Cheez Hi Rakhte Hain Jaise Bachhon Ko Koi Trophies Milti Hai To Saja Ke Rakhte Hain College Se Koi Certificate Milti Hai To Usko Saja Ke Rakhte Hain To Agar Tasweer Ko Aisi Jagah Saja Ke Rakhenge To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi Warna Nahi.

Aur Isi Ke Liye Hadeese Paak Me Aaya Hai Ki Jis Ghar Mein Tasweer Ho Wahan Rahmat Ke Firishte Dakhil Nahi Hote Isi Tarah Agar Diwaal Par Lagaya Huwa Hai Ya Tebal Par Saja Ke Raka Hai To Yahan Par Rahmat Ke Firishte Bhi Nahi Aate Aur Namazi Ke Samne Ya Daye Baye Ya Upar Ho To Namaz Bhi  Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-238)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Lekin..!! Agar Bachhon Ka Khilona Vagairah Hai Ya Kitabon Vagairah Me Photo Bhi Bana Hota Hai Agar Woh Is Tarah Pade Ho Jahan Par Unki Koi Izzat Nahi Hai To Fir Koi Problem Nahi Hai Jaise Bachho Ke Teddy Vagairah Agar Ye Zameen Par Gire Huwe Hain Aate Jaate Koi Bhi Usko Paer Se laat Maar Raha Hai To Ye Iski Tazeem Thodi Howi Ye To Dis-Respect Hai, Isi Tarah Agar Bed Seet Par Ya Takiya Ke Cover Par Koi Jaandaar Ki Tasweer Bani Huwi Hai To Koi Problem Nahi Hai Ye Respect Nahi Hai Is Par Bachhe Khelte Kudte Hain Hum Let'te Hain.

To Agar Namazi Namaz Padh Raha Hai Aur Samne Bachho Ka Khilona Pada Hai To Tab Bhi Namaz Ho Jayegi, Makrooh e Tahreemi Nahi Hogi, Haan..!! Ye Hai Ki Sajda Karte Waqt Upar Sajda Na Kare Jaise Bachhe Khelte Waqt Teddy Ko Li Aate Hain Namazi Ke Paas To Halke Hath Se Kinare Kar Den.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-239)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Isi Tarah Agar Koi Tasweer Wale Kapde Pahen Kar Namaz Padhta Hai To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi.

Jaise T-shirt Ho Ya Bachhon Ke Kapde Me Tasweer Bani Goti Hai Aur Uska Face Clear Ho To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi, Nahi To Uske Upar Se Koi Kapda Pahen Ke Namaz Padhe, Isko Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai Agar Ye Isi Halat Me Namaz Padh Raha Hai Na To Ye Aise Hai Jaise Apne Hanto Mein Ya God (गोद) Mein Bot (بت) Uthaya Hua Hai Aur Namaz Padh Raha Hai معاذ الله Itna Sakht Hukm Hai, To Jo Bot Ko Hath Mein Utha Kar Namaz Padhe Kya Uski Namaz Hogi.? Sochne Mein Banda Kanp Jaye Ki Aisa Kon Namaz Padhega.

Aur Log To Masjid Mein Bhi Aisa Kapda Pahen Ke Chale Jate Hain To Agar Peeth Ke Said Tasweer Bani Ho To Pichhe Wale Ki Namaz Kharab Kar Rahe Hain Aur Khud Aap Ke To Ho Hi Rahe Hain, To Aise Kapde Na Liye Jaye Aur Bachhon Ke Liye Bhi Na Liye Jaye Ahtiyaat Karen, Bachho Ko Aisa Kapda Len Jisme Ya To Face Clear Na Ho Ya Jis Par Bilkul Aisi Cheezen Bani Na Ho Haan..!! Jaise Bas Hoti Hai Aur Usme Aankhen Bana Di Jati Hai To Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai, Gifts Wagaira Bhi Kar Sakte Hain Lekin..!! Agar Face Clear Nahi Hai Sirf Uska Shadow Bana Hai To Isse Namaz Ho Jayegi Aur Aisa Kapda Bhi Pahen Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-240)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Namazi & Tasweer Mein 2 Moqqif Hain :- Aik Ye Ki Aisi Tasweer Jisme Agar Chahe Chahra Bas Ho But Clear Ho To Woh Tasweer Namazi Ke Samne Ya Daye Baye Ho To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hoti Hai Aur Namazi Ke Pichhe Ho To Namaz Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hoti Hai. Aur Aik Moqqif Ye Hai Ki Ye Aala Hazrat Ke Nazdeek Jaddul Mumtaar Jo Arbi Mein Hai Isme Aala Hazrat Ne Farmaya Hai Aur Bahut Se Muftiyan e Kiraam Bhi Is Par Fatwa Dete Hain, Isliye Dono Tarah Ka Moqqif Bayan Kiya Ja Raha Hai Taki Jin Muftiyan e Kiraam Ko Aap Zyada Tar Follow Karte Hain Unhi Ke Fatwe Par Aap Amal Karen.

To Aala Hazrat Farmate Hain Agar Namazi Ke Samne Itna Bada Tasweer Ho Ki Jo Sar Se Le-kar Pao Tak Ho Aur Clear Bhi Ho Uska Chahra Clear Nazar Aa Raha Ho Ya Koi Jaandaar Zanwar Vagairah Ki Tasweer Ho, Jiska Sar Se Paer Tak Pura Nazar Aa Raha Ho Aisi Tasweer Agar Namazi Ke Samne Ho To Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Wajibul ia'adah Hogi. Aur Agar Yahi Tasweer Namazi Ke Daye Baye Ya Upar Ya Pichhe Kahi Par Bhi Hai To Isse Aala Hazrat Ke Nazdeek Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Nahi Hoti, Haan..!! Ye Hai Ki Aap Ne Jo Ghar Me Ye Tasweer Lagai Hai isse Rahmat Wale Firishte Dakhil Nahi Honge Is Hisaab Se To Banda Gunahgar Hoga, Lekin..!! Namazi Ke Daye Ya Baye Said Hone Se Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Nahi Hoti.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-241)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal :

Tasweer Ke Samne Namaz :

Isi Tarah Namazi Ke Samne Sirf Face Ki Tasweer Hai, Ya Seena Tak Ki Tasweer Hai Pura Body Nahi Hai Tab Bhi Aala Hazrat Ki Tahkeek Ye Hai Ki Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Nahi Hogi Bhale Ye Tasweer Namazi Ke Samne Kyun Na Mojood Ho Kyun Ki Full Body Nahi Hai, Agar Full Body Ki Tasweer Namazi Ke Samne Hogi Tab Fir Namaz Makrooh e Tahreemi Hogi Aala Hazrat Ke Tahqeeq Ke Is Masle Ki Pdf Kal Bheji Ja Chuki Hai

To Ye Dono Moqqif Bayan Kiye Gaye Hain Agar Hame Kahi Ikhtilaf Nazar Aaye To Hame Dono Moqqif Ko Accept Karna Hai Aur Dono Ko Haq Janna Hai Ye Hamari Zimmedari Hoti Hai Ye Nahi Ki Unho Ne Aise Kaise Bol Diya Inho Ne Aisa Kaise Bol Diya Kyun Ki Ulma Kiram Ki Apni Apni Tahqeeq Hoti Hai Jo Mas'ala Quraan Wa Hadees Me Mila Hota Hai Usme Kisi Ka Ikhtelaf Nahi Hota, Haan..!! Jo Ulma Kiraam Ne Jo Quraan Wa Hadees Ko Dekhte Huwe New Masle Nikale Hain Isme Ulma Kiram Ne Apni Apni Tahkeek Ki Hai Aur Isme Iktelaf Aa Sakta Hai.

Jaise Imam e Aazam Abu Hanifa Hain, Imam Shafaee Hain, Imam Maliki Hain, Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Hain Ye 4 Aaimma Kiraam Hain Hamare Bahut Se Masail Me Iktelaf Hai To Kya Unho Ne Quraan o Hadees Ko Chhod Diya Hai, Nahi Na... To Jaise Hum Imam e Aazam Ko Haq Mante Hain Unki Payrwi Karte Hain, Bhale Hum Imam Shafaee Ki Payrwi Na Karen Lekin Unko Haq To Mante Hain Na, Jaise Imam e Aazam Ne Kisi Cheez Ko Halaal Kaha Hai To Imam e Safaee Ne Usko Haram Kaha Hai Bahut Se Aise Aap Ko Ikhtelaf Milenge Kahi Pe Aik Jagah Halaal Hoga Dusra Jagah Haram Hoga To Koi Aik Hi Ho Sakta Hai Na Aik Sath Koi Cheez Haram Ya Halaal Thodi Ho Sakti Hai To Kya Hum Ye Kahenge Ki Nahi Hamare Imam Sahi Hain Baki Galat معاذ الله Ye Dars Hamko Hamare Deen e Islam Ne Hame Diya Hi Nahi Hai Ki Hum Ulma Kiram Par Ungli Uthaye Har Kisi Ki Apni Tahqeeq Hai.

Yahan 👆🏻 Par Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tahreemi Amal Mukammal Huwe, Ab Next Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tanzeehi....

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-242)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tanzeehi Amal :

Makrooh e Tanzeehi Woh Hai Jiska Karna Shariat Ko Pasand Nahi Magar Uske Karne Wale Par Aazab Bhi Nahi Hoga

(1)  Kaam Kaaj Ke Kapde Me Namaz Padhna Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai : Yani Kaam Kaaj Ke Jo Kapde Maile Hote Hain Jaise Usme Thoda Bahut Badbu Aa Rahi Ho To In Kapdon Me Namaz Padhna Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai Jab Ki Aap Ke Paas Dusre Kapde Ho, Haan..!! Safar Mein Hai Aur Wahan Par Koi Kapda Nahi Hai To Isme Koi Harz Nahi Hai Lekin Agar Ghar Me Achhe Paak Kapde Ho Unhi Me Namaz Ada Karni Chahiye

(2) Ruku o Sajde Me 3 Baar Tasbih Padhna Sunnat Hai Lekin 3 Se Kam Tasbih Padhna Makrooh Tanzeehi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-243)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tanzeehi Amal :

(3)  Sajde Mein Jate Waqt Peshani Se Khak Saaf Karna, Haan.!! Agar Aisa Hai Ki Kuch Cheez Lagi Hui Hai Aur Disturb Ho Raha Hai To Hata Sakte Hain.

(4)  Bina Kisi Ujr Ke 4 Janu Baith Ke Namaz Padhna Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai, Haan..!! Jisko Ujr Hai Usko Is Tarah Baith Ke Padhne Me Harz Nahi Woh 4 Janu Hi Baith Ke Padh Sakta Hai, Aur Agar Woh Paer Qible Ki Taraf Kar Ke Zameen Mein Sajda Kar Sakta Hai To Qible Ki Taraf Paer Bhi Kar Ke Padh Sakta Hai.
 
(5)  Sajde Mein Jate Waqt Pahle Guthna Rakhna Hota Hai Lekin Agar Koi Hath Rakhta Hai To Ye Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-244)

Namaz Ke Makrooh e Tanzeehi Amal :

(6)  Sajde Se Uthte Waqt Bila Ujr Zameen Mein Hath Rakh Ke Uthna Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai Jo Uth Sakta Hai Woh Zameen Me Bina Hath Rakhe Uthe, Aur Jisko Ujr Hai Woh Zameen Mein Hath Rakh Ke Bhi Uth Sakta Hai.

(7)  Namaz Mein Sana اَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰهِ Wa BismillaH Ko Zor Se Padhna Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai Inko Aahista Hi Padhna Chahiye.

(8)  Namaz Mein Daye-Baye Jhumna Makrooh e Tanzeehi Hai.

(9)  Kisi Aisi Cheeez Ke Samne Namaz Na Padhe Ki Dheyan Bate Jaise Khoobsurat Painting Vagairah Ke Samne Ki Baar Baar Uski Taraf Zahen Ja Raha Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-245)

Shak o Shube Ke Masail :

Jise Ye Doubt Ho Ki Ye Dusri Raka'at Padhi Ya Teesri Aur Aise Hi 2 Sajda Kiya Ki Aik Ya Fir Ye Doubt Ho Ki Ruku Kiya Ya Nahi.? To Fir Is Surat Me Namaz Ko Kaise Ada Karen.!?

Misaal : Aik Shakhs Zohar Ki 4 Raka'at Namaz Padh Raha Hai Teesri Raka'at Mein Usko Doubt Huwa Ki Meri Dusri Raka'at Hai Ya Teesri Ab Yaad Nahi Aa Raha To Isme Isko Kya Karna Hoga.?? To Isme Dekhe Gen Ki Isko Doubt Kitna Hai Isme 2 Situation Hota Hai : Aik Janne Galib Aur Aik Hota Hai Shak

(1) Shak : Shak Ye Hota Hai Ki Aap 50 -50% Me Hai 50% Lagta Hai Dusri Raka'at Hogi Shayed Aur 50% lagta hai Teesri Hogi Shayed To Isko Kahte Hain Shak Ab Ye 50-50 Ka Mamla Hai Bilkul Beech Me Atak Gaya Hai Na To Fir Isme Hum Kam Raka'at Ko Lete Hain Aur Aakhir Me Fir Sajda e Sahaw Karte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-246)

Shak o Shube Ke Masail :

Misal :  Jaise Zohar Ki 4 Raka'at Me 50-50% Doubt Hai Ki Dusri Raka'at Hai Ya Teesri To Isme Kam Raka'at Dusri Hai To Ab Hum Isko Dusri Raka'at Hi Samajh Kar Apni Namaz Continue Karen Gen Fir Qada Karen Gen Fir Teesri Raka'at Ke Liye Khade Honge Aur Apni Namaz Mukammal Karenge Aur Fir Aakhir Mein Sajda e Sahaw Karna Padega.

Aur Aise Hi Sajde Me Doubt Ho Sakta Hai 50% Dil Me Khayal Aata Hai Ki Aik Sajda Kiya Hai Aur 50% Lagta Hai Ki 2 Sajda Kiya Hai To Ab Hum Kahenge Ki Aik Hi Sajda Kiye Hai Ab Aik Sajda Aur Karege Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Karege.

To Namaz Me Kahi Par Bhi Is Tarah Ka Doubt Aa Jaye Ki Kiya Hai Ya Nahi Kiya Hai Aur Woh 50-50% Hai Fir Jo Chhota Number Hoga Usko Hum Lenge Aur Fir Namaz Continue Kar Ke Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Karenge Aur Aise Hi 50% Lagta Hai Ruku Kiya Hai Aur 50% Lagta Hai Ki Ruku Nahi Kiya Hai To Hum Isko Aise Hi Manegen Ki Ruku Hi Nahi Kiye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-247)

Shak o Shube Ke Masail :

(2) Janne Galib :  Ab Dusra Situation Ye Ho Sakta Hai Ki Aik Ki Taraf Zyada Dimag Ja Raha Hai Ki Ye Nahi, Ye Hoga Aur Fir Thoda Sa Shak Alag Se Aata Hai Ki Nahi Ye Bhi Ho Sakta Hai

Misal : Zohar Ki Ye Dusri Raka'at Hai Ya Teesri Raka'at DiL 70 Ya 80 % Yahi Bol Raha Hai Ki Ye Meri Dusri Raka'at Hai Aur Fir Bilkul Thoda Sa 20 Ya 30% Ye Khayal Aata Hai Ki Nahi Ye Meri Teesri Raka'at Hai To Fir Is Condition Ko Kahte Hain Janne galib, Zyada Jis Taraf Aap Ka Dil Jhuk Raha Hai Na To Aisi Situation Ko Kahte Hain Janne Galib Jahan Par Khayal Me Aik Number Ki Taraf Aap Zyada Jhuk Rahe Hain Ki Yahi Hoga To Isko Kahte Hain Janne Galib.

Is Situation Me Jis Taraf Aap Ka Dil Zyada Jhuk Raha Hai Usi Ko Hum Accept Karenge Jaise Misaal : Dusri Raka'at Hai & Teesri Raka'at Hai Aur Dusri Ki Taraf Dil Zyada Bol Raha Hai To Ab Hum Apni Namaz Ko Yahi Kah Kar Continue Karege Ki Ye Meri Dusri Raka'at Hi Hai Aur Agar Dil Kahta Hai 80% Meri Ye Teesri Raka'at Hai Aur 20% Ye Shak Aa Raha Doubt Ho Raha Ki Dusri Raka'at Hai To Hum Kahenge Ki Ye Teesri Raka'at Hi Hai Aur Teesri Raka'at Kah Kar Hi Namaz Continue Karege Ab to Ye Ho Gaya Ki Kon Si Raka'at Accept Karenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-248)

Shak o Shube Ke Masail :

Ab Janne Galib Me Sajda e Sahaw Ka Kya Hukm Hoga.!?

Isme Ye Dekhenge Ki Aap Ne Sochne Me 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Guzara Hai Ya Nahi Janne galib Me Agar Aisa Tha Ki Dusri Raka'at Hai Ya Teesri Ab Hum Dil Me Ye Khayal Karte Karte Aik-Aat Minutes Isi Me Laga Diye Ki Kon Sa Hai Aur Aakhir Me laga Ki Teesri Hai To Humko Teesri Hi Maan Ke Namaz Ko Continue Karna Padega Lekin 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Laga Diya To Sajda e Sahaw Karna Wajib Hoga.

Lekin..!! Agar Kisi Ko Teesri Raka'at Me Qira'at Karte Karte Doubt Huwa Ki Teesri Raka'at Hai Ya Dusri Raka'at Hai Aur Qira'at Karte Karte Hi DiL Me 80% Ye Khayal Aaya Ki Nahi Meri Teesri Raka'at Hai Ye Aur Isne Kuch Socha Bhi Nahi Aur Continue Apni Namaz Complete Kar Li, To Isme 3 Tasbih Ka Waqt Nahin Guzra Isliye Sajda e Sahaw Wajib Nahi Hoga.

Janne Galib : Ye Har Aik Ke Liye Hai Chahe Ruku Ho Sajda Ho Ya Raka'at.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-249)

Additional Raka'at Add Ho Jaye To Ab Kya Karen.? 

Jaise 4 Raka'at Padhna Tha Ab 5 Ke Liye Khade Ho Gaye, Aik Additional / Extra Raka'at Me Khade Ho Gaye To Isme Kya Karna Hai.?

Ye Pura Depend Karta Hai Ki Aap Ne Qada e Aakhira Kiya Hai Ya Nahi Koi Bhi Namaz Ho Chahe Farz, Wajib Sunnat Ya Nafil Ho Misaal : Hum Zohar Ki 4 Raka'at Farz Namaz Padh Rahe They To 5vi Ke Liye Khade Ho Gaye To Isme Ye Dekhe Gen Ki 4thi Raka'at Me Attahiyyat Padhi Thi Ya Nahi.? To Agar 4thi Raka'at Me Attahiyyat Padh Liye They Aur Salam Ferna Bhool Gaye Aur 5vi Ke Liye Khade Ho Gaye Aur Qira'at Shuru Kar Diye Ya 5vi Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Se Pahle Pahle Jab Bhi Yaad Aa Jaye Ki Ye Additional Raka'at Hai To Foran Baith Jaye Aur Qada Aakhira To Pahle Kar Liya Tha Ab Sidhe Taraf Salam Fer De Aur 2 Sajde Kar Kar Ke Attahiyyat Wagaira Padh Ke Salam Fer Ke Namaz Mukammal Kar Le.

Aur Agar 4thi Raka'at Mein Qada Nahi Kiya Aur 5vi Ke Liye Khade Ho Gaye Aur 5vi Ka Sajda Karne Se Pahle Pahle Yaad Aa Jaye To Faoran Baith Jaye Aur Pahle Attahiyyat Padh Ke Qada e Aakhira Kare Fir Sidhe Taraf Salam Fere Fir 2 Sajda Kar Ke Attahiyyat Wagaira Padh Ke Namaz Ko Mukammal Kar Le Namaz Ho Jayegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-250)

Additional Raka'at Add Ho Jaye To Ab Kya Karen.!?

Aur Kabhi 5vi Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aata Hai Ki 4 Raka'at Hi Padhna Tha Aik Additional Bhi Padh Li To Ab Isme Dekhte Hain Ki 4thi Raka'at Me Attahiyyat Padhi Thi Ya Nahi.? To Agar Attahiyyat Padhi Thi 4thi Raka'at Me Aur Iske Baad 5vi Raka'at Milai Thi To Ab Aik Aur Raka'at Padh Le Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le To Is Surat Me 4 Farz Ho Jayegi Fir Aur Jo 2 Raka'at Jo Extra Padh Liye They Woh Nafil Count Hogi.

Maisal : Magrib Ki 3 Raka'at Farz Namaz Padh Rahe They Aur 3sri Ka Qada e Aakhira Karne Ke Baad Salam Ferna Bhool Gaye Aur 4thi Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Aik Raka'at Additional Padh Liye To Ab Aik Raka'at Aur Mila Le Aur 5vi Raka'at Me Qada Karne Ke Baad Sajda e Sahaw Bhi Kar Le Ye 3 Raka'at Farz Ho Jayegi Aur 2 Raka'at Jo Extra Padh Liye They Woh Nafil Ho Jayegi Bhule Se Additional Aik Raka'at Padh Liye To Is Par Gunah Nahi Aayega Kyun Ki galti Se Ho Gaya.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-251)

Additional Raka'at Add Ho Jaye To Ab Kya Karen.!?

Aik Surat Ye Bhi Ho Sakti Hai Ki 5th Raka'at Me Chale Gaye Aur 4th Me Qada Karna Bhool Gaye Misaal : Agar 4 Raka'at Wali Namaz Me 4th Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Foran 5th Ke Liye Khade Ho Gaye 4rth Me Baithe Hi Nahi Attahiyyat Padhe Hi Nahi Aur 5th Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Ki Ye To 5th Raka'at Hai Aur 4rth Me To Maine Qada Kiya Hi Nahi To Ab Is Surat Me Kya Kare ge.!?

To Aap Jo Bhi Farz Ya Sunnat Padh Rahe They Ye To Chali Gai Isko Fir Se Padhna Padega Isliye Ki Qada e Aakhira Jo Ki Farz Hai Usko Chhod Diye Hai, Lekin..!! Aysa Nahi Hai Ki Jo 4 Raka'ate Hum Ne Padhi Woh Bilkul Jaya Hi Ho Gai Balki Shariat Ka Ahsaan Hai Ki Itna Humne Padha Hai To Ye Nafil Ban Jayegi To 5th Raka'at Me Aik Raka'at Aur Mila Le Kyun Ki Nafil 2,4,6,8 Isi Tarah Ke Number Ke Ho Sakte Hain, 3 Ya 5 Raka'at To Nafil Nahi Ho Sakte To Ab Ye Pure 6 Raka'at Nafil Ho Jayege Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Bhi Kar le, Aur Fir Zohar Ke 4 Farz Ko Dubara Padhna Hai Usi Waqt Ke Andar Padhna Hai Nahi To Qaza Likha Jayega Isliye Ki Woh Farz Namaz Ada Hui Hi Nahi.

⚠️ Khulasa Ye Hai Ki Agar Qada e Aakhira Kiya Tha To Farz + Nafil Kahlayegi Lekin..!! Agar Qada Nahi Kiya Tha To Sab Nafil Count Hogi Aur Us Waqt Ki Namaz Ko Fir Se Padhna Padega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-252)

Additional Raka'at Add Ho Jaye To Ab Kya Karen.!?

Magrib Ki 3 Farz & Witar Ki Namaz Ka Masla Thoda Change Hai, Misaal Ke Taur Par Aap Magrib Ka Le Len : Magrib Ki 3sri Raka'at Me Qada Karna Tha 3sri Raka'at Me Qada e Aakhira Nahi Kiya 4rth Ke Liye Khada Ho Gaya, 4rth Me Misal Ke Taur Par Usko Yaad Aa Jata To Woh Baith Jayega Attahiyyat Nahi Padha Tha To Padh Lega Aur Sajda e Sahaw Se Namaz Complete Kar Lega.

Lekin..!! Aisa Huwa Ki 4rth Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya Hai To Ab Hum Ye Dekhte Hain Ki Isne 3rd Raka'at Me Qada Kiya Tha Ya Nahi Attahiyyat Padhi Thi Ya Nahi To Agar Padhi Thi To Isme Ek Raka'at Aur Mila Lega Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le To Ye 3+2 Yani 3 Farz Aap Ke Magrib Ke Ho Jaye Ge Aur 2 Nafil Ho Jayegi.

Lekin...!! Lekin..!! Agar Usne 3 Raka'at Farz Namaz Me Qada e Aakhira Nahi Kiya Aur 4rth Raka'at Ka Sajda Karne Ke Baad Yaad Aaya To Wahi 4rth Raka'at Me Hi Apni Namaz Mukammal Kar Le, Aur Aakhir Me Sajda e Sahaw Kar Le Aik Additional Raka'at Ab Isme Add Nahi Karege Ye Yaad Rakhen, Warna Aik Aur Raka'at Aap Mila Lege To 5 Raka'at Nafil Ho Jayegi Aur 5 Raka'at Ki Koi Nafil Namaz Nahi Hoti Minimum 2,4,6,8 Isi Tarah Ke Nawafil Hote Hain Kahi Par Bhi Aap Ko 3,5 Raka'at Nawafil Nahi Milege, To Ye Puri 4 Raka'at Nafil Ho Jayegi Aur Aap Ko 3 Raka'at Farz Namaz Magrib Ki Fir Se Padhna Padega Usi Waqt Me.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-253)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Ab Hamare Namaz Course Ka Aakhri Topic Hai Musafir Ki Namaz Yani Musafir Ke Masail Aap Jante Hain Ki Jo Safar Par Hota Hai Usko Sharaee Musafir Kahte Hain Pahle 2 Word Samajh Len 2 Cheezen Hoti Hain Muqeem & Musafir. 

Hum Musafir Kisko Samajhte Hain Jo Safar Me Ho Lekin Shariate Mutah'hra Ne Kuch Condition Diye Hain Agar Woh Paya Jayega To Shariat Usko Musafir Kahti Hai. To Aap Jaante Hain Musafir Ke Liye Bahut Cheezon Me Rukhsat Nikalti Hai Ahqam Change Hote Hain Aur Inme Namaz Ke Bhi Changes Aate Hain Kya.? Ki Jo 4 Raka'at Wali Farz Namaz Hoti Hai Woh Musafir Ko Qasar (Half) Kar Ke Padhna Hai. Kaun Si.? Zohar Ki Farz Namaz, Asar Ki Farz Namaz Aur Isha Ki Farz Namaz Jo 4 Raka'at Wali Farz Namaz Hoti Hai Isko Woh Half Kar Ke Padhega Yani 2 Raka'at Padhega. 

Aur Dusra Word Iske Opposite Jo Use Hota Hai Isko Kahte Hain Muqeem, Muqeem Woh Banda Hota Hai Ki Jo Kahi Par Settle Ho Bilkul Opposite Hai Jo Musafir Na Ho Woh Muqeem Hoga, Jo Muqeem Na Ho Musafir Hoga, Opposite Hai Aik-Dusre Ke Jaise Day Ka Opposite Night, Night Ka Opposite Day Hai Na Isi Tarah Musafir Ka Opposite Muqeem Jo Traveller Na Ho Usko Muqeem Kahte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-254)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Musafir Kahte Kise Hain.!?

Musafir Hone Ke Liye 2 Conditions Hona Zarurai Hai Jab Ye 2 Conditions Pai Jayegi To Hum Kahe Ge Ki Banda Sharai Musafir Ho Gaya Ab Us Par Musafir Wale Rule's Apply Hoge Woh 2 Conditions Kya Hai Achhi Tarah Samajh Len.

(1)  Jo Shakhs Kahi Par Ja Raha Ho Woh Shaher Ke Hudood Se Nikal Jaye Aur Uska Irada Ho 92 Kilo Mitar Ki Duri Ya Usse Zyada Par Jayega, Yani Aik Bande Ko Musafir Kahne Ke Liye Pahla Condition Ye Hai Ki Woh Jahan Par Bhi Ja Raha Hai Uska Jo Destination Hai Woh Minimum 92 K.m. Ya Usse Zyada Ke Fasle Par Ho Jaise Abhi Main Mangalore Shaher Me Rahti Hun Agar Bombay Ja Rahi Hun To Jahir Si Baat Hai Ye 92 K.m. Se Bahut Zyada Hai To Musafir Ho Jaungi Aik Condition Paya Gaya. 

To Sabse Pahla Condition Ye Hai Ki Jo Banda Jahan Par Jane Ka Irada Rakhta Hai Woh Jagah Iske Shaher Ke Boundary Se Le Kar Us Shaher Tak Ka Distance 92 Km Ya Isse Zyada Ho.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-255)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Musafir Hone Ke Liye 2 Conditions Hona Zarurai Hai :

Hum Jab Sharai Safar Ko Calculate Karte Hain To Apne Ghar Se Calculate Nahi Karte Balki..!! Hamare Shaher Ka Jo Boundary Hota Jahan Se Hamara Shaher End Hota Hai Wahan Se Le Kar Us City Tak Dekhte Hain To Agar Us City Tak Me 92 Km Hota Hai To Fir Sharai Musafir Hoga Warna Nahi, Ghar Se Calculate Nahi Karenge Yaad Rakhen..!! Jo Aap Ka City Hai Jahan Par Aap Ka Gaao Vagairah Hai Us City Ke Bahar Se Le Kar Jo Aap Ka Destination Hai Aakhri Maqam Hai Wahan Tak Agar 92 Km. Hai Ya Isse Zyada To Fir Sharai Musafir Hai Warna Musafir Nahi Hoga. Misaal Ke Taur Par 50 Km. Hai 55 Km Hai Ya 80 Km Hai Hatta Ki Agar 91.5 Km Bhi Hai Tab Bhi Sharai Musafir Nahi Kah layega 92 Km. Minimum Hona Hai Ya 92 Km Se Zayda Ye Pahli Condition Hai.

(2)  Jaha Par Ja Rahe Hain Jaise Maine Misal Di Main Bombay Ja Rahi Hun Us Jagah Par Kitne Din Rahne Ka Irada Hai Agar 15 Din Se Kam Rahne Ka Iraada Hai To Musafir Hoga Aur Agar 15 Din Ya 15 Din Se Zyada Rahne Ka Iraada Hai To Musafir Nahi Hoga Ye 2 Conditions Hain Sharai Musafir Ke Liye ¹.Shaher Ke Jo Boundary Hai Wahan Se Le Kar Jo Aap Ka Destination Hai Aakhri Maqam Hai Jahan Jane Ka Irada Ho Wahan Tak Minimum 92 Km Ka Distance Ho, ²Jis City Ya Jis Gaao Par Aa Ja Rahe Hain Wahan Par 15 Din Se Kam Rahne Ka Irada Ho, 15 Din Ya 15 Din Se Zyada Hoga To Fir Sharai Musafir Nahi Hai Balki Woh Muqeem Kahlayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-256)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Safar Me Maine Jaise Kaha Aap Namaze Qasar Kar Ke Padhenge Bas Yahi 3 Namaz Me Zohar, Asar & Isha Ki 4 Raka'at Farz Namaz Me Qasar Hota Hai Yani 4 Nahi 2 Hi Raka'at Farz Padhenge Iske Alawa Fajar & Magrib Puri Padhni Hai.

Safar Me Sunnate Padhna Hai Ya Nahi.!?  

Safar Agar Aasan Hai Sunnate Aap Padh Sakte Hain To Bilkul Aap Padh Len, Sunnate Moqqidah Ko Bila Wajah Nahi Chhod Sakte, Lekin Agar Koi Problem Aa Rahi Hai To Fir Sunnate Moqqidah Bhi Chhod Sakte Hain, Lekin Jo Aap Ke Faraiz Hain Ye Aap Ko Padhne Hi Padhne Hain Fajar Ki Jo 2 Sunnate Moqqidah Hai Isko Bhi Padhna Hai Aur Witr Ki Namaz Bhi Padhna Hai Inko Aap Nahi Chhod Sakte Sunnare Moqqidah Agar Possible Hai To Padh Le, Agar Possible Nahi Hai Bahut Parshani Aa Rahi Hai To Fir Isko Chhod Sakte Hain.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-257)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Safar Me Tarawih Padhna Hai Ya Nahi.!?

Tarawih Bhi Sunnate Mokkada Hai Isko Bhi Safar Me Padhna Mumkin Ho To Padh len Susti Nahi Aani Chahiye Yaad Rakhen Tarawih Sunnate Mokkada Ke Darze Me Hai Isko Bila Wajah Nahi Chhodna Chahiye To Padh Le, Agar Bahut Zyada Thakawat Ho Rahi Hai To Tarawih Baith Kar Padh Len ان شاء الله عزوجل Aasani Ho Jayegi Kyun Ki Siwaay Sunnate Fajar Ke Alawa Baqi Sunnaten Aap Baith Kar Padh Sakte Hain Ye Mas'ala Qiyam Ke Masle Me Guzar Chuka Hai Yaad Nahi Hai To Isko Dohra Len.

Qasr Namaz Ki Niyyat Kis Tarah Karenge.!?

Misal Ke Taur Par Aap Zohar Ki Namaz Qasr Kar Rahe Hain To Is Tarah Niyat Karenge : Niyat Ki Maine 2 Raka'at Namaz Zohar Qasr Waste AllaH Ta'ala Ke, Isi Tarah Asr & isha Ki Bhi Niyyat Karenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-258)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

2 Cheeze Hain Aik Hai Watan e Asali Aur Aik Hota Hai Watane Iqamat Watan kahte Hain Apne Gao Ko Apne Country Ko Apne Place Ko To Watane Asali Aik Cheez Hoti Hai, Watane Iqamat Aik Cheez Hoti Hai 

Watane Asali Woh Jagah Hota Hai Aap Ki Paydaish Ki Jagah Aur Us Paydaish Ki Kagah Me Jaise Abhi Misal Ke Taur Par Koi Shakhs Bombay Mein Payda Hua Hai Aur Bombay Me Hi Uske Maa-Baap Dada-Dadi Vagairah They Aur Unke Pusto Ka Ghar Ancestral Home Jo Hota Hai Baap-Dada Ka Ghar Jo Hota Hai Woh Bhi Wahan Par Maujud Hai To Ye Aap Ka Watane Asali Hai.

Ab Aap Baat Samjhe Ye Main Kyun La Rahi Hun Watane Asali Aur Watane Iqamat Ko Ki Banda Jab Apne Watane Asali Me Hota Hai Aur Watane Iqamat Me Hota Hai To Dono Jagah Me Banda Namaze Qasr Nahi Karta Balki Puri Padhta Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-259)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Misaal Ke Taur Par Mera Watane Asali Bombay Hai, Aur Bombay Se Mangalore To Kafi Door Hai Kai Sao Kilo Mitar Ka Faysla Hai Aur Main Yahan Se Bombay 2 Din Ke Liye Jati Hun Zahir Si Baat Hai 92 Kilo Mitar Bhi Hai Aur Main 2 Din Hi Rah Rahi Hun To Sharai Musafir Wali 2 Conditions Bhi Pai gai.

Lekin Kyun Ki Woh Mera Watane Asali Hai, Wahan Par Fir Mere Liye Hukm Hota Hai Ki Main Namaze Puri Padhu To Watane Asali Hoga Watane Iqamat Hoga To Bande Ko Lazmi Taur Par Waha Par Puri Namaze Hi Padhni Hai, Bhale Fir Musafir Ke Woh 2 Conditions Paye Gaye Kyun Ki Ye Aap Ka Aik Personal Gao Aap Jagah Hota Hai.

Wahan Par Banda Comfort Me Aa Jata Hai Aik Tariqe Se Woh Jagah Ko Achhi Tarah Pahchanta Bhi Hai Is Liye Shariat Ka Hukum Hai Watane Asali Me Banda Bhale 2 Din Ke Liye Aaye Bhale Bahut Travel Kar Ke Aaye No Problem Us Shaher Me Aane Ke Baad Bande Ko Puri Namaz Padhni Padegi Us Shaher Me Jab Dakhil Ho Jayega Jo Uska Watane Asali Hota Hai Fir Namaz Puri Padhni Padti Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-260)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Watane Asali Kaun Kaun Se Hote Hain.!?

{1.}  Jahan Par Aap Ki Paydais Hui Ho Aur Wahan Par Aap Ke Baap-Dada Ka Koi Ghar Bhi Ho Jaise Misaal Maine Aap Ko De Di Ke Bombay Misal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ke Paydaish Ka Jagah Hai Wahan Par Uske Baap-Dada Vagairah Ka Ghar Ab Bhi Maujood Hai Bhale Ab Ye Shakhs Shift Ho Kar Koi Aur Shaher Me Rahne Lag Gaya Hai Lekin Jab Bhi Woh Bombay Jayega Bhale Aik-Aat Din Ke Liye Jaye Bhale Hazaaro Kilo Mitar Ka Safar Tay Kar Ke Jaye Kyun Ki Woh Uska Watane Asali Hai Woh Wahan Par Namaze Qasar Nahi Padhega Balki Puri Puri Padhega. Yahan Par Ulma Kiraam Ne 2 Condition Lagai Hai Aik Ye Ki Uski Paydaish Ka Jagah Ho + Wahan Par Aabai Ghar Bhi Ho Yani Baap Dada Pad Dada Ka Ghar Bhi Wahan Par Ho To Isko Watane Asali Kahenge.

Jaise Meri Paydais Saudi Arab Me Jadda Me Hui Hai Lekin Jadda Me Mere Baap-Dada Ka Koi Ghar Nahi Hai To Ab Agar Main Jadda Jati Hun To Wahan Par Ye Nahi Hoga Ki Ab Main Namaze Puri Padhungi, Nahi.. Qasar Kar Ke Hi Padhungi Agar 15 Din Se Kam Ke Liye Jati Hun, India Se Jadda Zahir Si Baat Sharai Safar Ke Doori Par Hi Hai Agar Main 8-10 Din Ke Liye Bhi Jati Hun To Mujhe Namaze Qasar Karni Padegi, Kyun.?  Kyun Ki Bhale Main Wahan Par Payda Hui Lekin Mere Baap-Dada Kisi Ka Wahan Par Ghar Nahi Hai To Fir Jadda Mere Liye Watane Asali Nahi Raha To Watane Asali Ka First Point Ye Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-261)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Watane Asali Kaun Kaun Se Hote Hain.!?

{2} Second Point Watane Asali Ka Ye Hai Ki Kabhi Kabhar Banda Aik Jagah Se Shift Ho Kar Dusri Jagah Chala Jata Hai Aur Aysa Chala Jata Hai Ki Usko Pata Hota Hai Ki Ab Jo Main Second Jagah Gaya Hun Na, Yahan Se Ab Kabhi Chhod Kar Nahi Jana Hai Life Long Jab Tak Hai Yahi Par Rahna Hai Marte Dam Tak Aik Iarada Hota Hai, Bhale Kuch Ho Jaye Aur Woh Kahi Aur Chala Jaye Lekin Dil Me Aik Irada Hota Hai Ki Marte Dam Tak Yahi Rahna Hai To Fir Ye Jagah Bhi Us Bande Ke Liye Watane Asali Ban Jata Hai.

Agar Aap Shift Kar Ke Koi Aise City Me Chale Jaye Ya Aise Gao Aise Place Me Aise Country Me Chale Jaye Jahan Par Aap Ka Ye Ho Gaya Ki Ab Yahi Par Rahna Hai Zindagi Yahi Par Guzarni Hai Ghar Bana Liya Settle Kar Liya Business Settle Kar Liya Sab Kar Liya To Fir Ye Place Aap Ka Watane Asali Ban Jayega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-262)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Watane Asali Kaun Kaun Se Hote Hain.!?

To Pahle Jis City Me Rahta Tha Uska Kya Hukm Hoga.? Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Aik Shakhs Tha Bangalore Me Uska Pura Sab Yahi Par Tha Fir Suddenly Woh Bombay Shift Ho Gaya, Aur Bombay Ja Ke Usne Irada Kar Liya Ki Ab Life Long Yahi Rahna Hai Wapas Bangalore Me Nahi Jana To Ye Bombay To Watane Asali Ban Gaya

Ab Bangalore Watane Asali Rahega Ya Nahi.!?

Isme Ye Dekha Jayega Ki Bangalore Me Uska Kuch Business Ya Ghar Wale Yani Family Wale Biwi Bachhe Ye Hain, Ya Koi Property Vagairah Hai Ya Nahi? Agar Kuch Hai To Bangalore Bhi Watane Asali Hoga Aur Bombay Bhi Watane Asali Hoga Aur Agar Aisa Hai Ki Bangalore Se Pura Khatam Kar Diya Ghar Bech Diya Property Bech Diya Sabko Lekar Bombay Shift Ho Gaya Yahan Par Kuch Bhi Nahi Hai Pura Ziro Kar Diya To Fir Ab Bangalore Watane Asali Nahi Rahega Finish Ho Jayega Aur Sirf Bombay Watane Asali Rahega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-263)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Watane Asali Kaun Kaun Se Hote Hain.!?

{3.} Shadi Ke Baad Aap Ka Watane Asali Ka Change Ho Jana Ya Aik Additional Aa Jana : 

Aurato Ke Liye Hukm Ye Hai Ki Aurat Ka Jab Nikah Ho Jaye Aur Bakayda Uski Rukhsati Bhi Ho Jaye, Aur Rukhsati Ho Kar Woh Apne Shohar Ke Ghar Rahne Chali Gai Na To Ab Aurat Ke Liye Zahir Si Baat Hai Aurat Ke Liya Apna Mayka Watane Asali Tha Jab Tak Woh Wahan Par Thi Wahan Par Hai Wahi Par Rah Rahi Hai, Ab Shadi Ho Kar Chali Gai Aur Rukhsati Bhi Ho Gai Permanent Shohar Ke Sath Rah Rahi Hai To Ab Mayka Uske Liye Watane Asali Nahi Rahega Khatam Ho Jayega Ab Jahan Par Woh Apne Sasural Me Rah Rahi Hai Chahe Joint Family Me Rah Rahi Hai Ya Separate Apne Shohar Ke Sath Rah Rahi Hai Jahan Par Bhi Rah Rahi Hai Wahi Uska Watane Asali Ho Jayega.

Mayka Ka Watane Asali Hona Finish, Kab.? Nikah Hona Sirf Kafi Nahi Hai Kabhi Kabhaar Rukhsati Nahi Hoti Sirf Nikah Ho Jata Hain To Ab To Woh Gai Nahi Hai Na Sath Rahne Ke Liye Ab Uska Mayka Watane Asali Hi Hai. 

Lekin..!! Agar Rukhsati Ho Gai Woh Shohar Ke Paas Chali Gai To Fir Uska Mayka Uska Watane Asali Nahi Rahega Iska Matlab Ye Hua Ki Agar Aurat Apne Mayke Aati Hai Aur Uska Mayka 92 Ya Isse Zyada Ki Doori Par Hai Aur Woh Aa Rahi Hai Sirf 4 Din Ke Liye 5 Din Ke Liye Ab Aurat Yahan Par Aa Kar Puri Namaz Nahi Padhegi Namaz Qasar Kar Ke Padhegi Kyun Ki Ye Iska Watane Asali Nahi Hai. Watane Asali Hota To Fir To Woh Puri Padhti Ab Yahan Par Woh Samajh Len Musafir Hi Hai Aik Tariqe Se Mahman Hi Hai To Yahan Par Aane Ke Baad Namaze Qasar Hi Karegi.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-264)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Watane Asali Kaun Kaun Se Hote Hain.!?

Shadi Ke Baad Aap Ka Watane Asali Ka Change Ho Jana Ya Aik Additional Aa Jana : 

Mard Ke Liye Masla Ye Hai Ki Shadi Hone Ke Baad Aurat Ka Mayka Jis Shaher Me Hai Woh Shaher Shohar Ke Liye Watane Asali Ban Jata Hai Jab Tak Aurat Hayat Hai Ya Uske Nikah Wagairah Me Hai Woh Shaher Uske Liye Watane Asali Hai Ab Usne Wahan Par Nikah Kar Liya Hai Na Uske Biwi Ka Ghar Woh Uska Apna Hi Ghar Hai Bhale Ye Shohar Log Samajhte Na Ho Lekin Shariat Ki Taraf Se Is Tarah Hai Ki Woh Uska Hi Ghar Hai Uske Ghar Wale Uske Family Ban Gaye Uski Maa Iske Maa Ke Darze Par Hai, Uske Walid Iske Baap Ke Darze Par Hai To Yahan Par Shohar Jab Sasural Me Aayega To Woh Namazen Qasr Kar Ke Nahi Padhega Balki Puri Padhega.

Misaal : Ke Taur Par Miya Biwi Aurat Ke Maa Ghar Me Aaye 5 Din Ke Liye Aur Takriban 200km Ki Doori Par Hai Unke Ghar Se To 200 Km Ki Doori Par Jab Ye Biwi Ke Maa Ghar Par Aaye Na To Biwi Qasar Kar Ke Padhegi Aur Shohar Namazen Puri Padhe ga Apne Sasural Me. Chahe Rukhsat Ho Ya Na Ho Nikha Hote Hi Shohar Ke Liye Sasural Watane Asali Ban Jata Hai To Shohar Jab Sasural Aayega To Yahan Par Puri Namaz Padhega Qasar Nahi Karega.

👆🏻Watane Asali Me Ye 3 Point's Aate Hain...

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-265)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Watane Iqamat Kise Kahte Hain.!?

Watane Iqamat Us Place Ko Kahte Hain Jahan Par Aap Ka 15 Din Ya Isse Zyada Rukne Ka Irada Ho Jaise Saudi, Dubai Vagairah Chale Jate Hain Kaam Ke Liye To Wahan Par 15 Din Ya 15 Se Zyada Balki Kai Saal Rukne Ka Irada Hota Hai Lekin Aisa Nahi Hota Ki Wahan Par Permanently Rukna Hai Bas Hai Ki Itne Saal Ya Itna Time Rahenge 15 Din Ya Usse Zyada Rukenge. To 15 Din Ya 15 Din Se Zyada Jahan Par Aap Rahte Hain Use Watane Iqamat Kahte Hain Aur Wahan Par Aap ko Namaze Puri Padhni Hai To Ye Hai Watane Asali Aur Watane Iqamat Ka Concept.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-266)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Jaise Hum Safar Me Jate Hain To Agar Khash Irada Na Ho Ki Itne Din Rukna Hai Ya Ja Kar Irada Change Ho Jata Hai To Is Soorat Me Qasar Karen Ya Poori Padhne.!?

Dekhiye Jab Aap Jate Hain Travel Karte Hain To Agar Aap Ka Khash Irada Ho Ki Main Itne Din Thahrungi 10 Day 15 Day Tab To Hukum Maine Aap Ko Bata Diya Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Irada Banta Nahi Hai Ya Irada Change Ho Jata Hai Agar Irada Nahi Hai To Fir Isme Hukum Ye Hai Ki Aap Musafir Hain Misaal Ke Taur Par Irada Ye Hai Ki Main Bangalore Ja Rahi Hoon Wahan Par Mera Aaj Kaam Ho Jaye Ga To Aaj Laot Aaungi, Kal Kaam Ho Jayega To Kal Laot Aaungi Aur Is Tarah Kar Ke Aap Gaye Aur Aaj-Kal, Aaj-Kal Kah Kar Aap 6-7 Mahina Wahi Par Ruk Gaye To Yahan Par Aap Ka 15 Din Ka Irada Huwa Hi Nahi Hai To Jab Tak Irada Nahi Hota Aap Musafir Hi Kahlayenge.

Ulma Kiram Ne Kitabon Me Wazeh Likha Hai Ki Agar Koi Shakhs Kisi Sharai Safar Ki Doori Par Kisi Shaher Par Gaya Hai Aur Wahan Par Woh Ruka Raha Aur Aaj-Kal, Aaj-Kal Kar Ke Kai Saal Balki Aap Samajh Len Umr Bhar Bhi Is Tarah Se Ruka Raha To Musafir Kahlayega Namaze Qasar Kar Ke Hi Padhta Rahega Kyun Ki Jab Tak 15 Din Ya 15 Din Se Zyada Rukne Ki Niyat Na Ho Tab Tak Usko Namaze Qasr Kar Ke Hi Padhni Hai Woh Musafir Ke Hi Category Me Hi Rahega.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-267)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

To Aap Ne Jo Puchha Ki Islami Bahen Apni Walida Ke Ghar 5 Din Ke Liye Gai Thi Fir Woh Aa Ke Aur Aik-Aat Din Rukti Hai.. Fir Aur Aik-Aat Din Rukti Hai Bhale Woh Is Tarah Karte Karte 15 Din Ruk Jaye 20 Din Ruk Jaye Aik Mahina Ruk Jaye Woh Namaze Qasar Kar Ke Padhti Rahegi. 

Lekin Aisa Ho Gaya Ki 5 Din Ke Baad Decide Ho Gaya Ki Ab Mujhe 20 Din Rukna Hai Fix Ho Gaya Na To Fir Aap Us Hisab Se Lengi Aur Namaze Puri Padhengi. Lekin Jahan Par Pakka Nahi Hota Tab Tak Woh Musafir Ke Category Me Hai Agar Fix Kar Diya Na Mujhe Yahan Par 20 Din Hi Rukna Hai 5 Din Ruk Chuki Thi Aur 15 Din Ruk Rahi Hoon 20 Din Pure Karna Hai To Ab Niyyat Change Ho Gai To Hukum Bhi Change Ho Gaya To Yahan Par Aap Ke Niyyat Ke Upar Hai Jaise Aap Ne Niyyat Ki Us Hisab Se Aap Ko Change Karna Hai Qasar Padhna Hai Ya Poori.

Niyyat Thi Ki 20 Din Rukugi Wahan Par Jane Ke Baad Aisa Ho Gaya Ki Koi Bimaar Ho Gaya Aap Ne Kaha Ab 2 Din Me Hi Wapas Jaungi To 2 Din Me Wapas Jane Ka Aap Ne Niyat Change Kar Liya To Fir Aap Namaze Qasr Kar Ke Padhengi To Yahan Par Aap Ko Apne Niyyat Ke Hisab Se Watane Iqamat Ya Sharai Musafir Change Karna Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-268)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Safar Ke Dauran Raste Me Namaz Qasar Karenge Ya Nahi.!?

Traveling Ka Jo Safar Hota Hai Misaal Ke Taur Par Aap Bangalore Se Bombay Ja Rahe Hain Aik Mahine Ke Liye To Ab Bombay Ka To Aap Ko Pakka Pata Chal Gaya Ki Aik Month Rukna Hai To Bombay Watane Iqamat Ho Gaya To Wahan Pahunch Kar Puri Namaz Padhege.

Lekin Ye Jo Safar Hai Traveling Ke Dauran aap Namaz Qasar Karenge Ya Nahi Ye Question Aata Hai.? To Iska Hukm Ye Hai Ki Safar Ke Daoran Agar Woh Safar 92 km Ya Isse Zyada Ka Hai To Aap Safar Ke Daoran Raste Me Namaz Qasar Karege Lekin Jaise Hi Bombay Aap Pahunch Jayenge To Wahan Se Namaz Puri Padhenge. To Jo During Travel Hota Hai Wahan Par Aap Ko Qasar Karni Hai Jabki Aap Ka Destination 92 km Ya Usse Zyada Ki Doori Par Ho Ye Hai Masla.
 
Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-269)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Sharai Musafir Ka Musalsal Aur Muttasil Safar :

Kabhi Aysa Hota Hai Ki Hum 2-3 Din Ruk-Ruk Kar Alag-Alag Jagah Jate Hain Misaal Ke Taur Par Bangalore Se Aap ek Shaher Ja Rahe Hain Jo Takriban 50 Km Hai Wahan Par 2-3 Din Rukenge Fir 50 Km Ki Doori Par Aik Aur Shaher Me Jayenge Wahan Par Bhi 2-3 Din Rukege To Isme Qasr Karenge Ya Puri Padhenge.!?

Kyun Ke Aap Dekhen Ye 3rd City Aap Ke Shaher Se To 100 Km Ki Doori Par Ho Gaya To Isme Ye Dekhenge Ki Agar Aap Aik Jagah Stop Ho Rahe Hain Aur Wahan Par 2-3 Din Ka Stay Hai To Aap Ke Shaher Se Le Kar Jo First Shaher Aap gaye Woh Sirf 50 Km Ki Doori Par Hai To Yahi Dekha Jayega, Ye Nahi Dekhenge Ke Ab 2-3 Ke Baad Aik Aur Shaher Jana Hai Aisa Nahi Hai.. Aap Ke Shaher Se Yahan Tak Kitna Tha.? 50 Km Tha Aur 50 Km Par Sharai Safar Ka Hukum Nahi Hota To Aap Namazen Poori Padhenge. Isi Tarah Aur 50 Km Aage Gaye Wahan Par 2-3 Din Rahe Bhale Aap Ke Shaher Se Pura 100 Km Ban Raha Hai Lekin Jahan Se Aap Ruk Kar Aaye They Wahan Se Sirf 50 Km Hai Na Yahan Par Bhi Aap Namazen Puri Padhenge Qasar Nahi Karenge.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-270)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Sharai Musafir Ka Musalsal Aur Muttasil Safar :

Aik Aur Misal : Misal Ke Taur Par Aap Ki Friend Hain Unki Shadi Hai Unka Ghar 50 Km Ki Doori Par Hai Ab Aap Ja Rahe Hain To 2-3 Din Ruk Rahe Hain Lekin Aap Ka Safar 50 Km Ka Hai Aap Wahan Par Ruk Rahe Hain Lekin 92 Km Nahi Hua Hai Isliye Aap Wahan Par Poori Hi Namaz Padhenge Aur Fir Wahan Se Dulhe Ka Ghar Aur 50 Km Doori Par Hai Aap Ko Waleeme Ke Liye Ab Udhar Jana Hai To Aur 50 Km Aap Gaye To Jahan Par Aap Ruke They Dulhan Ke Ghar Se Dulhe Ka Ghar 50 Km Ki Doori Par Hai To Wapas Fir Sirf 50 Km Ki Doori Par Hi Aa Raha Hai Yani Sharai Safar Nahi Hai Raha Hai Aap Ka To Fir Aap Namaz Poori Hi Padhenge Ye Nahi Kahenge Ki Main Jo Mangalore Se Aai Hoon To Poora 100 Km Hai 50 Km Dulhan Ka Ghar Fir 50 Km Pe Dulhe Ka Ghar Hai To Ye Ab 100 Km Ki Doori Par Main Aa Gai Hoon To Ye Aap Nahi Check Karenge.

Aap Ne Pahle Jahan Stop Kiye Woh Kitne Km Hai Dulhan Ka Ghar.? 50 Km Hai Jo Sharai Safar Nahi Hai To Aap Poori Namaz Padhenge Iske Baad Dulhe Ke Ghar Waleeme Ke Liye Ja Rahe Hain Woh Bhi 50 Km Par Hai Dulhan Ke Ghar Se To Ye Bhi Sharai Safar Nahi Hua To Iske Liye Aap Ko Dulhe Ke Ghar Me Bhi Puri Hi Namaz Padhna Hai Agar Aap Mangalore Se Direct Dulhe Ke Ghar Ja Rahi Hain 100 Km Hai To Fir Aap Ko Qasar Karna Hota.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official


Sharai Musafir Ka Musalsal Aur Muttasil Safar 👆🏻👆🏻

Namaz Course (Part-271)

Musafir Ki Namaz :

Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Hota Hai Ki Aik Place Se Dusre Place Tak Kai Road Jate Hain Misal Ke Taur Par 1, 2 Road Se Aap Jayenge To Wahan Par Sharai Safar Nahi Banta 50, 70 Km Ho Raha. Doosri Taraf Se Aap Ghoom Kar Ja Rahe Hain To 100 Km Ho Raha Hai To Ab Kya Karenge.? To Jis Bhi Road Se Aap Ja Rahe Hain Uska Hisab Lenge Agar 50 Km Wale Road Se Jayenge To Namaz Poori Padhenge 70 Km Wale Road Se Jayenge Tab Bhi Namaz Poori Padhenge 100 Km Wale Road Se Jayenge To Fir Namaz Qasar Kar Ke Padhenge To Jis Road Se Aap Ke Jane Ka Irada Hai Us Hisab Se Hi Aap Ko Apne Namaz Ka Hukum Lena Hai Ki Qasar Karna Hai Ya Poori Padhna Hai.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-272)

Bigair Mahram Ke Sharai Safar Par Jana.!?

Aur Islami Bahne Jab Bhi Sharai Safar Par Jayengi To Unke Sath Mahram Ka Hona Zaroori Hai Bigair Mahram Ke Jayengi To Pure Safar Me Gunahgar Hote Rahengi Fir Chahe Woh Kareeb Ke Gao Me Jaye Chahe Door Ke Gao Me Jaye Chahe Hajj Ke Liye Jaye Chahe Umrah Ke Liye Jaye Kisi Ke Liye Bhi Jaye Jab Tak Mahram Na Ho Sharai Safar Par Islami Bahen Akele Nahi Ja Sakti Chahe Kisi Bhi Type Ka Journey Ho Plane Ka Ho, Train Ka Ho, Car Ka Ho Us Plane Me Bas Aap Ke Sath Security Officers Ho, Chahe Aap Ke Sath Bahut Sari Paak Saaz Aurten Ho Kuch Bhi Ho Aap Nahi Ja Sakte Iski Ijazat Shariat Ki Taraf Se Nahi Hai.

Mahram Kahte Kise Hain Ye Main Aap Ko Sitre Aurat Ke Lesson Me Samjha Di Hoon Ki Jiske Sath Nikah Hamesha Ke Liye Haram Ho Kabhi Bhi Jayez Na Ho Woh Aap Ke Liye Mahram Hota Hai Jaise Aurat Ke Liye Uska Baap, Uska Bhai, Uska Beta, Uska Damad, Uska Apna Bhanja Uska Apna Bhateeja, Shohar Ka Bhatija Bhanjha Aurat Ka Mahram Nahi Hai Hum Apne Muh Se Bana Lete Hain Haqeeqi Me Woh Mahram Nahi Hai, To Apna Bhanja Apna Bhateeja Ye Aap Ke Mahram Hote Hain Isi Tarah Aap Ke Razai Bhai Vagairah Ho To Ye Bhi Mahram Hote Hain.

Shohar Ke Sath Aap Sharai Safar Me Ja Sakti Hain Lekin Usko Mahram Nahi Kahte Kyun Ki Mahram Woh Hota Hai Ki Jiske Sath Nikah Hamesha Haram Ho Aur Aap To Shohar Ke Nikah Me Hain...To Khalu Wagairah Ke Sath Aap Nahi Ja Sakti, Han Chaha Ke Sath Ja Sakte Hain, Mamu Ke Sath Ja Sakte Hain, Aurat Apne Sasur Ke Sath Bhi Ja Sakti Hai Haan Agar Kahi Par Koi Fitne Ka Khauf Ho To Fir Na Jaye Kyun Ki Asal Maqsad Tha Ki Aap Ki Hifazat Kare Ulta Fitna Khada Ho Gaya To Fir To Woh Jis Maqsad Se Shariat Ne Mahram Ka Hukum Diya Tha Wahi Chala Gaya To Jahan Par Fitna Ho Jaise Saas Aur Damad Bahut Zyada Jawan Hain Aur Kuch Fitne Ka Khauf Ho Log Baate Banayege Aisa Sab Ho To Fir Na Jaye.

Continue...

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official

Namaz Course (Part-273)

Bigair Mahram Ke Sharai Safar Par Jana.!?

Agar Koi Mazboori Hai Aur Shohar Nahi Aa Sakte Unke Koi Business Ka Masla Hai Woh Bol Rahe Hain Aap Chali Jao Train Me Safar Kar Lo Koi Woh Nahi Hai To Fir Hum Is Soorat Me Mahram Ke Bigair Safar Me Ja Sakte Hain.!?

Nahi Ja Sakte, Ye Yaad Rakhen..!!  Ye Hadeese Mubarka Bhi Hai Shariat Ka Bahut Bada Usool Hai Isko Hamesha Yaad Rakhna Chahiye Ki Allah Ta'ala Ki Nafarmani Me Kisi Makhlooq Ki Ita'at (Farmabardai) Jayez Nahi, Kisi Makhlooq Ke Hukum Ko Follow Karna Jayez Nahi Hai Agar Maa Baap Kahte Hain Namaz Chhod Do, Farz Roze Chhod Do, Shohar Kahta Hai Ki Farz Namaz Chhod Do, Parda Chhod Do Ye Sab Cheezen Hain To Ye Makhlooq Ki Aap Farmabardai Kar Rahi Hain Allah Ta'ala Ki Nafarmani Kar Ke Allah Ta'ala Ke Rasool Ki Nafarmani Kar Ke...

To Kiska Hukum Aap Par Zyada Hai Aap Par Haq Bhi Zyada Allah Aur Uske Rasool Ka Hai Na To Fir Aap Unke Hukum Ko Follow Karengi. Yahan Par Aap Par Farz Hai Ki Apne Walidain Ke Khilaf Jaye Farz Hai Aap Par Apne Shohar Ke Khilaf Jaye Apne Namazen Padhen Apne Roze Rakhen Apna Parda Karen Ye Aap Par Lazim Hai Nahi Karenge To Aap Bargahe Ilahi Me Bilkul Ujr Nahi Pesh Kar Sakti Ki Main Shohar Ki Farmabardai Kar Rahi Thi.

To Train Me Aap Ko Jana Hai To Apne Balig Bachhon Ke Sath Ya Fir Kisi Mahram Ke Sath Arrange Kar Ke Jana Padega, Isi Tarah Kuch Log Saudi Vagairah Me Hote Hain Apni Family Ko Bolate Hain Biwi Aur Bachhon Ko Bachhe Chhote Hote Hain Woh Biwi Akele Bina Mahram Ke Jati Hai Iski Bhi ijazat Nahi Hai Yaad Rakhen Khash Makhsoos Sooraton Me Ulma Kiraam Ne Iski ijazat Di Hai Woh Waisi Soorat Shayed Hi Pesh Aaye.. Aisa Hota Hai Na Ke Bula Liya Family Ko Plane Me Woh Kisi Ke Sath Aa Rahi Hai Woh Aik Dost Ke Sath Aa Rahi Hai To Ye Gunahgar Hogi Shohar Bhi Gunahgar Hoga Biwi Bhi.

Post End......

Yahan Par الحمد لله عزوجل Aap Ka Namaz Course Mukammal Ho Gaya. 🤲🏻💚

https://t.me/Namaz_Course
👨‍💻 ៚ Ubaid e Raza Official



No comments:

Post a Comment